Geh-6421 Vol i Mkvi Vol2

gGE Industrial Systems

GEH-6421F, Volume II(Supersedes GEH-6421E, Volume II)

SPEEDTRONICTM

Mark VI Turbine ControlSystem Guide, Volume II (2 of 2)

Publication: GEH-6421F, Volume II(Supersedes GEH-6421E, Volume II)

Issued: 2002-08-21

SPEEDTRONICTM

Mark VI Turbine ControlSystem Guide, Volume II (2 of 2)

© 2002 General Electric Company, USA.All rights reserved.

Printed in the United States of America.

GE provides the following document and the information included therein as is andwithout warranty of any kind, express or implied, including but not limited to any impliedstatutory warranty of merchantability or fitness for particular purpose.

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor toprovide for every possible contingency to be met during installation, operation, andmaintenance. The information is supplied for informational purposes only, and GE makesno warranty as to the accuracy of the information included herein. Changes,modifications and/or improvements to equipment and specifications are madeperiodically and these changes may or may not be reflected herein. It is understood thatGE may make changes, modifications, or improvements to the equipment referencedherein or to the document itself at any time. This document is intended for trainedpersonnel familiar with the GE products referenced herein.

GE may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in thisdocument. The furnishing of this document does not provide any license whatsoever toany of these patents. All license inquiries should be directed to the address below. Iffurther information is desired, or if particular problems arise that are not coveredsufficiently for the purchaser’s purpose, the matter should be referred to:

GE Industrial SystemsPost Sales Service1501 Roanoke Blvd.Salem, VA 24153-6492 USAPhone: + 1 888 GE4 SERV (888 434 7378, United States)

+ 1 540 378 3280 (International)Fax: + 1 540 387 8606 (All)(“+” indicates the international access code required when calling from outside theUSA)

This document contains proprietary information of General Electric Company, USA andis furnished to its customer solely to assist that customer in the installation, testing,operation, and/or maintenance of the equipment described. This document shall not bereproduced in whole or in part nor shall its contents be disclosed to any third partywithout the written approval of GE Industrial Systems.

ARCNET is a registered trademark of Datapoint Corporation.CIMPLICITY and Series 90 are trademarks, and Genius is a registered trademark, ofGE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc.Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation.IBM and PC are registered trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.Intel and Pentium are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation.Modbus is a registered trademark of Modicon.PI-ProcessBook, PI-Data Archive, and PI-DataLink are registered trademarks of OSI Software Inc.Proximitor, Velomitor, and KeyPhasor are registered trademarks of Bently Nevada.QNX is a registered trademark of QNX Software Systems, LTD.SPEEDTRONIC is a trademark of General Electric Company, USA.Windows and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.

We welcome comments and suggestions to make this publication more useful.

Your Name Today’s Date

Your Company’s Name and Address Job Site

GE Requisition No.

Publication No.Your Job Function / How You Use This Publication

Publication Issue/Revision Date

If needed, how can we contact you?

Fax No.

Phone No.

E-mail

Address

General RatingExcellent Good Fair Poor Additional Comments

Contents _____________________________________________________________Organization _____________________________________________________________Technical Accuracy _____________________________________________________________Clarity _____________________________________________________________Completeness _____________________________________________________________Drawings / Figures _____________________________________________________________Tables _____________________________________________________________Referencing _____________________________________________________________Readability _____________________________________________________________

Specific Suggestions (Corrections, information that could be expanded on, and such.)

Page No. Comments______ ________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________

Other Comments (What you like, what could be added, how to improve, and such.) __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Overall grade (Compared to publications from other manufacturers of similar products, how do you rate this publication?)

Superior Comparable Inferior Do not know Comment ____________________________________________

Detach and fax or mail to the address noted above.

gReader CommentsGeneral Electric Company



To:GE Industrial SystemsDocumentation Design, Rm. 2911501 Roanoke Blvd.Salem, VA 24153-6492 USAFax: 1-540-387-8651 (GE Internal DC 8-278-8651)


.........................................................................Fold here and close with staple or tape ..........................................................................................

____________________________________________________________________________________

GE Industrial SystemsDocumentation Design, Rm. 2911501 Roanoke Blvd.Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA

...........................................................................................Fold here first.........................................................................................................

Placestamphere.

GEH-6421F, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Safety Symbol Legend •••• a

Safety Symbol Legend

Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that, if notstrictly observed, could result in personal injury or death.

Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that, if notstrictly observed, could result in damage to or destruction ofequipment.

Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that shouldbe strictly followed in order to optimize these applications.

Note Indicates an essential or important procedure, condition, or statement.

b •••• Safety Symbol Legend Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421F, Vol. II

This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shockor burn. Only personnel who are adequately trained andthoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructionsshould install, operate, or maintain this equipment.

To minimize hazard of electrical shock or burn, approvedgrounding practices and procedures must be strictlyfollowed.

To prevent personal injury or equipment damage caused byequipment malfunction, only adequately trained personnelshould modify any programmable machine.

The example and setup screens in this manual do not reflectthe actual application configurations. Be sure to follow thecorrect setup procedures for your application.

Note Component and equipment reliabilities have improved dramatically over thepast several years. However, component and equipment failures can still occur.Electrical and environmental conditions beyond the scope of the original design canbe contributing factors.

Since failure modes cannot always be predicted or may depend on the applicationand the environment, best practices should be followed when dealing with I/O that iscritical to process operation or personnel safety. Make sure that potential I/O failuresare considered and appropriate lockouts or permissives are incorporated into theapplication. This is especially true when dealing with processes that require humaninteraction.

GEH-6421F, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Safety Symbol Legend •••• c

IEC 417, No. 5031

IEC 417, No. 5032

IEC 417, No. 5033

IEC 617-2,No. 02-02-06

IEC 417, No. 5017

IEC 417, No. 5019

IEC 417, No. 5020

Publication Description

Direct Current

Alternating Current

Both direct and alternating

Three-phase alternating

Earth (CCOM signal ground) Terminal

Protective Conductor Terminal(Chassis Safety Ground)

Frame or Chassis Terminal

Caution, risk of electric shock

Caution

Symbol


3

IEC 417, No. 5021

IEC 417, No. 5007

IEC 417, No. 5008

IEC 417, No. 5172

Equipotentiality

On (Supply)

Off (Supply)

Equipment protected throughoutDouble Insulation or ReinforcedInsulation (equivalent to Class II of536)

ISO 3864, No. B.3.6

ISO 3864, No. B.3.1

PE Protective Conductor Terminal(Chassis Safety Ground)

d •••• Safety Symbol Legend Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421F, Vol. II

Drawing Symbols

R Remotely Mounted

Mounted on Door 1, 2, and so on

Mounted in Main Operator Station

Locations

Delta

Bus Aux Compt DeviceGenerator Compt Device

PEECC MCC

Load Commutated Inverter

Isolation Transformer

1. For wire runs internal to the controller, twisted pairs are adequate.

2. For wire runs external to the controller (and internal to the controller when longer than 20 feet), shielded twisted pair is required.

3. All shield drain wires should be terminated on one end only, that end being the shield ground points immediately adjacent to the termination boards. The other end should be cut off and the wire taped to prevent grounding.

4. None of the shield drain wires should ever be routed through any controller terminal board-mounted ferrite cores.

DevicesJ1

Cable Plug Connector

Jumper

Relay Coil

Solenoid Coil

Flame Detector

Case Ground

Ground Bus

Signal Ground

Contact Actually Shown Elsewhere

Customer Connection

Conventions

Turbine Control Generator Excitation Compartment

Generator Control Panel ISO

EX EX2000 Exciter LCI

E Equipment Exists in place SS Static Starter

OS

P Panel Mounted Packaged Electrical Cont. CTR (PEEC)

1 2 G Generator Terminal Enclosure

D Door Mounted

O Supplied by Others Purchaser's Equipment

Shielded Pair Wire

P

Low Level Signal WiringPractices Required

Wye

Low Level Wiring

Power Wiring

H High Level Wiring

L

Twisted Pair Wire

Twisted Shielded Pair Wire

Current Limiter (Polyfuse) Voltage Limiter (MOV)

GEH-6421F Mark IV Turbine Control Contents • 1

Contents

GEH-6421E describes the Mark VI controller, VCMI, I/O processor boards alongwith their associated terminal boards (standard and DIN-rail mounted), and powersupplies.

GEI denotes the prefixnumber for documents that arepartial instructions on astandard piece of equipmentand are used to define itemssuch as board documents.

This document was converted into a composite manual, which contains individual GEI documents for each board description. The contents of this document has not changed, it has been separated into individual documents to make distribution toother products possible.

UCV_ Controller ………………………………………………………...GEI-100550

VCMI Master Bus Controller………………………………………….…GEI-100551

VDSK Interface Board…………………………………….…………..…GEI-100552

VTCC Thermocouple Processor Board…………………………………..GEI-100553

VRTD Processor Board…………………………………………….…….GEI-100554

VAIC Analog Input Board……………………………………………..…GEI-100555

VAOC Analog Output Board………………………………….…………GEI-100556

VCCC Contact Input Board/ Relay Output Board…………………….…GEI-100557

VCRC Contact Input/Relay Board..………………………………….…..GEI-100558

VSVO Servo Board…………………………….……………………...…GEI-100559

VTUR Turbine Control Board………………………………………..…..GEI-100560

VVIB Vibration/Positive Board………………………………….………GEI-100561

VGEN Generator Board…………………………………….……………GEI-100562

VPYR Pyrometer……………………………………………………....…GEI-100563

VAMA Acoustic Monitoring Boards……………………….……………GEI-100564

VSCA Serial Communications Board…………………….……………...GEI-100565

VPRO Turbine Protection Mode…………………………………....……GEI-100566

VME Boards……………………………………………………….……..GEI-100567

TTPW Power Conditioning Boards…………………………………..…..GEI-100568

PDM Power Distribuition……………………………….…………….….GEI-100569

2 • Contents GEH-6421F Mark IV Turbine Control

The information in GEH-6421D, Vol. II is intended to be used in conjunction withGEH-6421D, Vol. I, which includes chapters 1 through 8 as follows:

Chapter 1 Overview. Outlines the Mark VI system and the chapters in the manual.

Chapter 2 System Architecture. Describes the main system components, thenetworks, and details of the TMR architecture.

Chapter 3 Networks. Discusses the data highways and other communicationnetworks, including the links to other control systems.

Chapter 4 Codes and Standards. Discusses the codes, standards, andenvironmental guidelines used for the design of all printed circuits, modules, cores,panels, and cabinet line-ups in the Mark VI.

Chapter 5 Installation. Provides instructions for system installation, wiring,grounding, checkout, and startup.

Chapter 6 Tools. Summarizes the toolbox, CIMPLICITY HMI, and the Historian.

Chapter 7 Applications. Covers several applications including protection logic,synchronization, and details of the servo regulators.

Chapter 8 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics. Describes how process anddiagnostic alarms are generated and displayed for the operator and service engineer.It includes a listing of the board diagnostics, and an

introduction to system troubleshooting.


GEI-100550

UCV_Controller

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met during installation, operation, and maintenance. The information is supplied for informational purposes only, and GE makes no warranty as to the accuracy of the information included herein. Changes, modifications, and/or improvements to equipment and specifications are made periodically and these changes may or may not be reflected herein. It is understood that GE may make changes, modifications, or improvements to the equipment referenced herein or to the document itself at any time. This document is intended for trained personnel familiar with the GE products referenced herein.

GE may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in this document. The furnishing of this document does not provide any license whatsoever to any of these patents. All license inquiries should be directed to the address below. If further information is desired, or if particular problems arise that are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purpose, the matter should be referred to:

GE Industrial Systems Post Sales Service 1501 Roanoke Blvd. Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA Phone: + 1 888 GE4 SERV (888 434 7378, United States) + 1 540 378 3280 (International) Fax: + 1 540 387 8606 (All) (“+” indicates the international access code required when calling from outside the USA)

This document contains proprietary information of General Electric Company, USA and is furnished to its customer solely to assist that customer in the installation, testing, operation, and/or maintenance of the equipment described. This document shall not be reproduced in whole or in part nor shall its contents be disclosed to any third party without the written approval of GE Industrial Systems.

GE PROVIDES THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION INCLUDED THEREIN AS IS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED STATUTORY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

Issue date: 2002-06-30

2002 by General Electric Company, USA. All rights reserved.

Section Page Controller Overview....................................................................................................3 Operation.....................................................................................................................3 Controller Versions .....................................................................................................4 Diagnostics ..................................................................................................................4 Installation................................................................................................................... 4 UCVF Controller .........................................................................................................6 UCVE Controllers .......................................................................................................8 UCVD Controller ......................................................................................................15 Specifications ............................................................................................................16 UCVB Controller ......................................................................................................17 Specifications ............................................................................................................18 I/O Board Alarms ......................................................................................................19 UCV Board UCVD Controller Runtime Errors.........................................................21

2 • UCV_Controller GEI-100550

Controller Overview The Mark VI UCV_ controller is a 6U high, single or double slot, single board computer (SBC) that operates the turbine application code. The controller mounts in a VME rack called the control module, and communicates with the turbine I/O boards through the VME bus. The controller operating system is QNX, a real time, multitasking OS designed for high-speed, high reliability industrial applications. Three communication ports provide links to operator and engineering interfaces as follows:

• Ethernet connections to the UDH for communication with HMIs, and other control equipment

• RS-232C connection for setup using the COM1 port

• RS-232C connection for communication with distributed control systems (DCS) using the COM2 port (such as Modbus slave)

Operation Application software can be modified online without requiring a restart.

The controller is loaded with software specific to its application to Steam, Gas, and Land-Marine aeroderivative (LM), or Balance of Plant (BOP) products. It can execute up to 100,000 rungs or blocks per second, assuming a typical collection of average size blocks. An external clock interrupt permits the controller to synchronize to the clock on the VCMI communication board to within ± 100 microseconds.

External data is transferred to and from the Control System Database (CSDB) in the controller over the VME bus by the VCMI communication board. In a Simplex system, the data consists of the process inputs and outputs from the I/O boards. In a TMR system, the data consists of the voted inputs from the input boards, singular inputs from simplex boards, computed outputs to be voted by the output hardware, and the internal state values that must be exchanged between the controllers.

GEI-100550 UCV_Controller • 3

Controller Versions Four controller versions are in use:

Like all the I/O boards, the controller is configured using the Control System Toolbox. This software is summarized in GEH-6421D, Vol. I Mark VI System Guide, Chapter 6 Tools. For details refer to GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.

• The single slot UCVE is the current generation controller used in most new systems.

• The double-slot UCVF is the high-end current generation controller used in only the systems that require it.

Note The double slot UCVB and UCVD are no longer shipped with new systems, but are still in use in older systems.

The UCVE and UCVF may be used to replace these other controllers, but require a backplane upgrade. If replacing a UCVB, an Ethernet cabling upgrade is also required.

Diagnostics If a failure occurs in the Mark VI controller while it is running application code, the rotating status LEDs (if supported) on the front panel stop and an internal fault code is generated.

Additionally, if the controller detects certain system errors (typically during startup or download) it displays flashing error codes on the status LEDs. These codes are called runtime errors, and descriptions are available on the toolbox Help screen. The error numbers and descriptions are also available on the controller serial port (COM1). For further information, refer to GEH-6421D, Vol. I Mark VI System Guide, Chapter 8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics. Like the turbine I/O boards, the controller maintains an internal diagnostic queue that can be queried from the toolbox.

Installation A control module contains (at a minimum) the controller and a VCMI. There are three rack types that can be used, the GE Fanuc integrator’s rack shown in Figure 9-1, and two sizes of Mark VI racks shown in the section, VCMI - Bus Master Controller. The GE Fanuc rack is shorter and is used for stand-alone modules with remote I/O only. The Mark VI racks are longer and can be used for local or remote I/O. Whichever rack is used, a cooling fan is mounted either above or below the controller. The stand-alone control module implemented with a GE Fanuc integrator’s rack also requires a VDSK board to supply fan power and provide the rack identification through an ID plug.


x

Power Supply

VCMIH2 Communication Board withThree IONet Ports (VCMIH1 with OneIONet is for Simplex systems)

ControllerUCVX

Interface BoardVDSK

x x x

POWERSUPPLY

VME Rack

Cooling Fanbehind Panel

Fan 24 VdcPower

Typical Controller Mounted in Rack with Communication Board


UCVF Controller The UCVF is a double-slot board using an 850 MHz Intel Pentium III processor with 16 Mb of flash memory and 32 Mb of DRAM (see Figure 9-2). Two 10BaseT/100BaseTX (RJ-45 connector) Ethernet ports provide connectivity to the unit data highway (UDH).

A separate subnet address allows the controller to uniquely identify an Ethernet port. IP subnet addresses are obtained from the Ethernet network administrator. (for example, 192,168.1.0, 192.168.2.0).

The second Ethernet on the UCVF is for use on a separate IP logical subnet. Configuration of the second Ethernet port is performed through the toolbox. The controller validates its toolbox configuration against the existing hardware each time the rack is powered up.

COM1 RS-232C port forinitial controller setupCOM2 RS-232C port forserial communication

STATUS

LAN1

RST

UCVFH2

Status LEDsVMEbus SYSFAILFlash ActivityPower StatusCPU Throttle Indicator

Monitor port for GE use

Keyboard/mouse portfor GE use

M/K

MEZZANINE

COM

1:2

SVGA

ETHERNET 1Primary Ethernet port for UnitData Highway (UDH)communication (toolbox)

x

x

Note: To connect thebatteries that enableNVRAM and CMOS, setjumper E8 to pins 7-8 ("IN")and jumper E10 to ("IN").

LAN2

USB

ETHERNET 2Secondary Ethernet port forexpansion I/O communication

Ethernet Status LEDsActive (Blinking = Active) (Solid = Inactive)Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)Active (Blinking = Active) (Solid = Inactive)Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)

x

x

UCVF Controller


UCVF Controller Specifications

Item Specification Microprocessor Intel Pentium III 850 MHz

Memory 32 MB DRAM 16 MB Compact Flash Module 256 KB Advanced Transfer Cache Battery-backed SRAM - 8K allocated as NVRAM for controller functions

Operating System QNX

Programming Control block language with analog and discrete blocks; Boolean logic represented in relay ladder diagram format. Supported data types include:

• Boolean • 16-bit signed integer • 32-bit signed integer • 32-bit floating point • 64-bit long floating point

Primary Ethernet Interface (Ethernet 1)

Twisted pair 10BaseT/100BaseTX, RJ-45 connector: • TCP/IP protocol used for communication between controller and

toolbox • Ethernet Global Data (EGD) protocol for communication with

CIMPLICITY HMI, and Series 90-70 PLCs • Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between

controller and third party DCS

Secondary Ethernet Interface (Ethernet 2)

Twisted pair 10BaseT/100BaseTX, RJ-45 connector: • EGD protocol • Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between


COM Ports Two micro-miniature 9-pin D connectors: COM1 Reserved for diagnostics, 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit COM2 Used for serial Modbus communication, 9600 or 19200 baud

Power Requirements UCVFH2

+5 V dc, 6 A typical, 7 A maximum +12 V dc, 200 mA typical, 400 mA maximum −12 V dc, 2.5 mA typical


UCVE Controllers The UCVE is available in multiple forms, UCVEH2 and UCVEM01 to UCVMEM05. The UCVEH2 is the standard Mark VI controller (see Figure 9-3). It is a single-slot board using a 300 MHz Intel Celeron processor with 16 Mb of flash memory and 32 Mb of DRAM. A single 10BaseT/100BaseTX (RJ-45) Ethernet port provides connectivity to the UDH.

The UCVEM_ _ modules have all the features of the UCVEH2 with the addition of supporting additional Ethernet ports and Profibus.

IP subnet addresses are obtained from the Ethernet network administrator. (for example, 192,168.1.0, 192.168.2.0)

Some UCVEM_ _ modules support secondary 10BaseT/100BaseTX Ethernet ports for use on a separate IP logical subnet. Configuration of the secondary Ethernet port is performed through the toolbox. The controller validates its toolbox configuration against the existing hardware each time the rack is powered up.A separate subnet address allows the controller to uniquely identify an Ethernet port

ETHERNET 1Ethernet port for UDHcommunication




STATUS

LAN

RST

UCVEH2

PC

MIP

MEZZANINE

COM

1:2

SVGA

x

x

Note: To connect thebatteries that enableNVRAM and CMOS, setjumper E8 to pins 7-8 ("IN")and jumper E10 to ("IN").

Status LEDs

VME bus SYSFAILFlash ActivityPower Status

Ethernet Status LEDs

Active (Blinking = Active) (Solid = Inactive)

Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)

M/K

UCVE Controller


UCVEH2 Controller Specifications

Item Specification Microprocessor Intel Celeron 300 MHz

Memory 32 MB DRAM 16 MB Compact Flash Module 128 KB L2 cache Battery-backed SRAM - 8K allocated as NVRAM for controller functions



• Boolean • 16-bit signed integer • 32-bit signed integer • 32-bit floating point • 64-bit long floating point

Primary Ethernet Interface (Ethernet 1)

Twisted pair 10BaseT/100BaseTX, RJ-45 connector: • TCP/IP protocol used for communication between controller and

toolbox • EGD protocol for communication with CIMPLICITY HMI and Series

90-70 PLCs • Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between


COM Ports Two micro-miniature 9-pin D connectors: COM1 Reserved for diagnostics, 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity,1 stop bit COM2 Used for serial Modbus communication, 9600 or 19200 baud

Power Requirements UCVEH2

+5 V dc, 6 A typical, 8 A maximum +12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum −12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum


UCVEM01 Controller Specifications

UCVEM01 Controller Additional Specifications

Item Specification Secondary Ethernet Interface (Ethernet 2)

Twisted pair 10BaseT/100BaseTX, RJ-45 connector: EGD protocol Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between controller and third party DCS

Power Requirements +5 V dc, 6.2 A typical, 8.2 A maximum +12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum −12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum

Note UCVEH2 Controller Specifications, for specifications common to all UCVE modules.


STATUS

LAN

RST

UCVEM01

Status LEDs




Active (Blinking = Active) (Solid = Inactive)Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)

Speed (Off = 10BaseT) (On = 100BaseTX)

Link/Active


Note: UCVEMxx modulesare shipped with thebatteries enabled.

M/K

PC

MIP

MEZZANINE

COM

1:2

SVGA

SPEED LINK/ ACT

ETHERNET 1Primary Ethernet port forUDH communication(toolbox)


x

x

UCVEM01 Front Panel




Item Specification Secondary Ethernet Interfaces (Ethernet 2-4)

Twisted pair 10BaseT/100BaseTX, RJ-45 connector:

EGD protocol

Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between controller and third party DCS



STATUS

LAN

PC

MIP

MEZZANINE

COM

1:2

SVGA

x

x

UCVEM02

0

0

1

1

2

2

3

3

PMC

610

RST




ETHERNET 1Primary Ethernet port for UDHcommunication (toolbox)

Secondary Ethernet ports forexpansion I/O communication:

ETHERNET 2

Not used

ETHERNET 3

ETHERNET 4

Status LEDs


M/K


Active (Blinking = Active) (Solid = Inactive)

Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)


UCVEH2 Front Panel




Item Specification PROFIBUS Interface (PROFIBUS 1-2)

PROFIBUS DP master class 1



STATUS

LAN

PC

MIP

MEZZANINE

COM

1:2

SVGA

x

x

RST





Status LEDsLeft: Power StatusMiddle: Flash ActivityRight: VME bus SYSFAIL

Ethernet Status LEDsTop: Active (Blinking = Active) (Solild = Inactive)Bottom: Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)

M/K

UCVEM03

x

x

PCI M

EZZANIN

E CAR

D 2

PCI M

EZZANIN

E CAR

D 1

PCI M

EZZANIN

E CAR

D 0

PROFIBUS 1PROFIBUS Serial InterfaceTransmit Active LED



UCVEH2 Front Panel



UCVEM04 Specifications

Item Specification PROFIBUS Interface (PROFIBUS 1-3)



Note See UCVEH2 Controller Specifications, for specifications common to all UCVE modules.

STATUS

LAN

PC

MIP

MEZZANINE

COM

1:2

SVGA

x

x

RST





Status LEDsLeft: Power StatusMiddle: Flash ActivityRight: VMEbus SYSFAIL

M/K

x

x

PCI M

EZZANIN

E CAR

D 2

PCI M

EZZANIN

E CAR

D 1

PCI M

EZZANIN

E CAR

D 0



UCVEM04


Ethernet Status LEDsTop: Active (Blinking = Active) (Solild = Inactive)Bottom: Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)


UCVEM04 Front Panel


UCVEM05 Controller Specifications UCVEM05 Specifications

Item Specification Secondary Ethernet Interface (Ethernet 2)

Twisted pair 10BaseT/100BaseTX, RJ-45 connector:

EGD protocol

Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between controller and third party DCS

PROFIBUS Interface (PROFIBUS 1)



Note See UCVEH2 Controller Specifications, for specifications common to all UCVE modules.

STATUS

LAN

RST

PC

MIP

MEZZANINE

COM

1:2

SVGA

x

x

Status LEDs

VMEbus SYSFAILFlash ActivityPower Status

M/K

UCVEM05

SPEED LINK/ ACT








Active (Blinking = Active) (Solid = Inactive)Link (Yellow = 10BaseT) (Green = 100BaseTX)

Speed (Off = 10BaseT) (On = 100BaseTX)

Link / Active


UCVEM05 Front Panel


UCVD Controller The UCVD is a double-slot board using a 300 MHz AMD K6 processor with 8 Mb of flash memory and 16 Mb of DRAM. A single 10BaseT (RJ-45 connector) Ethernet port provides connectivity to the UDH.

The UCVD contains a double column of eight status LEDs. These LEDs are sequentially turned on in a rotating pattern when the controller is operating normally. When an error condition occurs the LEDs display a flashing error code that identifies the problem. For more information refer to GEH-6410, Innovation Series Controller System Manual.

HAR

D D

ISK

LPT1

x x

x x

RESET

ETH

ERN

ETM

ON

ITO

RC

OM

1

CO

M2

KEYB

OAR

DM

OU

SE

UCVD H2

GENIUS

H LSLOT1

ENET

BSLV

BMAS

SYS

ACTIVE

FLSHGENA

Status LEDs showing Runtime Error Codesresulting from startup, configuration, ordownload problems

Hard disk connector for GE use

Receptacle for Genius cable plug

Ethernet port for UDHcommunication

Controller and communicationstatus LEDs

Monitor port for GE UseOnly

COM1 RS-232C port forinitial controller setup

Special ports for GE Use,printer, keyboard, andmouse

COM2 RS-232C port forserial communications

ISBus drive LAN (Not Used)

UCVD Controller Front Panel


Specifications UCVDH1 Controller Specification

Item Specification Microprocessor AMD-K6 300 MHz

Memory 16 MB DRAM 8 MB Flash Memory in UCVD 256 KB of level 2 cache


LEDs LEDs on the faceplate provide status information as follows: ACTIVE Processor is active SLOT 1 Controller configured as slot 1 controller in VME rack BMAS VME master access is occurring ENET Ethernet activity BSLV VME slave access is occurring STATUS Display rotating LED pattern when OK Display flashing error code when faulted FLSH Writing to Flash memory GENX Genius I/O is active


• Boolean

• 16-bit signed integer


• 32-bit floating point

• 64-bit floating point Ethernet Interface Twisted pair 10BaseT, RJ-45 connector

• TCP/IP protocol used for communication between controller and toolbox

• Serial Request Transfer Protocol (SRTP) interface between controller and HMI

• EGD protocol for communication with CIMPLICITY HMI, and Series 90-70 PLCs

• Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between controller and third party DCS


Power Requirements +5 V dc, 6 A +12 V dc, 200 mA −12 V dc, 200 mA


UCVB Controller The UCVB is a double-slot board using a 133 MHz Intel Pentium processor with 4 Mb of flash memory and 16 Mb of DRAM. A single 10Base2 (BNC connector) Ethernet port provides connectivity to the UDH.

The UCVB contains a double column of eight status LEDs. These LEDs are sequentially turned on in a rotating pattern when the controller is operating normally. When an error condition occurs the LEDs display a flashing error code that identifies the problem. For more information refer to GEH-6410, Innovation Series Controller System Manual.

x x

x x

RESET

ETH

ERN

ETM

ON

ITO

RC

OM

1

CO

M2

HAR

D D

ISK

LPT1

DLA

N

KEYB

OAR

DM

OU

SE

UCVB G1

GENIUS

H LSLOT1

ENET

BSLV

BMAS

SYS

ACTIVE

FLSHGENA

1 0DLAN DROP

1

8

Status LEDs showing Runtime Error Codesresulting from startup, configuration, ordownload problems

Hard disk connector for GE use

DLAN network connection (Not Used)

Receptacle for Genius cable plug

Ethernet port for UDHcommunication

Controller and communicationstatus LEDs

Monitor port for GE UseOnly

COM1 RS-232C port forinitial controller setup

Special ports for GE use,printer, keyboard, andmouse

DLAN network drop numberconfiguration dip switches (Not Used)

COM2 RS-232C port forserial communications

UCVB Controller Front Panel


Specifications UCVBG1 Controller Specification

Item Specification Microprocessor Intel Pentium 133 MHz

Memory 16 MB DRAM 4 MB Flash Memory in UCVB 256 KB of level 2 cache


LEDs LEDs on the faceplate provide status information as follows: ACTIVE Processor is active SLOT 1 Controller configured as slot 1 controller in VME rack BMAS VME master access is occurring ENET Ethernet activity BSLV VME slave access is occurring STATUS Display rotating LED pattern when OK Display flashing error code when faulted FLSH Writing to Flash memory GENX Genius I/O is active


• Boolean



• 32-bit floating point

• 64-bit long floating point Ethernet Interface Thinwire 10Base2, BNC connector:

• TCP/IP protocol used for communication between controller and toolbox

• SRTP interface between controller and HMI

• EGD protocol for communication with CIMPLICITY HMI, and Series 90-70 PLCs

• Ethernet Modbus protocol supported for communication between controller and third party DCS


DLAN+ Interface Interface to DLAN+, a high speed multidrop network based on ARCNET, using a token passing, peer to peer protocol

Power Requirements +5 V dc, 5.64 A +12 V dc, 900 mA −12 V dc, 200 mA


I/O Board Alarms Diagnostic alarms for any I/O board can be displayed and reset from the toolbox.For troubleshooting and general diagnostics alarm information refer to GEH-6421 Volume I, Chapter 8.

I/O Board Diagnostic Alarms Board Fault Fault Description Possible Cause

UCV_ 31 I/O Compatibility Code Mismatch Outdated configuration in the VCMI

32 Diagnostic Queue Overflow Too many diagnostics are occurring simultaneously

33 Foreground Process Outdated runtime version

34 Background Process Outdated runtime version

37 Idle Process Outdated runtime version

38 Ambient Air Overtemperature Warning. The rack is beginning to overheat.

The rack fan has failed or the filters are clogged.

39 CPU Overtemperature Fault. The controller CPU has overheated and may fail at any time.

The rack fan has failed or the filters are clogged.

40 Genius I/O Driver Process Outdated runtime version

41 Register I/O Process Outdated runtime version

42 Modbus Driver Process Outdated runtime version

43 Ser Process Outdated runtime version

44 Rcvr Process Outdated runtime version

45 Trans Process Outdated runtime version

46 Mapper Process Outdated runtime version

47 SRTP Process Outdated runtime version

48 Heartbeat Process Outdated runtime version

49 Alarm Process Outdated runtime version

50 Queue Manager Process Outdated runtime version

51 EGD Driver Process Outdated runtime version

52 ADL Dispatcher Process Outdated runtime version

53 ADL Queue Process Outdated runtime version

54 DPM Manager Process Outdated runtime version

68 Genius IOCHRDY Hangup Outdated runtime version

70 Genius Lock Retry Outdated runtime version

71 Genius Outdated runtime version

72 Application Code Online Load Failure Application code error

74 Application Code Startup Load Failure Application code error

75 Application Code Expansion Failure Application code error

76 ADL/BMS Communication Failure with the VCMI

The VCMI firmware version is too old to work with this controller runtime version.

77 NTP Process Outdated runtime version

78 Outdated Controller Topology Download application code and reboot

79 Outdated VCMI Topology Download configuration to VCMI and reboot


80 No VCMI Topology Old VCMI firmware doesn’t support controller/VCMI topology checking. Upgrade VCMI firmware.

81 Platform Process Outdated runtime version

82 Hardware Configuration Error The controller hardware doesn’t match the configuration specified by the toolbox. Use the toolbox to view the errors in the controller trace buffer (for example: View → General → Dump the trace buffer).

83 Register I/O Write/Command Limit Exceeded Verify that the total command rate of all Modbus interfaces does not exceed the maximum.

84 State Exchange Voter Packet Mismatch Verify that all three controllers are executing the same application code.

85 Maximum Number of Boolean State Variables Exceeded

The application code is using too many Boolean variables. Move some functions to other controllers.

86 Too Many EGD Producers Configured for Fault Tolerant Support

The controller can redirect data over the IONET from a maximum of 16 EGD producers. Data from subsequent producers will be lost in the event of an Ethernet failure.

87 Too Many EGD Points Configured for Fault Tolerant Support

The controller can redirect a maximum of 1400 bytes of data over the IONET. Subsequent EGD points will be lost in the event of an Ethernet failure.

88 Producing Fault Tolerant EGD Data The controller is redirecting data from the Ethernet to another controller over the IONET.

89 Requesting Fault Tolerant EGD Data The controller is requesting that Ethernet data be redirected to it over the IONET from another controller.

90 Process Alarm Queue Is Full Subsequent process alarms will be lost unless the current alarms are acknowledged and cleared by the operator.

91 Hold List Queue Is Full Subsequent hold alarms will be lost unless the current alarms are acknowledged and cleared by the operator.

92 Data Initialization Failure Verify that all controllers are executing the same application code. If no VCMI is used (simulation mode), verify that the clock source is set to internal. If a VCMI is used, verify that the clock source is set to external.

93 Pcode mismatch between TMR controllers Download the same application code to all three

controllers

94 Unable to start up Dynamic Data Recorder Outdated runtime version - download runtime

and restart.

95 Dynamic Data Recorder Configuration Fault Revalidate the application code and then select

the Update Dynamic Data Recorder button from the toolbox toolbar

96 Dynamic Data Recorder Process Outdated runtime version - download runtime

and restart


UCV Board UCVD Controller Runtime Errors For all controllers, refer to the stats line in the toolbox.

In addition to generating diagnostic alarms, the UCVB and the UCVD controller boards display status information on front panel LEDs. The Status LED group on these controllers contains eight segments in a two vertical column layout as shown in the following figure. These LEDs display controller errors if a problem occurs. The rightmost column makes up the lower hexadecimal digit and the leftmost column makes up the upper digit (the least significant bits on the bottom). Numerical conversions are provided with the fault code definitions.

SLOT1ACTIVE

ENETBMAS

SYSBSLV

H L

STATUS

FLSHGENA

For example, flashingin this pattern:

is error 0x43, decimal 67

Controller front panel F

F

F

F

Flashing Controller Status LEDs Indicate Error Codes

If the controller detects certain system errors (typically during boot-up or download), it displays flashing and non-flashing codes on these green status LEDs. These codes correspond to runtime errors listed in the toolbox help file. The following table describes the types of errors displayed by the LEDs.

Controller Runtime Errors

Controller Condition Status LED Display

Controller successfully completes its boot-up sequence and begins to execute application code

Display a “walking ones” pattern consisting of a single lighted green LED rotating through the bank of LEDs.

Error occurs during the BIOS phase of the boot-up sequence

Non-flashing error code is displayed

Error occurs during the application code load Flashing error codes are displayed until the error has been corrected and either the application code is downloaded again, or the controller is rebooted.

Error occurs while the controller is running May freeze with only a single LED lighted. No useful information can be interpreted from the LED position. Fault codes are generated internally.


22 •+1 540 387 7000 www. Geindustrial.com UCV_Controller GEI-100550


General Electric Company1501 Roanoke Blvd.Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA

VCMI Bus Master Controller

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, norto provide for every possible contingency to be met during installation, operation,and maintenance. The information is supplied for informational purposes only, andGE makes no warranty as to the accuracy of the information included herein.Changes, modifications, and/or improvements to equipment and specifications aremade periodically and these changes may or may not be reflected herein. It isunderstood that GE may make changes, modifications, or improvements to theequipment referenced herein or to the document itself at any time. This document isintended for trained personnel familiar with the GE products referenced herein.

GE may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in thisdocument. The furnishing of this document does not provide any license whatsoeverto any of these patents. All license inquiries should be directed to the address below.If further information is desired, or if particular problems arise that are not coveredsufficiently for the purchaser’s purpose, the matter should be referred to:


+ 1 540 378 3280 (International)

Fax: + 1 540 387 8606 (All)(“+” indicates the international access code required when calling from outsidethe USA)

This document contains proprietary information of General Electric Company, USAand is furnished to its customer solely to assist that customer in the installation,testing, operation, and/or maintenance of the equipment described. This documentshall not be reproduced in whole or in part nor shall its contents be disclosed to anythird party without the written approval of GE Industrial Systems.

GE PROVIDES THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATIONINCLUDED THEREIN AS IS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIEDSTATUTORY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FORPARTICULAR PURPOSE.


2002 by General Electric Company, USA.All rights reserved.


GEI-100551

2 • VCMI Bus Mater Controller GEI-100551

Section PageFunctional Description.............................................................................................................3Features ......................................................................................................................................6IONet - Communications Interface .......................................................................................6Input Data Collection - Simplex Systems ............................................................................6Input Data Collection and Voting - TMR Systems .............................................................6State Exchange and Voting - TMR Systems ........................................................................7Output Data Distribution.........................................................................................................7Voter Disagreement Detector.................................................................................................7Performance...............................................................................................................................7Board IDs and Addresses ........................................................................................................7Watchdog Timer.......................................................................................................................7Specifications............................................................................................................................8Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................8Configuration ............................................................................................................................8I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................12

GEI-100551 VCMI Bus Master Controller • 3

Functional DescriptionThe VCMI is the communication interface between the controller and the I/O boards,and the communication interface to the system control network, known as IONet.VCMI is also the VME bus master in the control and I/O racks, and manages the IDsfor all the boards in the rack and their associated terminal boards. The two versionsof VCMI boards are as follows:

VCMI H2

x

Communicationboard - 3 IONets

x

SERIAL

VCMI H2

RUN

FAILSTATUS

RESET

PARALLEL

842

1

MODULE

TXRX

CD

RST

TXRXCD

TXRXCD

IONet3 port10Base2

IONet2 port10Base2

IONet1 port10Base2

VME bus to I/Oboards and controller

VCMI H1

x

Communicationboard - 1 IONet

x

SERIAL

RUNFAILSTATUS

RESET

PARALLEL

8421

MODULE

RS

T

TXRXCD

IONet port10Base2

VCMI H1

VME bus to I/Oboards and controller

VCMI is OK

Error or Power up Failure

Pushbutton

IONet node

Channel ID

Transmitting PacketsReceiving PacketsCollisions on IONet

VCMI Boards, Single and Triple Network Versions


This figure shows three simplex system configurations with local and remote I/Ousing the VCMI. Multiple I/O racks can be connected to IONet, each rack with itsown VCMI board. To increase data throughput for applications requiring lowlatency, a second IONet port on the VCMI can be used as a parallel IONet as shownin the lower portion of the figure.

VCMI

UCVX

VCMI

UCVX

IONet

R

VCMI

UCVX

VCMI

IONet

R R1

VCMI

R1

VCMI

R2

IONet

Simplex system withlocal I/O

UCVX is controllerVCMI is bus masterI/O are VME boards

Simplex system withlocal & remote I/O

Simplex system withmultiple IONets &remote I/O

I/OBoards

I/OBoards

I/OBoards

I/OBoards

I/OBoards

Simplex System Configurations with Local and Remote I/O


This figure shows two sizes of TMR systems. The first example is a small systemwhere all the I/O is mounted in the VME control rack, so no remote I/O racks arerequired. Each channel (R, S, T) has its own IONet, and the VCMI has three IONetports.

The second example is a larger system with remote I/O racks. Each IONet supportsmultiple I/O racks, but only one rack is shown here. All I/O channels (R, S, T) areidentical in terms of I/O boards and points.

TMR system withlocal I/O

UCVX is controllerVCMI is bus masterI/O are VMEBoardsTermination boardsnot shown

TMR system withremote I/O,Termination boardsnot shown

IONet supportsmultiple remoteI/O racks

VCMI

R1

I/OBoards

VCMI

UCVX

VCMI

UCVX

VCMI

UCVX

IONet - RIONet - SIONet - T

R S T

VCMI

UCVX

VCMI

UCVX

VCMI

UCVX

IONet - RIONet - SIONet - T

R S T

VCMI

S1

I/OBoards

VCMI

T1

I/OBoards

I/OBoards

I/OBoards

I/OBoards

TMR System Configurations with Local and Remote I/O


FeaturesThe VCMI architecture is based on the 32-bit Texas Instruments TMS320C32 digitalsignal processor (DSP). The main hardware features are:

• Interface to VME bus

• Three 10Base2 Ethernet ports

• One RS-232C serial port

• One parallel port

• Power system monitoring

• Board and cable ID reading

• Processor watchdog timer

IONet - Communications InterfaceFast I/O communicationthrough the VCMI supportsrapid controller response.

Communication between the control modules (control racks) and interface modules(I/O racks) is handled by the VCMIs. In the control module the VCMI operates asthe IONet master while in the interface module it operates as an IONet slave. VCMIestablishes the network ID, and displays the network ID, channel ID, and status onits front panel.

Physically, IONet communication is 10Base2 Ethernet using thin wire RG-58 coaxcable. The VCMI supports all three ports simultaneously.

The VCMI serves as the master frame counter for all nodes on the IONet. Operationframes are sequentially numbered and all nodes on IONet operate in the same frameThis ensures that selected data is transmitted and operated on correctly.

Input Data Collection - Simplex SystemsWhen used in an interface module, the VCMI collects input data from the I/O boardsand transmits it to the control module over IONet.

In the control module, as packets of input data are received from various racks on theIONet, the VCMI transfers them through the VME bus to the Mark VI controller forprocessing.

Input Data Collection and Voting - TMR SystemsFor a small TMR system, all the I/O may be handled in one (triplicated) module. Inthis case the VCMI transfers, over the VME bus, the input values from each of theI/O boards to the pre-vote table, and simultaneously transmits the data as an inputpacket on the IONet. When the input packets from the other two racks are received,they are also transferred to the pre-vote table. The input data is then voted and theresult is placed in a voted table and copied to the controller for processing. Analogdata (floating point) is voted by median select, while logical data (bit values) is two-out-of-three votes .

For a larger TMR system with remote I/O racks, the procedure is very similar exceptthat packets of input values may come into each master VCMI not only from I/Oboards in its own rack, but also from remote I/O racks in its channel through IONet.After all the input data for the channel is accumulated, it is placed in the pre-votetable and then sent to the other control modules over IONet. When the input packetsfrom all three channels have been received by a master VCMI, voting occurs asdescribed above.


State Exchange and Voting - TMR SystemsA selected portion of the variables in a controller (for example, the internal statessuch as counter/timer values and sequence steps) must also be transferred across theIONet to be voted by the VCMIs and recopied to the controllers. This is known asthe state exchange. The synchronization of state variables ensures that no steps aregenerated in the outputs if one of the controllers fails, or is powered down and backup again.

Output Data DistributionAfter application code operation, the VCMI reads the output values from thecontroller across the VME bus. All the output data from a control module VCMI isplaced in one packet. This packet is then broadcast on the IONet and received by allconnected interface and control modules. Each interface module VCMI extracts therequired information and distributes to its associated I/O boards.

Voter Disagreement Detector For logic values, anydisagreement is consideredbad. A time delay is requiredbefore generating an alarm toeliminate the problem oftransients causing falsealarms.

The master VCMIs generate diagnostics when local pre-vote data does not match theresulting voted data. The first pass through the pre-vote data determines the controlvalues to be used. On the second pass, the VCMI determines whether bad valuesexist by comparing its set of local channel pre-vote values with the voted result. Ifthere is any disagreement then the local value has been outvoted and represents a badvalue. For analog values, a dead band is defined to allow minor variations in the pre-vote values without creating an alarm.

PerformanceThe Simplex frame rate can be as fast as 10 milliseconds allowing turbine control at100 Hz, while the TMR frame rate can be as fast as 20 ms for control at 50 Hz.

The control module is synchronized to the wall clock ensuring the sequence ofevents (SOE) times are within 1 ms of the actual event times.

Board IDs and AddressesThis switch provides theIONet address and R/S/Tchannel identity, and is readby the VCMI to determinewhat channel it is on.

Each terminal board has an ID chip for each cable connector that is read serially intothe I/O board. Each I/O board in the VME rack, plus the VCMI, also has its own IDchip which is read by the VCMI, so the VCMI can acquire the identity of all theboards and associated terminal boards in its rack. In addition, there is an eight-bitconfiguration switch on the backplane tied to slot 1 of the VME rack.

The VCMI in the control rack acquires packages of ID information from each I/Orack. These contain the catalog number, serial number, and revision of each board inthe module along with the slot number, and the identity of each terminal board withits slot P3/P4 location. This information is captured and stored in the controller.

Watchdog TimerOn line testing of thewatchdog function can beperformed.

The watchdog timer protects against a processor stall condition. If a stall occurs thewatchdog times out after approximately 200 ms and resets the processor. It notifiesthe VME backplane that the processor has been reset, and shuts off IONetcommunication while stalled. The front panel reset button (if present) can be used toforce the timer to the stalled state from which it transitions to the operational state.


SpecificationsVCMI Specifications

Item Specification

Board Type 6U high VME board, 0.787 inch wide

Processor Texas Instruments TMS320C32 32-bit digital signal processor

Memory Dual-port memory, 32 Kbytes in 32 bit transfer configuration

SRAM, 64k x 32

Flash memory, 128k x 8

Communication H1 version: One IONet 10 Base2 Ethernet port, BNC connector, 10Mbits/sec

H2 version: Three IONet 10 Base2 Ethernet ports, BNC connectors, 10Mbits/sec

VME bus block transfers

1 RS-232C Serial port, male "D" style connector, 9600, 19,200, or 38,400bits/sec

1 Parallel port, eight bit bi-directional , EPP Version1.7 mode of IEEE1284-1994

Frame Rate 10 ms (100 Hz) for Simplex40 ms (25 Hz) for TMR

DiagnosticsThe internal 5 V, 12 V, 15 V, and 28 V power supply buses are monitored andalarmed. The alarm settings are configurable and usually set at 3.5%, except for the28 V supplies, which are set at 5.5%.

Diagnostic signals from the power distribution module (PDM), connected throughJ301, are also monitored. These include ground fault and over/under voltage on theP125 V bus, two differential ±5V dc analog inputs, P28A and PCOM for externalmonitor circuits, and digital inputs.

Descriptions of the VCMI diagnostics are in GEH-6421, Vol. I Mark VI SystemGuide, Chapter 8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics.

ConfigurationThe I/O boards, the VCMI is configured using the toolbox. This software usuallyruns on a data highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. Thefollowing table defines configuration choices and defaults. For details refer to GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Controller.


VCMI Toolbox Configuration (Part 1 of 2)

Parameter Description Choices

Configuration

System Limits Enable or disable all system limits Enable, disable

PS_Limit1 ± Power supply limits for P5, P15, N15 in % 0 to 10

PS_Limit2 ± Power supply limits for P12, N12, P28, N28 inpercent

0 to 10

PwrBusLimits Enable or disable power bus diagnostics Enable, disable

125 vBusHlim High limit for 125 V dc bus in volts 0 to 150

125 vBusLlim Low limit for 125 V dc bus in volts 0 to 150

125 vBusGlim Low volts to ground limit for 125 V dc bus (diagnostic) 0 to 150

J3 Power Monitor PDM monitor Connected, not connected

Logic_In_1 First of 12 logical inputs – board point signal Point edit (input BIT)

Logic_In Configurable item Used, unused

P125_Grd P125 with respect to ground – board point signal Point Edit (Input FLOAT)

Input Type Type of analog input Used, unused

Low_Input Input volts at low value −10 to +10

Low_Value Input value in engineering units at low MA −3.4082e+038 to3.4028e+038

High_Input Input volts at high value −10 to +10

High_Value Input value in engineering units at high MA −3.4082e+038 to3.4028e+038

Input _Filter Bandwidth of input signal filter in Hz Unused, 0.75 Hz, 1.5 Hz, 3Hz,

TMR_DiffLimit Difference limit for voted TMR inputs in % of high-lowvalues

0 to 10

Sys_Lim_1_Enabl Enable system limit 1 fault check Enable, disable

Sys_Lim_1_Latch Input fault latch Latch, unlatch

Sys_Lim_1_Type Input fault type Greater than or equal

Less than or equal

Sys_Lim_1 Input limit in engineering units -3.4082e+038 to3.4028e+038

Sys_Lim_2 Same as above for Sys Lim 1 Same as for Sys_Lim_1

N125_Gnd Same as for P125_Grd – board point signal Same as for P125_Grd

Spare 01 Similar to P125_Grd – board point signal Similar to P125_Grd

Spare 02 Similar to P125_Grd – board point signal Similar to P125_Grd


VCMI Toolbox Configuration (Part 2 of 2)


Board Point Signal Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type

L3Diag_VCMI1Board diagnostic Input BIT



SysLimit1-1P125_Grd (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT

SysLimit1-2N125_Grd (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT

SysLimit1-3Spare 01 (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT


SysLimit1_125P125 bus out of limits (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT

SysLimit2-1P125_Grd (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT

SysLimit2-2N125_Grd (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT



SysLimit2_125P125 bus out of limits (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT

P125BusCalc 125 V dc bus voltage (P125Grd - N125Grd) Input FLOAT

ResetSYSSystem limit reset(Special VCMI output to I/O bds) Output BIT

ResetDIADiagnostic reset (Special VCMI output to I/O bds) Output BIT

ResetSuicideSuicide reset (Special VCMI output to I/O bds) Output BIT

MasterResetMaster reset L86MR (Special VCMI out to I/O bds) Output BIT

Logic_In_1Battery bus fault Input BIT

Logic_In_2AC1 source fault Input BIT

Logic_In_3AC2 source fault Input BIT

Logic_In_4Misc contact Input BIT

Logic_In_5Fuse 31, J19 fault Input BIT




Logic_In_8Spare 01 Input BIT





P125_GrdP125 with respect to ground, P3 – 28 to 29 Input FLOAT

N125_GrdN125 with respect to ground, negative number, P3 –26 to 27

Input FLOAT

Spare01Analog spare 01, P3 – 07 to 08 Input FLOAT

Spare02Analog spare 02, P3 – 05 to 06 Input FLOAT


I/O Board AlarmsDiagnostic alarms for any I/O board can be displayed and reset from the toolbox. Fortroubleshooting and general diagnostic alarm information refer to GEH-6421Volume I, Chapter 8.

Board Fault Fault Description Possible Cause

VCMI 1 SOE Overrun. Sequence of Events data overrun Communication problem on IONet

2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error(board will not go online)

3 CRC Failure Override is Active Board firmware programming error(board is allowed to go online)

16 System Limit Checking is Disabled System checking was disabled byconfiguration

17 Board ID Failure Failed ID chip on the VME I/O board

18 J3 ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3, orcable problem




22 J3A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J3A, orcable problem


24 Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility Invalid terminal board connected toVME I/O board

25 Board inputs disagree with the voted value A problem with the input. This couldbe the device, the wire to the terminalboard, the terminal board, or thecable.

30 ConfigCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: #The configuration compatibility code that the firmware isexpecting is different than what is in the tre file for thisboard

A tre file has been installed that isincompatible with the firmware on theI/O board. Either the tre file orfirmware must change. Contact thefactory.

31 IOCompatCode mismatch; Firmware: #; Tre: #The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expectingis different than what is in the tre file for this board


32 P5=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P5 powersupply is out of the specified operating limits

A VME rack backplane wiring problemand/or power supply problem


If "Remote Control", disable diagnosticand ignore; otherwise probably a backplane wiring or VME power supplyproblem.


34 N15=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N15 powersupply is out of the specified operating limits

If "Remote Control", disable diagnosticand ignore; otherwise probably a VMEbackplane wiring and/or power supplyproblem.


If "Remote I/O", disable diagnostic andignore; otherwise probably a VMEbackplane wiring and/or power supplyproblem.


If "Remote I/O", disable diagnostic andignore; otherwise probably a VMEbackplane wiring and/or power supplyproblem.

37 P28A=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28A powersupply is out of the specified operating limits


38 P28B=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28B powersupply is out of the specified operating limits


39 P28C=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28C powersupply is out of the specified operating limits

If "Remote Control" disable diagnostic.Disable diagnostic if not used;otherwise probably a backplane wiringand/or power supply problem.

40 P28D=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28D powersupply is out of the specified operating limits


41 P28E=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28E powersupply is out of the specified operating limits




43 125 Volt Bus=###.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The 125-Volt bus voltage is out of the specified operating limits

A source voltage or cabling problem;disable 125 V monitoring if notapplicable.

44 125 Volt Bus Ground =###.## Volts is Outside of Limits.The 125-Volt bus voltage ground is out of the specifiedoperating limits

Leakage or a fault to ground causingan unbalance on the 125 V bus;disable 125 V monitoring if notapplicable.

45 IONet-1 Communications Failure. Loss of communicationon IONet1

Loose cable, rack power, or VCMIproblem





48 VME Bus Error Detected (Total of ### Errors). The VCMIhas detected errors on the VME bus

The sum of errors 60 through 66 -Contact the factory.

49 Using Default Input Data, Rack R.#. The VCMI is notgetting data from the specified rack

IONet communications failure - Checkthe VCMI and/or IONet cables.

50 Using Default Input Data, Rack S.#. The VCMI is notgetting data from the specified rack



51 Using Default Input Data, Rack T.#. The VCMI is notgetting data from the specified rack


52 Missed Time Match Interrupt (## uSec). The VCMI hasdetected a missed interrupt

Possible VCMI hardware failure

53 VCMI Scheduler Task Overrun. The VCMI did notcomplete running all its code before the end of the frame

Possibly too many I/O

54 Auto Slot ID Failure (Perm. VME Interrupt). The VCMIcannot perform its AUTOSLOT ID function

I/O board or backplane problem

55 Card ID/Auto Slot ID Mismatch. The VCMI cannot readthe identity of a card that it has found in the rack

Board ID chip failed

56 Topology File/Board ID Mismatch. The VCMI hasdetected a mismatch between the configuration file andwhat it actually detects in the rack

ID chip mismatch - Check yourconfiguration

57 Controller Sequencing Overrun Too much application code used incontroller. Reduce the code size.

58 Controller PCODE Version Mismatch between R,S,and T.R, S, and T have different software versions

Error during controller download -revalidate, build, and download all 3controllers.

59 IONet Communications Failure. Loss of communicationson the slave VCMI IONet

Loose cable, rack power, or VCMIproblem (VCMI slave only)

60-66 VME Error Bit # (Total ## Errors). The VCMI has detectederrors on the VME bus

VME backplane errors - Contactfactory.

67 Controller Board is Offline. The VCMI cannotcommunicate with the controller

Controller failed or is powered down.

68-87 I/O Board in Slot # is Offline. The VCMI cannotcommunicate with the specified board

I/O board is failed or removed. Youmust replace the board, or reconfigurethe system and redownload to theVCMI, and reboot.

88 U17 Sectors 0-5 are not write protected Sectors not write protected inmanufacturing. Contact the factory.

89 SRAM resources exceeded. Topology/config too large The size of the configured system istoo large for the VCMI. You mustreduce the size of the system.



+1 540 387 7000www.GEindustrial.com

VDSK Interface Board




+ 1 540 378 3280 (International)Fax: + 1 540 387 8606 (All)(“+” indicates the international access code required when calling from outsidethe USA)





GEI-100552gGE Industrial Systems

Functional DescriptionThe VDSK interface board provides power subsystem monitoring to the VCMI.VDSK is mounted adjacent to the Mark VI controller in the standalone controllerrack. It is not used in the other types of control racks.

Mark VIController

x x xVDSK

J4

J3

Cable to power sub-system

24 V dc supply to coolingfan below rack

xxx VDSK Board

VDSK Board with Adjacent Controller OperationVDSK supports three functions as follows:

• Interconnects the PDM with the power subsystem monitoring functions of theVCMI through the 96-pin P2 backplane connector and the 37-pin sub-miniatureD connector on the front panel. This connection is through a 64-pin ribbon cableconnected at the back of the VME backplane.

• Interconnects ±12 V from the 96-pin P1 backplane connector to a front panelmounted 2-pin connector to power the 4.3 watt 24 V dc VME rack mounted fanassembly. This is from the front panel J4 connector.

• Provides a board mounted 16-pin Ethernet ID connector, which interfaces to theVCMI board through the P2 backplane connector ribbon cable.




VTCC Thermocouple Processor Board










2 • VTCC Thermocouple Processor Board GEI-100553

Section PageFunctional Description.............................................................................................................2Installation .................................................................................................................................2Operation....................................................................................................................................5Specifications............................................................................................................................9Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................9Configuration ..........................................................................................................................10DTTC Simplex Thermocouple Terminal Board................................................................12Installation ...............................................................................................................................13I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................14

Functional DescriptionInput data is transferred overthe VME backplane fromVTCC to the VCMI and thento the controller.

The thermocouple processor board VTCC accepts 24 type E, J, K, S (see note), or Tthermocouple inputs. These inputs are wired to two barrier type blocks on theterminal board TBTC. Cables with molded plugs connect the terminal board to theVME rack where the VTCC thermocouple board is located. The TBTC can provideboth simplex (TBTCH1C) or triple module redundant (TMR) (TBTCHIB) control.

2468

1012141618202224

x

x

xxxxxx

xxxxx

13579

11131517192123

xxxx

xxxxxx

xx

x

262830323436384042444648

x

xxxx

xxxxxx

xx

252729313335373941434547

x

xxxxxx

xxxxx

xx

x

JA1

JB1

x

x

RUNFAILSTAT

VTCC

J3

J4

VME Bus to VCMIcommunication board

TBTC, capacity for24 thermocouple inputs

37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners

Cables to VMErack

Connectors onVME rack

Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board formaintenance

Shield barground

TBTC Terminal Board VTCC VME Board

TCinputs

TCinputs

Thermocouple Input Terminal Board, I/O Board, and Cabling

GEI-100553 VTCC Thermocouple Processor Board • 3

InstallationThermocouples are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks. These blocks aremounted on the terminal board and held down with two screws. Each block has 24terminals accepting up to two #12 AWG wires. A shield termination strip attached tochassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.

2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

13579

11131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Input 1 (+)Input 2 (+)Input 3 (+)Input 4 (+)Input 5 (+)Input 6 (+)Input 7 (+)Input 8 (+)Input 9 (+)Input 10(+)Input 11(+)Input 12(+)

Input 1 (-)Input 2 (-)Input 3 (-)Input 4 (-)Input 5 (-)Input 6 (-)

Input 8 (-)Input 9 (-)Input 10(-)Input 11(-)Input 12(-)

Input 7 (-)

I/O terminal blocks with barrier terminals

Up to two #12 AWG wires per point with300 V insulation

terminal blocks can be unplugged fromterminal board for maintenance

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Thermocouple Terminal Board TBTCH1C

Cable to J3on I/O rack

JA1

JB1

Input 13(+)Input 14(+)Input 15(+)Input 16(+)Input 17(+)Input 18(+)Input 19(+)Input 20(+)Input 21(+)Input 22(+)Input 23(+)Input 24(+)

Input 13(-)Input 14(-)Input 15(-)

Input 17(-)Input 16(-)

Input 18(-)Input 19(-)Input 20(-)Input 21(-)


Input 24(-)Cable to J4on I/O rack

TMR version of this board hasconnectors JRA, JSA, and JTA forinputs 1-12, andconnectors JRB, JSB, and JTB forinputs 13-24.

TBTCH1C (Simplex) Wiring and Cabling


2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

13579

11131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Input 1 (+)Input 2 (+)Input 3 (+)Input 4 (+)Input 5 (+)Input 6 (+)Input 7 (+)Input 8 (+)Input 9 (+)Input 10(+)Input 11(+)Input 12(+)

Input 1 (-)Input 2 (-)Input 3 (-)Input 4 (-)Input 5 (-)Input 6 (-)

Input 8 (-)Input 9 (-)Input 10(-)Input 11(-)Input 12(-)

Input 7 (-)

I/O terminal blocks with barrier terminals

Up to two #12 AWG wires per point with300 volt insulation


262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Thermocouple Terminal Board TBTCH1B

Cable to J4on I/O rack S

Input 13(+)Input 14(+)Input 15(+)Input 16(+)Input 17(+)Input 18(+)Input 19(+)Input 20(+)Input 21(+)Input 22(+)Input 23(+)Input 24(+)

Input 13(-)Input 14(-)Input 15(-)


Input 18(-)Input 19(-)Input 20(-)Input 21(-)


Input 24(-)Cable to J4on I/O rack R

JSB

JRB

JTB

JSA

JRA

JTA

Cable to J4on I/O rack T

Cable to J3on I/O rack R

To J3rack T

To J3rack S

TBTCH1B (TMR) Wiring and Cabling


OperationThe 24 thermocouple inputs on the TBTC can be grounded or ungrounded. They canbe located up to 300 meters (984 feet) from the turbine control cabinet with amaximum two-way cable resistance of 450 ohms. High frequency noise suppressionand two cold junction reference devices are mounted on the board.

Linearization for individual thermocouple types is performed in software by VTCC.A thermocouple which is determined to be out of the hardware limits is removedfrom the scanned inputs in order to prevent adverse affects on other input channels.If both cold junction devices are within the configurable limits, then the average ofthe two is used for cold junction compensation. If only one cold junction device iswithin the configurable limits, then that cold junction is used for compensation. Ifneither cold junction device is within the configurable limits, then a default value isused.

Note VTCC boards manufactured after software version VTCC-100100C andhigher have additional thermocouple and cold junction features. The new designboards permit the use of S-type thermocouples, in addition to all previous types.They also provide for a remote cold junction compensation feature for thermocoupleinputs. This allows the user to select whether cold junction compensation is donebased on a temperature reading at a remote location or at the terminal board asexplained above. The calculations are the same as previous VTCC boards, only thesource of the cold junction reading changes.


<R> or <S> or <T> Rack

Thermocouple Input Board VTCC

Terminal Board TBTC

JA1 J3

Connectors atbottom ofVME rack

Excitation

JB1 J4

(12) thermocouples

(12) thermocouples

Excit.

I/O CoreProcessor

TMS320C32VMEbus

NoiseSuppression

NoiseSuppression

Thermocouple

Thermocouple

Grounded orungrounded

High

Low

Low

High

Localcold junctionreference

Localcold junctionreference

ID

ID

A/D

Remote coldjunctionreferences


Simplex Thermocouple Inputs

<R> RackTerminal Board TBTCH1B


Excit.

Excitation.

(12) thermocouples

Thermocouple


HighLow

J3

(12) thermocouples

Thermocouple


HighLow

J4

LocalCJ reference

JRAID

JSAID

JTAID

JRBID

JSBID

JTBID

To<S>

To<T>

To<T>

To<S>

I/O CoreProcessor

TMS320C32

VMEbus

A/D

Analog-DigitalConverter

Processor

Noisesuppression

NS

NS

Remote CJreferences

LocalCold JunctionReference

TMR Thermocouple Inputs


Thermocouple inputs are supported over a full-scale input range of –8.0 mV to +45.0mV. The following table shows typical input voltages for different thermocoupletypes versus minimum and maximum temperature range. It is assumed the coldjunction temperature ranges from +32 to +158 °F.

Thermocouple Types and Range

Thermocouple Type E J K S T

Low range, °F / °C −60 / −51 −60 / −51 −60 / −51 0 / −17.78 −60 /−51

mV at low range withreference at 158 °F (70 °C)

−7.174 −6.132 −4.779 −0.524 −4.764

High range, °F / °C 1100 / 593 1400 / 798 2000 /1093

3200 /1760

750 /399

mV at high range withreference at 32 °F (0 °C)

44.547 42.922 44.856 18.612 20.801

The thermocouple inputs andcold junction inputs areautomatically calibratedusing the filtered calibrationreference and zero voltages.

There are two cold junction references used per VTCC, one for connector J3 and J4.Each reference can be selected as either remote (from VME bus) or local (fromassociated terminal board, T type or D type). All references are then treated as sensorinputs (for example, averaged, limits configured). The two references can be mixed,one local and one remote. Cold junction signals go into signal space and areavailable for monitoring. Normally the average of the two is used. Acceptable limitsare configured, and if a cold junctions goes outside the limit, a logic signal is set. A 1°F error in the cold junction compensation causes a 1°F error in the TC reading.

Hard coded limits are set at 32 to 158 °F, and if a cold junction goes outside these, itis regarded as bad. Most cold junction failures are open or short circuit. If one coldjunction fails, the good one is used. If both cold junctions go bad, the backup value isused, which can be derived from cold junction readings on other terminal boards, orcan be the configured default value.


SpecificationsTypical VTCC Specification

Item SpecificationNumber of channels 24 channels per terminal board and I/O boardThermocouple types E, J, K, S, T thermocouples, and mV inputsSpan -8 mV to +45 mVA/D converter Sampling type 16-bit A/D converter with better than 14-bit

resolutionCJ compensation Reference junction temperature measured at two locations

on each TC terminal board (optional for remove CJs).TMR board has six cold junction references.

Cold junction temperatureaccuracy

Cold junction accuracy 2 °F

Conformity error Maximum software error 0.25 °FMeasurement accuracy 53 microvolts (excluding cold junction reading)

Example: 3 °F, type K, at 1000 °F, including cold junctioncontribution (RSS)

Common mode rejection Ac common mode rejection 110 dB @ 50/60 Hz, forbalanced impedance input

Common mode voltage ±5 VNormal mode rejection Rejection of 250 mV rms is 80 dB @ 50/60 HzScan time All inputs are sampled at 120 times per second for 60 Hz

operation; for 50 Hz operation it is 100 times per secondFault detection High/low (hardware) limit check

High/low system (software) limit checkMonitor readings from all TCs, CJs, calibration voltages,and calibration zero readings

DiagnosticsThree LEDs at the top of the front panel provide status information. The normalRUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED shows asteady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board.

Each thermocouple type has Hardware Limit Checking based on preset (non-configurable) high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If thislimit is exceeded a logic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one ofthe 24 inputs hardware limits is set it creates a composite diagnostic alarm,L3DIAG_VTCC, referring to the entire board. Details of the individual diagnosticsare available from the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched,and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal.

In TMR, systems limit logicsignals are voted and theresulting compositediagnostic is present in eachcontroller.

Each thermocouple input has system limit checking based on configurable high andlow levels. These limits can be used to generate alarms, and can be configured forenable/disable, and as latching/nonlatching. RESET_SYS resets the out of limitsignals.

Each terminal board cable has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/Oboard. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal boardserial number, board type, revision number, and the JA1/JB1 connector location.


The TMR version of this board has six ID devices, one for each cable connector.Details of the VTCC diagnostics are in GEH-6421D, Vol. I Mark VI System Guide,Chapter 8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics.

The thermocouple board is configured using the toolbox. The following tablesummarizes configuration choices and defaults. For details refer to GEH-6403,Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Controller.

ConfigurationThermocouple Board Configuration (Part 1 of 2)

Parameter Description ChoicesConfigurationSysFreq System frequency (used for noise rejection) 50 or 60 HzSystemLimits Enables or disables all system limit checking Enable, disable

Auto Reset Automatic Restoring of Thermocouples removed fromscan

Enable, disable

J3J4:I200TBTCH1A Terminal board Connected, Not ConnectedThermCpl1 First of 24 thermocouples - board point signal Point edit (input FLOAT)ThermoCpl Type Thermocouples supported by VTCC; unused inputs are

removed from scanning, mV inputs are primarily formaintenance.When configured for mV input, the signal span is –8 mVto +45 mV. The input is not compensated for CJ and is astraight reading of the terminal board mV input. In order todetect open wires, each input is biased using plus andminus 0.25 V through 10 megohm resistors. This shouldbe taken into account if high impedance mV signals are tobe read.

Unused, mV, S, T, K, J, E

LowPassFiltr Enable 2 Hz low pass filter Enable, disableSysLim1 Enabl Enables or disables a temperature limit which can be

used to create an alarm.Enable, disable

SysLim1 Latch Determines whether the limit condition will latch orunlatch; reset used to unlatch.

Latch, unlatch

SysLim1 Type Limit occurs when the temperature is greater than orequal (>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a preset value.

Greater than or equal, lessthan or equal

SysLimit 1 Enter the desired value. Engineering unitsSysLim2 Enabled Enables or disables a temperature limit which can be

used to create an alarm.Enable, disable


Latch, unlatch

SysLim2 Type Limit occurs when the temperature is greater than orequal (>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a preset value.

Greater than or equal, lessthan or equal

SysLimit 2 Enter the desired value. Engineering unitsTMR Diff Limt Limit condition occurs if 3 temperatures in R, S, T differ by

more than a preset value (deg F); this creates a votingalarm condition.

−60 to 2,000

ColdJunc1 First CJ reference - Board point signal (similarconfiguration as for thermocouples but no low pass filteror CJ type choices of local or remote).

As above (input FLOAT)

ColdJunc2 Second CJ reference – Board point signal (similarconfiguration as for thermocouples but no low pass filteror CJ type choices of local or remote).

As above (input FLOAT)


Thermocouple Board Configuration (Part 2 of 2)

Board Points (Signals) Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection Name) Direction Type

L3DIAG_VTCC1 Board diagnostic InputBIT



SysLim1TC1 System limit 1 for thermocouple InputBIT

: : InputBIT


SysLim1CJ1 System limit 1 for CJ InputBIT

SysLim1JC2 System limit 1 for CJ InputBIT


: : InputBIT




CJ Backup CJ backup OutputFLOAT

CJ Remote 1 CJ remote 1 OutputFLOAT

CJ Remote 2 CJ remote 2 OutputFLOAT

ThermCpl1 Thermocouple reading InputFLOAT

: : InputFLOAT

ThermCpl24 Thermocouple reading InputFLOAT

ColdJunc1 CJ for TC's 1−12 InputFLOAT

ColdJunc2 CJ for TC's 13−24 InputFLOAT


DTTC Simplex Thermocouple Terminal BoardThe DTCC board is a compact terminal board designed for DIN-rail mounting. Theboard has 12 thermocouple inputs and connects to the VTCC thermocoupleprocessor board with a single 37-pin cable. This cable is identical to the one used onthe larger TBCC terminal board. The on-board signal conditioning and cold junctionreference are identical to those on the TBTC board.

An on-board ID chipidentifies the board to theVTCC for system diagnosticpurposes.

Two DTTC boards can be connected to the VTCC for a total of 24 inputs. Only thesimplex version of the board is available. The terminal boards can be stackedvertically on the DIN-rail to conserve cabinet space. High density Euro-Block typeterminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board with two screw connectionsfor the ground connection (SCOM). Every third screw connection is for the shield.

JA1 J3

<R> Control Rack



Excitation

Excit.

Sampling typeA/D converter

I/O CoreProcessor

TMS320C32

VMEbusJ4

24 Thermocouples

DTTC Terminal Board

(12) thermocouples

Thermocouple


Pos

Neg

LocalCJreference (1)

SCOM

Shld

Connector for cablefrom second DTTCterminal board

ID

1

2

3

Noise Suppression

ProcessorA/D

Remote CJreferences

DTTC for Thermocouple Inputs


InstallationShield screws are provided onthis board, internallyconnected to SCOM.

The DTTC board slides into a plastic holder which mounts on the DIN-rail.Thermocouples are wired directly to the terminal block. The Euro-Block typeterminal block has 42 terminals and is permanently mounted on the terminal board.Typically #18 AWG wires are used. There are two screws for the SCOM (ground)connection, which should be as short a distance as possible.

Input 5 Shld

JA1

Chassis Ground

Screw Connections

37-pin "D" shellconnector with latchingfasteners

DIN Thermocouple Terminal Board DTTC

Input 1 (+)Input 1 Shld

135

11

79

1314 15171921232527293133

373941

35

42

2468

1012

1618202224262830

36

3234

3840

Input 2 (+)Input 3 (+)Input 3 ShldInput 4 (+)Input 5 (+)

Input 6 (+)Input 7 (+)Input 7 ShldInput 8 (+)Input 9 (+)Input 9 ShldInput 10 (+)Input 11 (+)Input 11 ShldInput 12 (+)

Chassis Ground

Input 1 (-)Input 2 ShldInput 2 (-)Input 3 (-)Input 4 ShldInput 4 (-)Input 5 (-)Input 6 ShldInput 6 (-)Input 7 (-)Input 8 ShldInput 8 (-)Input 9 (-)Input 10 ShldInput 10 (-)Input 11 (-)Input 12 ShldInput 12 (-)

Cable to J3connector in I/Orack for the VTCCboard

Screw Connections

DIN-rail mounting

Euro-Block typeterminal block

Plastic mountingholder

SCOM

DTTC Wiring and Cabling



I/O Board Diagnostic Alarms


VTCC 2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error(board will not go online)

3 CRC failure override is Active Board firmware programming error(board is allowed to go online)

16 System Limit Checking is Disabled System checking was disabled byconfiguration.



19 J4 ID Failure. Failed ID chip on connector J4, orcable problem










32-55 Thermocouple ## Raw Counts High. The ##thermocouple input to the analog to digital converterexceeded the converter limits and will be removed fromscan

A condition such as stray voltage ornoise caused the input to exceed +63millivolts.

56-79 Thermocouple ## Raw Counts Low. The ## thermocoupleinput to the analog to digital converter exceeded theconverter limits and will be removed from scan

The board has detected athermocouple open and has applied abias to the circuit driving it to a largenegative number, or the TC is notconnected, or a condition such asstray voltage or noise caused the inputto exceed −63 millivolts.


80,81 Cold Junction # Raw Counts High. Cold junction devicenumber # input to the A/D converter has exceeded thelimits of the converter. Normally two cold junction inputsare averaged; if one is detected as bad then the other isused. If both cold junctions fail, a predetermined value isused

The cold junction device on theterminal board has failed.

82,83 Cold Junction # Raw Counts Low. Cold junction devicenumber # input to the A/D converter has exceeded thelimits of the converter. Normally two cold junction inputsare averaged; if one is detected as bad then the other isused. If both cold junctions fail, a predetermined value isused


84,85 Calibration Reference # Raw Counts High.Calibration Reference # input to the A/D converterexceeded the converter limits. If Cal. Ref. 1, all evennumbered TC inputs will be wrong; if Cal. Ref. 2, all oddnumbered TC inputs will be wrong

The precision reference voltage on theboard has failed.

86,87 Calibration Reference # Raw Counts Low.Calibration Reference # input to the A/D converterexceeded the converter limits. If Cal. Ref. 1, all evennumbered TC inputs will be wrong; if Cal. Ref. 2, all oddnumbered TC inputs will be wrong


88,89 Null Reference # Raw Counts High The null reference voltage signal onthe board has failed.

90,91 Null Reference # Raw Counts Low. The null (zero)reference number # input to the A/D converter hasexceeded the converter limits. If null ref. 1, all evennumbered TC inputs will be wrong; if null ref. 2, all oddnumbered TC inputs will be wrong

The null reference voltage signal onthe board has failed.

92-115 Thermocouple ## Linearization Table High. The thermo-couple input has exceeded the range of the linearization(lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set tothe table's maximum value

The thermocouple has beenconfigured as the wrong type, or astray voltage has biased the TCoutside of its normal range, or the coldjunction compensation is wrong.

116-139 Thermocouple ## Linearization Table Low. The thermo -couple input has exceeded the range of the linearization(lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set tothe table's minimum value


160-255 Logic Signal # Voting mismatch A problem with the input. This couldbe the device, the wire to the terminalboard, the terminal board, or thecable.

256-281 Input Signal # Voting mismatch, Local #, Voted #. Thespecified input signal varies from the voted value of thesignal by more than the TMR Diff Limit

A problem with the input. This couldbe the device, the wire to the terminalboard, the terminal board, or thecable.




+1 540 387 7000www. Geindustrial.com

VRTD Processor Board

These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, norto provide for every possible contingency to be met during installation, operation,and maintenance. The information is supplied for informational purposes only, andGE makes no warranty as to the accuracy of the information included herein.Changes, modifications and/or improvements to equipment and specifications aremade periodically and these changes may or may not be reflected herein. It isunderstood that GE may make changes, modifications, or improvements to theequipment referenced herein or to the document itself at any time. This document isintended for trained personnel familiar with the GE products referenced herein.






ISSUE DATE: 2002-06-30



GEI-100554

2 • VRTD Processor Board GEI-100554

Section Page

Functional Description.............................................................................................................2Installation .................................................................................................................................4Operation....................................................................................................................................6Specifications............................................................................................................................8Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................9Configuration ..........................................................................................................................10DRTD Simplex Thermocouple Terminal Board ...............................................................12Installation ...............................................................................................................................13I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................14

Functional DescriptionThe Resistance Temperature Device (RTD) processor board (VRTD) accepts 16,three-wire RTD inputs. These inputs are wired to two barrier type blocks on the RTDterminal board (TRTD). Inputs to TRTD have noise suppression circuitry to protectagainst surge and high frequency noise. Cables with molded fittings connect theterminal board to the VME rack where the VRTD processor board is located.

There are two versions of TRTD, simplex and a TMR version that fans out thesignals to three VRTD boards. VRTD converts the inputs to digital temperaturevalues and transfers them over the VME backplane to the VCMI, and then to thecontroller.

GEI-100554 VRTD Processor Board • 3

2468

1012141618202224

x

xxxxxxxxxxxx

13579

11131517192123

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

262830323436384042444648

x

xxxxxxxxxxxx

252729313335373941434547

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x x

xx

x

RUNFAILSTAT

VRTD

J3

J4

VME bus to VCMI

TRTD capacity for16 RTD inputs


Cables to VMEI/O rack

Connectors onVME I/O rack

Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board formaintenance

Shieldbar

TRTD Terminal Board VRTD VME Board

8 RTDinputs

8 RTDinputs

JA1

JB1

RTD Input Terminal Board, I/O Board, and Cabling


InstallationThe sixteen RTDs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mounted on theterminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminalsaccepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield termination strip attached to chassisground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.

24681012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

1357911131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Input 1 (Exc)Input 1 (Ret)Input 2 (Sig)Input 3 (Exc)Input 3 (Ret)Input 4 (Sig)Input 5 (Exc)Input 5 (Ret)Input 6 (Sig)Input 7 (Exc)Input 7 (Ret)Input 8 (Sig)

Input 1 (Sig)Input 2 (Exc)Input 2 (Ret)Input 3 (Sig)Input 4 (Exc)Input 4 (Ret)

Input 6 (Exc)Input 6 (Ret)Input 7 (Sig)Input 8 (Exc)Input 8 (Ret)

Input 5 (Sig)

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x




Input 13 (Sig)

JA1

JB1



RTD Terminal Board TRTDH1C

First 8 TCs to JA1

Second 8 TCs to JB1

Screw ConnectionsScrew Connections

RTDApplication Note:- Optional Ground: connnect the "B" wire to ground;- RTD group wiring, that is sharing the "B" wire; tie the "B" wires together at the RTDs, tie the "Sigxx" signals together at the TRTD terminationbboard, and interconnect with one wire.

A

BC

Excxx

Sigxx

Retxx

TRTDH1C (Simplex) Board Wiring


TRTDH1B provides redundant RTD inputs by fanning the inputs out to VRTDboards in the R, S, and T. The inputs meet the same environmental, codes,resolution, suppression, and function requirements as with the TRTD terminal board,however, the fast scan is not available.

All RTD signals have high frequency decoupling to ground at signal entry. RTDmultiplexing on the VRTD boards is coordinated by redundant pacemakers so thatthe loss of a single cable or loss of a single VRTD does not cause the loss of anyRTD signals in the control database. VRTD boards in R, S, and T read RTDssimultaneously, but skewed by two RTDs, so that when R is reading RTD3, S isreading RTD5, and T is reading RTD7, and so on. This ensures that the same RTD isnot excited by two VRTDs simultaneously, and hence produce bad readings.

2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

13579

11131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x




Input 5 (Sig)

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x




Input 13 (Sig)

RTD Terminal Board TRTDH1B

Cable to J4on I/O rack S


JSB

JRB

JTB

JSA

JRA

JTA

Cable to J4on I/O rack T


To J3Rack T

To J3rack S

8 circuits toJRA,JSA,JTA

8 circuits toJRB,JSB,JTB

TRTDH1B (TMR) Board Wiring


OperationThe terminal board supplies a 10 mA dc multiplexed (not continuous) excitationcurrent to each RTD, which can be grounded or ungrounded. The 16 RTDs can belocated up to 300 meters (984 feet) from the turbine control cabinet with a maximumtwo-way cable resistance of 15 ohms.

The VCO type A/D converter in the VRTD board uses voltage to frequencyconverters and sampling counters. The converter samples each signal and theexcitation current four times per second for normal mode scanning, and 25 times persecond for fast mode scanning, using a time sample interval related to the powersystem frequency. Linearization for the selection of 15 RTD types is performed insoftware by the digital signal processor.

RTD open and short circuits are detected by out of range values. An RTD that isdetermined to be out of hardware limits is removed from the scanned inputs in orderto prevent adverse affects on other input channels. Repaired channels are reinstatedautomatically in 20 seconds, or can be manually reinstated.

<R> or <S> or <T> I/O rack

RTD Input Board VRTDTerminationBoard TRTD

JA1

Connectorsat

bottom ofVME rack

Excit.

RTD

(8) RTDsGrounded orungrounded

Excitation

Signal

Return

JB1

RTD

(8) RTDsGrounded orungrounded

Excitation

Signal

Return

Excit.

VCO type A/Dconverter

I/O CoreProcessor

TMS320C32

VMEbus

J3

J4

VME Bus

Noisesuppression

Noisesuppression

ID

IDProcessorA/D

NS

NS

TRTD (Simplex) Inputs and Signal Processing


Terminal Board TRTDH1B

RTD

(8) RTDs to JRA, JSA, JTA


Excitation

Signal

Return

Noisesuppression

JRAID

JSAID

JTAID

JRBID

JSBID

JTBID

RTD

(8) RTDs to JRB, JSB, JTBGrounded orungrounded

Excitation

Signal

Return

Noisesuppression

PM, TxPM, Rx, S

PM, TxPM, Rx, R

PM, TxPM, Rx, R

PM, TxPM, Rx, T

PM, TxPM, Rx, T

PM, TxPM, Rx, S

SignalsPM= PacemakerTx = VRTD transmitRx = VRTD receive

NS

NS

TRTD (TMR) Inputs and Signal Processing


SpecificationsRTD Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels 16 channels per terminal board16 channels per VRTD board

RTD types 10, 100, and 200 ohm platinum10 ohm copper120 ohm nickel

Span 0.3532 to 4.054 volts

A/D converter resolution 14-bit resolution

Scan Time Normal scan 250 ms (4 Hz)Fast scan 40 ms (25 Hz)

Power consumption Less than 12 watts

Measurement accuracy See Tables

Common mode rejection Ac common mode rejection 60 dB @ 50/60 HzDc common mode rejection 80 dB

Common mode voltage range ± 5 V

Normal mode rejection Rejection of up to 250 mV rms is 60 dB @ 50/60 Hzsystem frequency for normal scan

Maximum lead resistance 15 ohms maximum two way cable resistance

Fault detection High/low (hardware) limit checkHigh/low (software) system limit check

VRTD Accuracy

RTD Type Group Gain Accuracy at 400 °F

120 ohm nickel Normal_ 1.0 2 °F

200 ohm platinum Normal_ 1.0 2 °F

100 ohm platinum Normal_ 1.0 4 °F

100 ohm platinum(−60 °F to 400 °F)

Gain_ 2.0 2 °F

10 ohm copper 10 ohm Cu_10 10 °F


VRTD Types and Ranges

RTD Type Name/Standard Range degree C Range degree F

10 ohm copper MINCO_CAGE 10 Ohm Copper

−51 to +260 −60 to +500

100 ohm platinum SAMA 100 −51 to +593 −60 to +1100

100 ohm platinum DIN 43760IEC-751MINCO_PDMINCO_PEPT100_DIN

−51 to +700 −60 to +1292

100 ohm platinum MINCO_PAIPTS-68PT100_PURE

−51 to +700 −60 to +1292

100 ohm platinum MINCO_PBRosemount 104PT100_USIND

−51 to +700 −60 to +1292

120 ohm nickel MINCO_NAN 120

−51 to +249 −60 to +480

200 ohm platinum PT 200 −51 to +204 −60 to +400

DiagnosticsThree LEDs at the top of the VRTD front panel provide status information. Thenormal RUN condition is a flashing green and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED isnormally off but shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in theboard.

Two types of diagnostic checking are applied to all inputs, hardware limit checkingand system limit checking.

Each RTD type has hardware limit checking based on preset (non-configurable) highand low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If this limit is exceeded alogic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one of the 16 input’shardware limits is set it creates a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_VRTD,referring to the entire board. Details of the individual diagnostics are available fromthe toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset withthe RESET_DIA signal.

Each RTD input has system limit checking based on configurable high and lowlevels. These limits can be used to generate alarms, and can be configured forenable/disable, and as latching/nonlatching. RESET_SYS resets the out of limitsignals. In TMR systems limit logic signals are voted and the resulting compositediagnostic is present in each controller.

Each connector has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O board. Theboard ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board serial number,board type, revision number, and the JA1/JB1 connector location. The TMR boardversion has six ID chips, one for each connector.

Descriptions of the VRTD diagnostics are in GEH-6421D, Vol. I Mark VI SystemGuide, Chapter 8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics.


ConfigurationLike all I/O boards, the RTD board is configured using the toolbox. This softwareusually runs on a data highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. Fordetails refer to GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VITurbine Controller.

Typical VRTD Configuration

Module Parameter Description Choices

Configuration

System limits Enable or disable all system limit checking Enable, disable

Auto reset Enable or disable restoring of RTDs removed fromscan

Enable, disable

Group A rate Sampling rate and system frequency filter for firstgroup of 8 inputs

4 Hz, 50 Hz filter4 Hz, 60 Hz filter25 Hz

Group A gain Gain 2.0 is for higher accuracy if ohms <190, firstgroup of 8 inputs

Normal_1.0Gain_2.010 ohm Cu_10.0

Group B rate Sampling rate and system frequency filter for secondgroup of 8 inputs

4 Hz, 50 Hz filter4 Hz, 60 Hz filter25 Hz

Group B gain Gain 2.0 is for higher accuracy if ohms <190,second group of 8 inputs

Normal_1.0Gain_2.010 ohm Cu_10.0

J3J4:IS200TRTDH1C Terminal board Connnected, not connected

RTD1 First of 16 RTDs - Board point signal Point edit (input FLOAT)

RTD type RTDs linearizations supported by VRTD; select RTDor Ohms Input (unused inputs are removed fromscanning)

UnusedCU10

MINCO_CAPT100_DIN

MINCO_PDPT100_PURE MINCO_PAPT100_USIND MINCO_PBN120

MINCO_NAMINCO_PIA

PT100_SAMAPT200

MINCO_PK Ohms

SysLim1 Enable Enables or disables a temperature limit for eachRTD, can be used to create an alarm

Enable, disable

SysLim1 Latch Determines whether the limit condition will latch orunlatch for each RTD; reset used to unlatch.

Latch, unlatch

SysLim1 Type Limit occurs when the temperature is greater than orequal (>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a presetvalue.

Greater than or equalLess than or equal

System Limit 1 Enter the desired value of the limit temperature, DegF or Ohms

−60 to 1,300


SysLim2 Enable Enables or disables a temperature limit which can beused to create an alarm

Enable, disable


Latch, unlatch

SysLim2 Type Limit occurs when the temperature is greater than orequal (>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a presetvalue.

Greater than or equalLess than or equal

SystemLimit 2

Enter the desired value of the limit temperature, DegF or Ohms

−60 to 1,300

TMRDiff Limt

Limit condition occurs if 3 temperatures in R,S,Tdiffer by more than a preset value; this creates avoting alarm condition.

−60 to 1,300

Board PointSignals

Description-Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type

L3DIAG_VRTD1Board diagnostic Input BIT



SysLim1RTD1System limit 1 Input BIT

:: Input BIT



:: Input BIT



DRTD Simplex Thermocouple Terminal BoardThe DRTD board is a compact RTD terminal board, designed for DIN-rail mounting.The board has eight RTD inputs and connects to the VRTD processor board with asingle 37-pin cable. This cable is identical to those used on the larger TRTD terminalboard. The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail to conservecabinet space. Two DRTD boards can be connected to the VRTD for a total of 16temperature inputs. Only a simplex version of the board is available.

The on-board noise suppression is similar to that on the TRTD. High density Euro-Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board, with two screwconnections for the ground connection (SCOM). An on-board ID chip identifies theboard to the VRTD for system diagnostic purposes.

<R> Control Rack

RTD Input Board VRTDDRTD Board

JA1


Excit.

A/D

RTD

(8) RTDs


Excitation

Signal

Return

Excit.

VCO Type A/Dconverter

I/O CoreProcessor

TMS320C32

J3

J4

VME Bus

Connector forcable from secondDRTD board

ID

16 RTD inputs

SCOM

1

2

3

A

BC

Noisesuppression

Processor

DRTD Board


InstallationThere is no shield terminationstrip with this design.

The DRTD board slides into a plastic holder which mounts on the DIN-rail. Theeight RTDs are wired directly to the terminal block. The Euro-Block type terminalblock has 36 terminals and is permanently mounted on the terminal board.Typically #18 AWG wires (shielded twisted triplet) are used. Terminals 25 through34 are spares. There are two screws for the SCOM (ground) connection, whichshould be as short a distance as possible. For wiring grounded RTDs, see thesection, Installation for the TRTD board.

Input 5 (Return)

JA137-pin "D" shellconnector with latchingfasteners

Input 1 (Excitation)Input 1 (Return)

135

11

79

1314 1517192123252729313335

2468

1012

1618202224262830

36

3234

Input 2 (Signal)Input 3 (Excitation)Input 3 (Return)Input 4 (Signal)Input 5 (Excitation)

Input 6 (Signal)Input 7 (Excitation)Input 7 (ReturnInput 8 (Signal)

Chassis Ground

Input 1 (Signal)Input 2 (Excitation)Input 2 (Return)Input 3 (Signal)Input 4 (Excitation)Input 4 (Return)Input 5 (Signal)Input 6 (Excitation)Input 6 (Return)Input 7 (Signal)Input 8 (Excitation)Input 8 (Return)

SCOM

Cable to J3 or J4connector in I/O rackfor VRTD board

Screw Connections

Euro Block typeterminal block


DRTD

DIN-rail mounting

Chassis Ground

DRTD Board Wiring and Cabling


I/O Board AlarmsDiagnostic alarms for any I/O board can be displayed and reset from the toolbox. Fortroubleshooting and general diagnostic alarm information refer to GEG-6421Volume I, Chapter 8.



VRTD 2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error(board will not go online)















32-47 RTD # high voltage reading, Counts are Y An RTD wiring/cabling open, or anopen on the VRTD board, or a VRTDhardware problem (such asmultiplexer), or the RTD device hasfailed.

48-63 RTD # low voltage reading, Counts are Y An RTD wiring/cabling short, or a shorton the VRTD board, or a VRTDhardware problem (such asmultiplexer), or the RTD device hasfailed.


64-79 RTD # high current reading, Counts are Y The current source on the VRTD isbad, or the measurement device hasfailed.

80-95 RTD # low current reading, Counts are Y. An RTD wiring/cabling open, or anopen on the VRTD board, or a VRTDhardware problem (such asmultiplexer), or the RTD device hasfailed.

96-111 RTD # Resistance calc high, it is Y Ohms. RTD # has ahigher value than the table and the value is Y

The wrong type of RTD has beenconfigured or selected by default, orthere are high resistance valuescreated by faults 32 or 35, or both 32and 35.

112-127 RTD # Resistance calc low, it is Y Ohms. TRD # has alower value than the table and the value is Y

The wrong type of RTD has beenconfigured or selected by default, orthere are low resistance valuescreated by faults 33 or 34, or both 33and 34.

128-151 Voltage Circuits for RTDs, or Current Circuits for RTDshave Reference raw counts high or low, or Null rawcounts high or low

Internal VRTD problems such as adamaged reference voltage circuit, ora bad current reference source, or thevoltage/current null multiplexer isdamaged.

152 Failed one Clock Validity Test, scanner still running. InTMR mode, the firmware tests whether the three TMRboards are synchronized and will stop scanning inputsunder certain conditions

VME board, terminal board, or cablecould be defective.

153 Failed one Phase Validity Test, scanner still running. InTMR mode, the firmware tests whether the three TMRboards are synchronized and will stop scanning inputsunder certain conditions


154 Failed both Clock Validity Tests, scanner shutdown. InTMR mode, the firmware tests whether the three TMRboards are synchronized and will stop scanning inputsunder certain conditions


155 Terminal Board connection(s) wrong. Cables crossedbetween <R>, <S>, and <T>

Check cable connections.

156 25 Hz Scan not Allowed in TMR Mode, please reconfigure Configuration error. Choose scan of4 Hz_50 Hz Fltr or 4 Hz_60 Hz Fltr.

160-255 Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal fromthis board disagrees with the voted value.








VAIC Analog Input Board










2 • VAIC Analog Input Board GEI-100555

Section PageFunctional Description.............................................................................................................2Installation .................................................................................................................................4Operation....................................................................................................................................6Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................9Configuration ..........................................................................................................................10DTAI Simplex Analog Input Terminal Board ...................................................................12Installation ...............................................................................................................................13I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................15

Functional DescriptionThe Analog Input Board (VAIC) accepts 20 analog inputs and controls four analogoutputs. Ten inputs and two outputs are wired to each Analog Input Terminal board(TBAI). Inputs and outputs have noise suppression circuitry to protect against surgeand high frequency noise. Cables connect the terminal board to the VME rack wherethe VAIC processor board is located.

The VAIC converts the inputs to digital values and transfers these over the VMEbackplane to the VCMI, and then to the controller. Input signals are fanned out tothree VME board racks R, S, and T for TMR applications. The VAIC requires twoterminal boards to monitor 20 inputs.

GEI-100555 VAIC Analog Input Boards • 3

VME bus to VCMI

TBAI Terminal Board


Cables to VMErack R


Barrier type terminalblocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance

Shieldbar

2468

1012141618202224

x

xxxxxxxxxxxx

13579

11131517192123

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

262830323436384042444648

x

xxxxxxxxxxxx

252729313335373941434547

xxxxxxxxxxxx

xx

x

JS1

JR1

2468

1012141618202224

x

xxxxxxxxxxxx

13579

11131517192123

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

262830323436384042444648

x

xxxxxxxxxxxx

252729313335373941434547

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x x

x

JS1

JR1

JT1JT1

Cable to VMErack S

Cable to VMErack T

Torack

T

Torack

S

x

x

RUNFAILSTAT

VAIC

J3

J4

TBAI Terminal Board VAIC VME Board

Analog Input Terminal boards, I/O Board, and Cabling (TMR System)


InstallationThe 10 inputs and two outputs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mountedon the terminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminalsaccepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield termination strip attached to chassisground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.

The types of analog inputs and outputs that can be accommodated are as follows:• Analog input, two-wire transmitter• Analog input, three-wire transmitter• Analog input, four-wire transmitter• Analog input, externally powered transmitter• Analog input, voltage ±5 V, 10 V dc• Analog output, 20 mA• Analog output, 200 mA


2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

13579

11131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Input 1 (24V)Input 1 (Vdc)Input 2 (24V)Input 2 (Vdc)Input 3 (24V)Input 3 (Vdc)Input 4 (24V)Input 4 (Vdc)Input 5 (24V)Input 5 (Vdc)Input 6 (24V)Input 6 (Vdc)

Input 1 (20ma)Input 1 (Ret)Input 2 (20ma)Input 2 (Ret)Input 3 (20ma)Input 3 (Ret)

Input 4 (Ret)Input 5 (20ma)Input 5 (Ret)Input 6 (20ma)Input 6 (Ret)

Input 4 (20ma)

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Input 7 (24V)Input 7 (Vdc)Input 8 (24V)Input 8 (Vdc)Input 9 (24V)Input 9 (1ma)Input 10 (24V)Input 10 (1ma)

Output 1 (Sig)Output 2 (Sig)

Input 7 (20ma)Input 7 (Ret)Input 8 (20ma)Input 8 (Ret)Input 9 (20ma)Input 9 (Ret)

Input 10 (Ret)

Output 1 (Ret)Output 2 (Ret)

Input 10 (20ma)

Board Jumpers

20mA/1 mA Open/Ret

Analog Input Terminal Board TBAI JT1

JS1

JR1

To I/OrackR

To I/OrackS

To I/OrackT

Circuit Jumpers

Input 1 J1A J1B

Input 2 J2A J2B

Input 3 J3A J3B

Input 4 J4A J4B

Input 5 J5A J5B

Input 6 J6A J6B

Input 7 J7A J7B

Input 8 J8A J8B

Input 9 J9A J9B

Input 10 J10A J10B

Output 2 No Jumper (0-20mA)Output 1 J0

20mA/V dc Open/ Ret

20mA/200mA

Voltage input

4-20 ma

Return

+24 V dc

T

Two-wiretransmitter

wiring 4-20mA

J#B

J#A

20 ma

Open

Voltage input

4-20 ma

ReturnT

Three-wiretransmitter wiring

4-20 mA

Open

PCOM

J#B

J#A

20 ma

+24 V dc

Voltage input

4-20 ma

Return

+24 V dc

TPowerSupply

+ +

- -

Externally poweredtransmitter wiring

4-20 mA

J#B

J#A

20 ma

Open

Voltage input

4-20 ma

Signal Return

T

Four-wiretransmitter wiring

5 V dc

Open

J#A

20 ma

+24 V dc

VDC

VDC VDC

VDC

PCOM

Misc returnto PCOM

Max. commonmode voltage

is 7.0 V dc PCOM

J#B

PCOMPCOMPCOM PCOM

TBAI Terminal Board Wiring


Operation24 V dc power is available on the terminal board for all the transducers and there is achoice of current or voltage inputs using jumpers. One of the two analog outputcircuits is 4−20 mA, and the other can be jumper configured for 4−20 mA or 0−200mA. The same terminal board can be used for TMR applications.

The VAIC board accepts 20 analog inputs, controls four analog outputs, and containssignal conditioning, an analog MUX, A/D converter, and D/A converter.

Current Limit

JR1 J3/4

Terminal Board TBAI

250ohm

Open

1 ma

20 ma

J#A+24 V dc

+/-1 ma

4-20 ma

Return

Current Limit

NoiseSuppr-ession

250 ohms

Open

Vdc

20 ma

J#A

+24 V dc

+/-5,10 Vdc

4-20 ma

Return

2 circuits pertermination board


5k ohms

Maximum Load0-200 ma, 50 ohms4-20 ma, 500 ohms

200 ma

20 maJO

Signal

Return

Jump select on onecircuit only; #2 Circuitis 4-20 ma only

P28V

PCOM

P28V

Two output circuits

J#BReturn

J#B

SCOM

Return

<R> Module

Analog InputBoard VAIC

Controller

A/D

Application Software

Connectorsat

bottom ofVME rack

Excitation

CurrentRegulator/

Power Supply

D/A

ID

T

Typical transmitter,Mark VI powered

NS

NS

NS

Simplex Analog Input Processing


In a TMR system, analog inputs fan out to the three control racks from JR1, JS1, andJT1. The 24 V dc power to the transducers comes from all three VAIC boards and isdiode shared on the terminal board. Each analog current output is fed by currentsfrom all three VAICs.

The actual output current is measured with a series resistor, which feeds a voltageback to each control rack. The resulting output is the voted middle value of the threecurrents.

Current Limit

JR1

Terminal Board TBAI

250ohm

Open

1 ma

20 ma

J#B

+24 Vdc

+/-1 ma

4-20 ma

Return

Current Limit

NoiseSuppr-ession

250 ohms

Open

Vdc

20 ma

J#A



5k ohms

Maximum load0-200 mA, 50 ohms4-20 mA, 500 ohms

JO

Signal

Return

Two output circuits#2 circuit is 4-20

mA only

JS1

JT1

200 ma

20 ma

ST

ST

P28V<S>P28V<T>P28VR

P28VR

J#B

PCOM

Return

Return

SCOM

PCOM

J#A

<R> Module


Controller

D/A


Connectorsat

bottom ofVME rack

Excitation

To rack<S>

To rack<T>

Filter 2 Pole

A/D

CurrentRegulator/

Power Supply

J3/J4

ID

ID

ID

+24 V dc

+/-5,10 Vdc

4-20 ma

Return

T


NS

NS

NS

TMR Analog Input Processing


The VAIC analog input/output capacity using two TBAI terminal boards, is shown inthe following table.VAIC Analog Inputs and Outputs

Qty Analog Input Types Qty Analog Output Types

16 ± 10 V dc, or ± 5 V dc, or 4−20 mA 2 0−20 mA, or 0−200 mA

4 4−20 mA, or ± 1 mA 2 0−20 mA

With the above noisesuppression and filtering, theinput ac common moderejection (CMR) is 60 dB, andthe dc CMR is 80 dB.

Transmitter/transducers can be powered by the 24 V dc source in the control system,or can be independently powered. Terminal board jumpers J#A, J#B, and JO set upthe type of voltage and current inputs, and select the type of current output. Eachoutput is monitored by diagnostics, and a suicide relay disconnects thecorresponding output if a fault cannot be cleared by a command from the processor.

Hardware filters on the terminal board suppress high frequency noise. Additionalsoftware filters on VAIC provide configurable low pass filtering.VAIC Board Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels 12 channels per terminal board (10 AI, 2 AO)24 channels per VAIC board (20 AI, 4 AO)

Input span 1 – 5 V dc

Input converter resolution 16-bit A/D converter with 14-bit resolution

Scan time Normal scan 10 ms (100 Hz)Inputs 1 through 4 available for scan at 200 Hz

Measurement accuracy Better than 0.1% full scale

Noise suppression on inputs The first ten circuits (J3) have a hardware filter with single pole down breakat 500 radians/second.The second ten circuits (J4) have a hardware filter with a two pole downbreak at 72 and 500 rad/second.A software filter, using a two pole low pass filter, is configurable for 0, .75,1.5 Hz, 3 Hz, 6 Hz, 12 Hz

Common mode rejection Ac common mode rejection 60 dB @ 60 Hz, with up to ± 5 volt common modevoltage.Dc common mode rejection 80 dB with from −5 to +7 peak volt common modevoltage.

VAIC Board Specifications (continued)

Item Specification

Common mode voltage range ± 5 V (± 2 V CMR for the ± 10 V inputs)

Maximum lead resistance 15 ohms maximum two-way cable resistance, cable length up to 300m (984ft)

Output converter 12-bit D/A converter with 0.5% accuracy

Output load 500 ohms for 4−20 mA output50 ohms for 200 mA output

Power consumption Less than 31 watts

Compressor stall detection Detection and relay operation within 30 seconds

Fault detection Monitor D/A outputs, output currents, and total currentMonitor suicide relays and 20/200 mA scaling relays


DiagnosticsThree LEDs at the top of the VAIC front panel provide status information. Thenormal RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED isnormally off but displays a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in theboard.

Each analog input has hardware limit checking based on preset (non-configurable)high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If this limit is exceededa logic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one of the input’shardware limits is set, it creates a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_VAIC,which refers to the entire board. Details of the individual diagnostics are availablefrom the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then resetwith the RESET_DIA signal.

Each input has system limit checking based on configurable high and low levels.These limits can be used to generate alarms, and can be configured forenable/disable, and as latching/nonlatching. RESET_SYS resets the out of limits.Details of the diagnostics are in GEH-6421D, Vol. I Mark VI System Guide, Chapter8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics.

The TBAI terminal board has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/Oboard. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal boardserial number, board type, revision number, and the JR, JS, JT connector location.


ConfigurationThe following table summarizes configuration choices and defaults. For details referto GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI TurbineController.Typical VAIC Configuration


Configuration

System limits Enable or disable system limits Enable, disable

Output voting Select type of output voting Simplex, TMR

Min_ MA_Input Select minimum current for healthy 4−20 mA input 0 to 21 mA

Max_ MA_Input Select maximum current for healthy 4−20 mA input 0 to 21 mA

CompStalType Select compressor stall algorithm (# of transducers) 0, 2, or 3

InputForPS3A Select analog input circuit for PS3A Analog in 1, 2, 3, or 4

InputForPS3B Select analog input circuit for PS3B Analog in 1, 2, 3, or 4

InputForPS3C Select analog input circuit for PS3C Analog in 1, 2, 3, or 4

SelMode Select mode for excessive difference pressure Maximum, average

PressDelta Excessive difference pressure threshold 5 to 500

TimeDelay Time delay on stall detection, in milliseconds 10 to 40

KPS3_Drop_Min Minimum pressure rate 10 to 2000

KPS3_Drop_I Pressure rate intercept 10 to 100

KPS3_Drop_S Pressure rate slope 0.05 to 10

KPS3_Delta_S Pressure delta slope 0.05 to 10

KPS3_Delta_I Pressure delta intercept 10 to 100

KPS3_Delta_Mx Pressure delta maximum 10 to 100

KPS3_Drop_L Threshold Pressure rate 10 to 2000

KPS3_Drop_Mx Max pressure rate 10 to 2000

J3:IS200TBAIH1A Terminal board connected to VAIC via J3 Connected, not connected

AnalogIn1 First of 10 analog inputs - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

Input type Current or voltage input type Unused, 4−20 mA, ± 5 V, ± 10 V

Low_Input Value of current at the low end of scale −10 to +20

Low_ValueValue of input in engineering units at low end of scale −3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038

High_InputValue of current at the high end of scale −10 to +20

High_ValueValue of input in engineering units at high end ofscale

−3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038

Input _Filter Bandwidth of input signal filter Unused, 0.75, 1.5 Hz, 3 Hz, 6 Hz,12 Hz


TMR_Diff_LimitDifference limit for voted inputs in % of high-lowvalues

0 to 100

Sys_Lim_1_EnableInput fault check Enable, disable

Sys_Lim_1_LatchInput fault latch Latch, unlatch

Sys_Lim_1_TypeInput fault type Greater than or equal

Less than or equal

Sys_Lim_1Input limit in engineering units −3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038

Sys_Lim_2_EnableInput fault check Enable, disable

Sys_Lim_2_LatchInput fault latch Latch, unlatch

Sys_Lim_2_TypeInput fault type Greater than or equal

Less than or equal

Sys_Lim_2Input limit in engineering units −3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038

AnalogOut1 First of two analog outputs - board point Point edit (output FLOAT)

Output_MAType of output current Unused, 0−20 mA, 0−200 mA

Low_MA Output mA at low value 0 to 200 mA

Low_ValueOutput in engineering units at low mA −3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038

High_MA Output mA at high value 0 to 200 mA

High_ValueOutput value in engineering units at high mA −3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038

TMR Suicide Suicide for faulty output current, TMR only Enable, disable

Diff Limit Current difference for suicide, TMR only 0 to 200 mA

D/A Err Limit Difference between D/A reference and output, in %for suicide, TMR only

0 to 100 %

J4:IS200TBAIH1A Terminal board connected to VAIC via J4 Connected, not connected

AnalogIn11 First of 10 analog inputs - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

AnalogOut3 First of two analog outputs - board point Point edit (output FLOAT)

Board Points (Signals) Description – Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type

L3DIAG_VAIC1 Board diagnostic Input BIT



SysLimit1_1 System limit 1 Input BIT

: : Input BIT



: : Input BIT



OutSuicide1 Status of suicide relay for output 1 Input BIT

: : Input BIT


DeltaFault Excessive difference pressure Input BIT

CompStall Compressor stall Input BIT

Out1MA Feedback, total output current, mA Input FLOAT

: : Input FLOAT

Out4MA Feedback, total output current, mA Input FLOAT

CompPressSel Selected compressor press, by stall Algo. Input FLOAT

PressRate Sel Selected compressor press rate, by stall Algor. Input FLOAT

CompStallPerm Compressor stall permissive Output BIT

DTAI Simplex Analog Input Terminal BoardThe DTAI board is a compact analog input terminal board, designed for DIN-railmounting. The board has 10 analog inputs and two analog outputs, and connects tothe VAIC processor board with a single 37-pin. This cable is identical to those usedon the larger TBAI terminal board. The terminal boards can be stacked vertically onthe DIN-rail to conserve cabinet space.

Two DTAI boards can be connected to the VAIC for a total of 20 analog inputs andfour analog outputs. Only a Simplex version of the board is available.

The functions and on-board noise suppression are the same as those on the TBAI.High density Euro-Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to theboard, with two screw connections for the ground connection (SCOM). An on-boardID chip identifies the board to the VAIC for system diagnostic purposes.


<R> Module


Controller

A/D


JR1 J3/4

Connectorsat

bottom ofVME rack

DTAI Board

250ohm

Excitation

Open Return

1 ma

20 mA

J9A

J9B

+24 V dc

+/-1 mA

4-20 mA

Return

Current Limit

Noisesuppr-ession

250 ohms

Open Return

Vdc

20 ma

J1A

J1B

+24 V dc

2 circuits per terminalboard

8 circuits per terminalboard

5k ohms

Maximum Load4-20 mA, 500 ohms0-200 mA, 50 ohms

200 mA

20 mA

JO

Return

Jump select on onecircuit only; #2Circuit is 4-20 mAonly

CurrentRegulator/

PowerSupply

D/A

P28V

PCOM

P28V

SCOM

Two output circuits

PCOM

PCOM

SCOM ID


Current Limit

Voltage input(+/-5,10 V dc)

4-20 mA

Return

T

1

3

2

4

4143

33

35

34

36

45

46

NS

NS

NS

Signal

DTAI Board


The DTAI board slides into a plastic holder which mounts on the DIN-rail. TheEuro-Block type terminal block has 48 terminals and is permanently mounted on theboard. Typically #18 AWG wires (shielded twisted pair) are used. There are twoscrews for the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance aspossible.


Input 4 (Vdc)JR1

Input 1 (24V)Input 1 (Vdc)

135

11

79

1314 15171921232527293133

373941

35

2468

1012

1618202224262830

36

3234

Input 2 (24V)Input 2 (Vdc)Input 3 (24V)Input 3 (Vdc)Input 4 (24V)

Input 5 (24V)Input 5 (Vdc)Input 6 (24V)Input 6 (Vdc)Input 7 (24V)Input 7 (Vdc)Input 8 (24V)Input 8 (Vdc)Input 9 (24V)Input 9 (1mA)

PCOM

Input 1 (20mA)Input 1 (Return)Input 2 (20mA)Input 2 (Return)Input 3 (20mA)Input 3 (Return)

Input 4 (Return)Input 5 (20mA)Input 5 (Return)Input 6 (20mA)Input 6 (Return)Input 7 (20mA)Input 7 (ReturnInput 8 (20mA)Input 8 (ReturnInput 9 (20mA)Input 9 (Return)

PCOM

Screw Connections

DIN-rail mounting

42

3840

48

4446

434547

Input 10 (24V)Input 10 (1mA)

Chassis GroundOutput 1 (Signal)Output 2 (Signal)

Input 4 (20mA)

Input 10 (20mA)Input 10 (Ret)

Chassis GroundOutput 1 (Return)Output 2 (Return)

Circuit Jumpers

Input 1 J1B J1A

Input 2 J2B J2A

Input 3 J3B J3A

Input 4 J4B J4A

Input 5 J5B J5A

Input 6 J6B J6A

Input 7 J7B J7A

Input 8 J8B J8A

Input 9 J9B J9A

Input 10 J10B J10A

Output 2 No jumperOutput 1 J0

Open/Return 20mA/V dc

SCOM

37-pin "D"shellconnectorwith latchingfasteners

Cable to J3connector inI/O rack forVAIC board

JP1B JP1A

JP2B JP2A

JP4B JP4A

JP5B JP5A

JP8B JP8A

JP6B JP6A

JP7B JP7A

JP9B JP9A

JP10B JP10A

JP3B JP3A

JP0

Jumpers TB1Screw Connections

DTAI

Voltage input

4-20 mA

Return

+24 V dc

TPowerSupply

+ +

- -

+24 V dc

Externally poweredtransmitter

J1B

J1A

20 mA

Alternate transmitter wiring

Open Return

20mA/1mA

Voltage input

4-20 mA

ReturnT

Three-wiretransmitter

Open

PCOM

J2B

J2A20 mA

Return

PCOM

DTAI Wiring, Cabling, and Jumper Positions




VAIC 2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error(board will not go online)










24 Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility. The firmware on thisboard cannot handle the terminal board it is connected to

Invalid terminal board connected toVME I/O board- check the connectorsand call the factory

30 ConfigCompatCode mismatch. Firmware: #; Tre: #The configuration compatibility code that the firmware isexpecting is different than what is in the tre file for thisboard


31 IOCompatCode mismatch. Firmware: #; Tre: #The I/O compatibility code that the firmware is expectingis different than what is in the tre file for this board


32-65 Analog Input # Unhealthy Excitation to transducer, badtransducer, open or short-circuit

66-69 Output # Individual Current Too High Relative to TotalCurrent. An individual current is N mA more than half thetotal current, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit

Board failure

70-73 Output # total Current Varies from Reference Current.Total current is N mA different than the reference current,where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit

Board failure or open circuit


74-77 Output # Reference Current Error.The difference between the output reference and theinput feedback of the output reference is greater than theconfigured DA_Err Limit measured in percent

Board failure (D/A converter)

78-81 Output # Individual Current Unhealthy. Simplex modeonly alarm if current out of bounds

Board failure

82-85 Output # Suicide Relay Non-Functional. The shutdownrelay is not responding to commands

Board failure (relay or driver)

86-89 Output # 20/200 mA Selection Non-Functional.Feedback from the relay indicates incorrect 20/200 mArelay selection (not berg jumper selection)

Configured output type does notmatch the jumper selection, or VAICboard failure (relay).

90-93 Output # 20/20 mA Suicide Active. One output of thethree has suicided, the other two boards have picked upcurrent

Board failure

128-223 Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signal fromthis board disagrees with the voted value







VAOC Analog Output Board











GEI-100556

2 • VAOC Analog Output Board GEI-100556

Section PageFunctional Description.............................................................................................................2Installation .................................................................................................................................4Operation....................................................................................................................................5Specifications............................................................................................................................7Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................7Configuration ............................................................................................................................8DTAO Simplex Analog Output Terminal Board ................................................................9Installation ...............................................................................................................................10I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................11

Functional DescriptionThe Analog Output Board (VAOC) controls 16 analog, 20 mA, outputs. Theseoutputs are wired to two barrier type blocks on the Analog Output Terminal board(TBAO). Noise suppression circuitry to protect against surge and high frequencynoise is mounted on the terminal board. Cables with molded plugs connect theterminal board to the VME rack where the VAOC processor board is located. TheVAOC receives digital values from the controller over the VME backplane from theVCMI, and converts these to analog output currents.

Note TMR applications control signals are fanned into the same terminal boardfrom three VME board racks R, S, and T (see figure below). Six cables are requiredto support all 16 outputs with TMR.

GEI-100556 VAOC Analog Output Board • 3

VME bus to VCMIcommunication board

TBAO Terminal Board 37-pin "D"shell typeconnectorswith latchingfasteners

Cables to VMErack R

Connectors onVME rack R

Cables to VMErack S

Cables to VMErack T

x

x

RUNFAILSTAT

VAOC

J3

J4

VAOC VME Board


Shieldbar

2468

1012141618202224

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

1357911131517192123

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

262830323436384042444648

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

252729313335373941434547

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x x

x

JS2

JR1

JT1 JT2

JS1

JR2

8 analogoutputs

8 analogoutputs

Analog Output Terminal Board, I/O Board, and Cabling


InstallationThe 16 analog outputs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mounted on theterminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminalsaccepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield termination strip attached to chassisground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.

I/O terminal block with barrier terminals

Up to two #12 AWG wires per point with 300volt insulation


24681012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

1357911131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Output 1 (Signal)Output 2 (Signal)Output 3 (Signal)Output 4 (Signal)Output 5 (Signal)Output 6 (Signal)Output 7 (Signal)Output 8 (Signal)Output 9 (Signal)Output 10(Signal)Output 11(Signal)Output 12(Signal)

Output 1 (Return)Output 2 (Return)Output 3 (Return)Output 4 (Return)Output 5 (Return)Output 6 (Return)

Output 8 (Return)Output 9 (Return)Output 10(Return)Output 11(Return)Output 12(Return)

Output 7 (Return)

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Output 13 (Signal)Output 14 (Signal)Output 15 (Signal)Output 16 (Signal)

Output 13(Return)Output 14(Return)Output 15(Return)Output 16(Return)

Analog Output Terminal Board TBAOJT2

JS2

JR2

To J4on I/Orack R

JT1

JS1

JR1

To J3on I/Orack R

To J3on I/ORack S

To J4on I/Orack S

To J3on I/Orack T

To J4on I/Orack T

TBAO Terminal Board Wiring


OperationThe terminal board supports 16 analog outputs. Driven devices have a maximumresistance of 500 ohms and can be located up to 300 meters (984 feet) from theturbine control cabinet. VAOC in the VME rack contains the D/A converter anddriver which generates the controlled currents as shown in the figure below. Theoutput current is controlled by the voltage drop across a resistor on the terminalboard.

D/A JR2J4

50 ohms

D/A JR1

Maximum load4-20 mA, 500

ohmsJ3

TBAO Terminal BoardNoisesuppr-ession

Signal

Return

<R> Module

50 ohms

01

02 Circuit #1

Signal

Return

0304 Circuit #2

Signal

Return

0506 Circuit #3

Signal

Return

0708 Circuit #4

Signal

Return

0910 Circuit #5

Signal

Return

1112 Circuit #6

Signal

Return

1314 Circuit #7

Signal

Return

1516 Circuit #8

Signal

Return

1718 Circuit #9

Signal

Return

1920 Circuit #10

Signal

Return

2122 Circuit #11

Signal

Return

2324 Circuit #12

Signal

Return

2526 Circuit #13

Signal

Return

2728 Circuit #14

Signal

Return

2930 Circuit #15

Signal

Return

3132 Circuit #16

Analog Output Board VAOC

Group 2

Group 1

Connectors at bottomof VME rack

Sensing

Sensing

CurrentRegulator/

Power Driver

100ohms

Sensing

Sensing

CurrentRegulator/

Power Driver

100ohms

Fromcontroller

First group of 8 analog 0-20 mA outputs

Second group of 8 analog 0-20 mA outputs

SuicideRelay

Fromcontroller

SuicideRelay

ID

ID

NS

NS

Current

Output Current

Current

Output Current

Simplex Analog Output Processing


In a TMR system, each analog current output is fed by the sum of the currents fromthe three VAOCs as shown in the figure below. The total output current is measuredwith a series resistor which feeds a voltage back to each control rack and VAOC.The resulting output is the voted middle value of the three currents. If one outputfails, the other two pickup the current to the correct value. If one output fails high, itis disconnected by the shutdown relay.

<R>

JR1

JS1

Same for<S>

Maximum load 500 ohms

J3

J3

Terminal Board TBAO

NoiseSuppr-ession

Signal

Return

<S><T>

JT1

Same for<T>

J3

50 ohms

01

02 Circuit #1

Signal

Return

0304 Circuit #2

Signal

Return

0506 Circuit #3

Signal

Return

0708 Circuit #4

Signal

Return

0910 Circuit #5

Signal

Return

1112 Circuit #6

Signal

Return

1314 Circuit #7

Signal

Return

15

16 Circuit #8

Current Output Board VAOC

Group 1

D/A

Sensing

Sensing

CurrentRegulator/

Power Driver

100ohms

Fromcontroller

VME racks

First group of (8)0-20mA outputs

SuicideRelay

Current

Total Current

Signal

Return

1718 Circuit #9

Signal

Return

1920 Circuit #10

Signal

Return

2122 Circuit #11

Signal

Return

2324 Circuit #12

Signal

Return

2526 Circuit #13

Signal

Return

2728 Circuit #14

Signal

Return

2930 Circuit #15

Signal

Return

3132 Circuit #16

JR2

JS2J4

JT2J4

J4

Group 2Same for<S>

Same for<T>

Same for<R>

Second group of(8) 0-20mA outputs

ID

ID

ID

ID

ID

ID

NS

TMR Analog Output Processing


SpecificationsEach output is monitored by diagnostics. Voltage drops across the local and outerloop current sense resistors, at the control reference, D/A outputs, and at theshutdown relay contacts are sampled and digitized. In the event of a malfunction thatcannot be cleared by a command from the processor, the circuit is disconnected byopening the shutdown relay contacts. This isolation function is only operationalwhen configured for TMR operation. Filters reduce high frequency noise andsuppress surge on each output near the point of signal exit.

Item Specification

Number of channels 16 current output channels, single ended (one sideconnected to common)

Analog outputs 0 − 20 mA, up to 500 ohm burdenResponse better than 50 rad/sec

D/A converter resolution/accuracy 12-bit resolution with 0.5% accuracy

Frame rate 100 Hz on all 16 outputs

Fault detection Local currentOuter total (TMR) currentD/A converter outputSuicide relay operation

DiagnosticsThree LEDs at the top of the VAOC front panel provide status information. Thenormal RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED isnormally off but displays a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in theboard.

Standard diagnostic information is available on the inputs and outputs, includinghigh and low limit checks, and high and low system limit checks (configurable). Ifany one of the 16 outputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostic alarm,L3DIAG_VAOC, occurs. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from thetoolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with theRESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.

Each cable connector on the terminal board has its own ID device which isinterrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with theterminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR, JS, JTconnector location.


ConfigurationLike all I/O boards, the VAOC board is configured using the toolbox. This softwareusually runs on a data highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. Thefollowing table defines the configuration choices. Refer to GEH-6403, ControlSystem Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.


Configuration

Output Voting Select type of output voting Simplex, TMR

J3:IS200TBAOH1A Terminal board connected to VAOC via J3 Connected, not connected

AnalogOut1 Analog output 1 - board point (first set of 8 analogoutputs)

Point edit (output FLOAT)

Output_MAType of output current Unused, 0−20 mA

Low_MAOutput MA at low value 0 to 20 mA

Low_ValueOutput in engineering units at low MA −3.4028e+038 to 3.4028e+038

High_MAOutput MA at high value 0 to 20 mA

High_ValueOutput value in engineering units at high MA −3.4028e+038 to 3.4028e+038

TMR_ Suicide Enable Suicide for faulty output current, TMR only Enable, disable

TMR_Diff LimitCurrent difference in MA for suicide, TMR only 0 to 20 mA

D/A_Err Limit Difference between D/A reference and output, in %for suicide, TMR only

0 to 100 %

J4:IS200TBAOH1A Terminal board connected to VAOC via J4 Connected, not connected

AnalogOut9 Analog output 9 - board point (second set of 8 analogoutputs)

Point edit (output FLOAT)

Board Points Signals Description–Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) DirectionType

L3DIAG_VAOC1 Board diagnostic Input BIT




: : Input BIT


Out1MA Measure total output current in mA Input FLOAT

: : Input FLOAT

Out16MA Measure total output current in mA Input FLOAT


DTAO Simplex Analog Output Terminal BoardThe DTAO board is a compact analog output terminal board, designed for DIN-railmounting. The DTAO board has eight analog outputs and connects to the VAOCprocessor board with a single 37-pin cable. This cable is identical to those used onthe larger TBAO terminal board.

The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail to conserve cabinetspace. Two DTAO boards can be connected to the VAOC for a total of 16 analogoutputs. Only a Simplex version of this board is available.

The functions and on-board noise suppression are the same as those on TBAO. Highdensity Euro-Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board, withtwo screw connections for the ground connection (SCOM). An on-board ID chipidentifies the board to the VAOC for system diagnostic purposes

D/A JR1

Analog OutputsMaximum Load

4-20 mA,500 ohmsJ3

DTAO Terminal Board

NoiseSuppresion

Signal

Return

<R> Module

50 ohms01

02 Circuit #1

SignalReturn

0304 Circuit #2

SignalReturn

0506 Circuit #3

SignalReturn

0708 Circuit #4

SignalReturn

0910 Circuit #5

SignalReturn

1112 Circuit #6

SignalReturn

1314 Circuit #7

SignalReturn

1516 Circuit #8

VAOC Board

Connectors atbottom of VME rack

Sensing

Sensing

CurrentRegulator/

Power Driver

100ohms

Fromcontroller

First group of 8 analog 4-20 mA outputs

SuicideRelay

To second DTAOterminal board

D/A J4

Sensing

Sensing

CurrentRegulator/

Power Driver

100ohms

Second group of 8 analog 4-20 mA outputs

Fromcontroller

SuicideRelay

Eight analogoutputs

ID

SCOM

DTAO Board



The DTAO board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. Theeight analog outputs are wired directly to the terminal block as shown in thefollowing figure. The Euro-Block type terminal block has 36 terminals and ispermanently mounted on the terminal board. Typically #18 AWG wires (shieldedtwisted pair) are used. There are two screws for the SCOM (ground) connectionwhich should be as short a distance as possible.

Output 8 (Signal)

JR137-pin "D" shellconnector withlatching fasteners

DTAO

Output 1 (Signal)Output 2 (Signal)

135

11

79

1314 1517192123252729313335

2468

1012

1618202224262830

36

3234

Output 3 (Signal)Output 4 (Signal)Output 5 (Signal)Output 6 (Signal)Output 7 (Signal)

Output 1 (Return)Output 2 (Return)Output 3 (Return)Output 4 (Return)Output 5 (Return)Output 6 (Return)

Output 8 (Return)

Cable to J3 or J4connector in I/Orack for VAOCboard

Screw Connections



DIN-rail mounting

Output 7 (Return)

SCOM

Chassis Ground Chassis Ground

Screw Connections

DTAO Wiring and Cabling


I/O Board AlarmsDiagnostic alarms for any I/O board can be displayed or reset from the toolbox. Fortroubleshooting and general diagnostic alarm information refer to GEG-6421Volume I, Chapter 8.



VOAC 2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error(board will not go online)















82-97 Output # Total Current Too High Relative to Total Current.An individual current is N mA more than half the totalcurrent, where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit

Board failure

98-113 Output # Total Current Varies from Reference Current.Total current is N mA different than the reference current,where N is the configurable TMR_Diff Limit

Board failure or open circuit

114-129 Output # Reference Current Error. The differencebetween the output reference and the input feedback ofthe output reference is greater than the configuredDA_Err Limit measured in percent

Board failure (D/A converter)


130-145 Output # Individual Current Unhealthy. Simplex modealarm indicating current is too high or too low

Board failure

146-161 Output # Suicide Relay Non-Functional. The suicide relayis not responding to commands

Board failure (relay or driver)

162-177 Output # Suicide Active. One output of three has suicided,the other two boards have picked up the current

Board failure




VCCC Boards









2002 by General Electric Company, USA.All rights reserved


GEI-100557

2 • VCCC Boards GEI-100557

Section PageVCCC Contact Input Board....................................................................................................2Installation .................................................................................................................................4Operation....................................................................................................................................5Specifications............................................................................................................................8Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................8Configuration ............................................................................................................................9TICI Isolated Digital Input Board........................................................................................10DTCI Simplex Contact Input Terminal Board ..................................................................11Installation ...............................................................................................................................12DTCI Wiring and Cabling VCCC Relay Output Board...................................................13Installation ...............................................................................................................................15Operation..................................................................................................................................16Specifications..........................................................................................................................18Diagnostics ..............................................................................................................................18Configuration ..........................................................................................................................19TRLYH1C Relay Outputs with Voltage Sensing .............................................................20Installation ...............................................................................................................................22Diagnostics ..............................................................................................................................23I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................28

VCCC Contact Input BoardVCRC is a single slot versionof VCCC with the samefunctionality and contactinput cables plug into thefront of the board.

The Contact Input/Relay Output Board (VCCC) with its associated daughterboard accepts48 discrete inputs and controls 24 relay outputs. VCCC is a double width module andconnects to two sets of J3/J4 plugs via the VME backplane. The Contact Input TerminalBoard (TBCI) accepts 24 dry contact inputs, and two boards are required to support 48inputs. The Relay Output Terminal Board (TRLY) controls 12 relays and is described in thenext section.

GEI-100557 VCCC Boards • 3

VME Rack

VCCCboard

VCCCdaughterboard

J1

J2 J2

J3 J3

J4 J4

Backplane wiring

Terminal Boards

Backplane cable connectors

JA1

JT1

JS1

TRLYRelay/SolOutputs12 perboard

TB3 JF1 JF2Power Plugs

JG1PowerPlug

JT1

JS1

JR1

TBCIContactInputs24 perboard

JE1 JE2Power Plugs

JA1

JT1

JS1

TRLYRelay/SolOutputs12 perboard


JG1PowerPlug

JT1

JS1

JR1

TBCIContactInputs24 perboard

JE1 JE2Power Plugs

Simplex Boards and Cabling for Contact Inputs and Relay Outputs

The first 24 dry contact inputs are wired to two barrier type blocks on the TBCI, anda second terminal board is required for inputs 25 − 48. Dc power for the contacts isprovided. Contact inputs have noise suppression circuitry to protect against surgeand high frequency noise. Cables with molded plugs connect the terminal board tothe VME rack where the VCCC processor board is located.


VME bus to VCMI

TBCI Contact Input Terminal Board


Cable to VMErack R



Shieldbar

2468

1012141618202224

x

xxxxxxxxxxxx

1357911131517192123

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

262830323436384042444648

x

xxxxxxxxxxxx

252729313335373941434547

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x x

x

JS1

JR1

JT1

Cable to VMErack S

Cable to VMErack T

JE2JE1

x

x

RUNFAILSTAT

VCCC

VCCC VME Board

J3

J4

J3

J4

Cable fromsecond TBCI

To relayoutput boards

12 contactinputs

12 contactinputs

Contact Input Terminal board, I/O Board, and Cabling

InstallationThe 24 dry contact inputs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mounted onthe terminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminalsaccepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield termination strip attached to chassisground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block. The 125 V dcexcitation voltage is cabled in through plugs JE1 and JE2.


Contact Input Terminal Board TBCI

Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300 V insulation

Terminal blocks can be unpluggedfrom terminal board for maintenance

2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

13579

11131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Input 1 (Positive)Input 2 (Positive)Input 3 (Positive)Input 4 (Positive)Input 5 (Positive)Input 6 (Positive)Input 7 (Positive)Input 8 (Positive)Input 9 (Positive)Input 10 (Positive)Input 11 (Positive)Input 12 (Positive)

Input 1 (Return)Input 2 (Return)Input 3 (Return)Input 4 (Return)Input 5 (Return)Input 6 (Return)

Input 8 (Return)Input 9 (Return)Input 10(Return)Input 11(Return)Input 12(Return)

Input 7 (Return)

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Input 13 (Positive)Input 14 (Positive)Input 15 (Positive)Input 16 (Positive)Input 17 (Positive)Input 18 (Positive)Input 19 (Positive)Input 20 (Positive)Input 21 (Positive)Input 22 (Positive)Input 23 (Positive)Input 24 (Positive)


Input 20 (Return)Input 21 (Return)Input 22 (Return)Input 23 (Return)Input 24 (Return)

Input 19 (Return)

JE1 JE2

JT1

JS1

JR1

Contact excitationsource: H1 - 125 V dc H2 - 24 V dc

To rack T

To rack S

To rack R

1

3

1

3

Inputs 22, 23, 24are 10 mA, allothers are 2.5 mA

TBCI Terminal Board Wiring

OperationThe VCCC passes the input voltages through optical isolators and transfers thesignals over the VME backplane to the VCMI. The VCMI then sends them to thecontroller. The contact input processing is shown in the following figure.

The TBCIH1 dry contact inputs are powered from a floating 125 V dc (100 − 145 Vdc) supply from the turbine control. Power converters convert the 115/230 V acand/or 125 V dc power sources to a redundant, internal 125 V dc bus to power theelectronics. The 125 V dc bus is current limited in the Power Distribution Moduleprior to feeding each contact input. The TBCIH2 dry contact inputs are poweredfrom a floating 24 V dc (18.5 – 32 V dc) supply.


Contact Input Board VCCC

Terminal Board TBCI

JR1

From powerdistributionmodule <PDM>H1 - 125 V dc

power source NoiseSuppr-ession

<R> Rack

JE2

JE1(+)

(+)

(-)

(-)

Floating

Field Contact

Field Contact

Field Contact

(+)

(-)

(+)

(-)

(+)

(-)

Ref.

P5

Gate

Gate

Gate

Gate

Gate

Gate

Gate

Field Contact

Field Contact

Field Contact

(+)

(-)

(+)

(-)

(+)

(-)

Optical isolation

J3

J4

Contact inputs from secondTBCI terminal board

24 contact inputs perterminal board

Total of 48 circuits

ID

BCOM

BCOM

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

H2 - 24 V dc

Simplex Contact Input Processing


A pair of termination points is provided for each input with one point (screw)providing the positive dc source and the second point providing the return (input) tothe board. The current loading is 2.5 mA per point for 21 of the inputs on eachterminal board, and the other three have a 10 mA load to support interface withremote solid-state output electronics.

Each input is optically isolated and sampled at frame rate for control functions, andat 1ms for SOE reporting. A 4 ms hardware filter is used, and noise rejection is 60 Vrms at 125 V dc excitation. Contact input circuitry is designed for NEMA Class Gcreepage and clearance.

For TMR applications contact input voltages are fanned out to three VME boardracks R, S, and T via plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1. The signals are processed by the threeVCCCs and the results voted by the VCMI board in each controller rack.

Terminal Board TBCI

JR1

From powerdistributionmodule <PDM>H1 - 125 V dc

power sourceNoiseSuppr-ession

JE2

JE1(+)

(+)

(-)

(-)

Floating

Field Contact

Field Contact

Field Contact

(+)(-)

(+)(-)

(+)(-)

Field Contact

Field Contact

Field Contact

(+)(-)

(+)(-)

(+)(-)

JS1

JT1

<R><S>

Shown for <R>

<T>

Ref.

P5

Gate

Gate

Gate

Gate

Gate

Gate

Gate

Each contact input terminates on onepoint and is fanned to <R>, <S>, and <T>.

Optical isolationJ3

J3

J3

From second TBCI

J4

VME racks

24 contact inputs per terminal board.



BCOM

BCOM

ID

BCOMID

BCOM

ID

ID

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

H2 - 24 V dc

TMR Contact Input Processing


SpecificationsHigh speed scanning and recording at 1 ms rate is available for inputs monitoringimportant turbine variables. The sequence of events recorder reports all contactopenings and closures with a time resolution of 1 ms. Contact chatter and pulsewidths down to 6 ms are reported.

Filters reduce high frequency noise and suppress surge on each input near the pointof signal exit. Noise and contact bounce is filtered with a 4 ms filter. Ac voltagerejection (50/60 Hz) is 60 V rms with 125 V dc excitation. VCCC Specifications

Item Specification

Number of channels 48 dry contact voltage input channels (24 per terminal board)

Excitation voltage H1 - Nominal 125 V dc, floating, ranging from 100 to 145 V dcH2 – Nominal 24 V dc, floating, ranging from 18.5 to 32 V dc

Input current H1 for 125 V dc applications:First 21 circuits draw 2.5 mA (50 kohms)Last three circuits draw 10 mA (12.5 kohms)

H2 for 24 V dc applications:First 21 circuits draw 2.5 mA (10 kohms)Last three circuits draw 9.9 mA (2.42 kohms)

Isolation Optical isolation to 1500 volts on all inputs

Input filter Hardware filter, 4 ms

Ac voltage rejection 60 V rms @ 50/60 Hz at 125 V dc excitation

Frame rate System dependent scan rate for control purposes1,000 Hz scan rate for SOE monitoring

Power consumption 20.6 watts on the terminal boardN/A watts in the VCCC board

Fault detection Loss of contact input excitation voltageNon-responding contact input in test modeUnplugged cable

DiagnosticsIf any one of the 48 inputsgoes unhealthy, a compositediagnostic alarm,L3DIAG_VCCC occurs.Details of the individualdiagnostics are availablefrom the toolbox. Thediagnostic signals can beindividually latched, and thenreset with the RESET_DIAsignal if they go healthy

Three LEDs at the top of the VCCC front panel provide status information. Thenormal RUN condition is a flashing green, FAIL is a solid red. The third LED isnormally off but shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in theboardThe dry (isolated) external contacts are monitored, and also the excitation voltage. Ifthe excitation drops to below 40% of the nominal voltage, a diagnostic alarm is setand latchedEach terminal board connector has its own ID device which is interrogated by theI/O board. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serialnumber, board type, revision number, and the JR1/JS1/JT1 connector location. Referto GEH-6421D, Vol. I Mark VI System Guide, Chapter 8, Troubleshooting andDiagnostics


ConfigurationLike all I/O boards, the VCCC is configured using the toolbox. This software usuallyruns on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. Thefollowing table defines configuration choices and defaults. Refer to GEH-6403,Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.

Typical VCCC (Contact Input) Configuration


Configuration

System Limits Enable all system limit checking Enable, disable

J3A:IS200TBCIH1A Terminal board connected to VCCC from J3 Connected, not connected

Contact01 First contact of 24 on first terminal board -board point

Point edit (input BIT)

Contact input Select contact input Used, unused

Signal invert Inversion makes signal true if contact open Normal, invert

Sequence ofevents

Select input for sequence of events scanning Enable, disable

Signal filter Contact input filter in milliseconds 0, 10, 20, 50

J4A:IS200TBCIH1A Terminal board connected to VCCC from J4 Connected, not connected

Contact01 First contact of 24 on second terminal board -board point


Board Points Signals Description-Enter Signal Connection Name DirectionType

L3DIAG_VCCC1 Board diagnostic InputBIT

L3DIAG_VCCC2 Board diagnostic InputBIT

L3DIAG_VCCC3 Board diagnostic(For relay output points, see TRLY)

InputBIT


TICI Isolated Digital Input BoardThe Isolated Digital Input terminal board (TICI) is an input board which works withVCCC (but not VCRC) in a similar way to TBCI. TICI provides voltage detectioncircuits to detect a range of voltages across relay contacts, fuses, and switches.

The TICI is similar to the TBCI, except for the following items:

TICI input voltage ranges are:

• 70 − 145 V dc, nominal 125 V dc, with a detection threshold of 39 to 61 V dc

• 200 − 250 V dc, nominal 250 V dc, with a detection threshold of 39 to 61 V dc

• 90 − 132 V rms, nominal 115 V rms, 47-63 Hz, with a detection threshold of 35to 76 V ac

• 190 − 264 V rms, nominal 230 V rms, 47-63 Hz, with a detection threshold of35 to 76 V ac

Input hardware filtering is provided using time delays of 15 ms, nominal:

• For dc applications the time delay is 15 ± 8 ms

• For ac applications the time delay is 15 ± 13 msIn addition to hardware filters, the contact input state is software filtered usingconfigurable time delays, selected from 0, 10, 20, 50, and 100 ms. For ac inputs, afilter of at least 10 ms is recommended.

Auto

Run

V acSupply TICI Terminal Board

VoltageSensingCircuit

Customer'sLoad/Motor

TICI Sensing Available Control Voltage Across Device

The following restrictions should be noted regarding creepage and clearance on the230 V rms application:

• For NEMA requirements: 230 V single-phase

• For CE Mark: 230 V single or 3-phase

Refer to the section Contact Inputs TBCI for information on monitoring dry(isolated) contact inputs, and on the VCCC board.


DTCI Simplex Contact Input Terminal BoardVCRC is a single-width boardand is preferred to VCCC.

The DTCI board is a compact contact input terminal board, designed for DIN-railmounting. The DTCI board has 24 contact inputs with a nominal excitation of 24 Vdc, and connects to the VCCC (VCRC) processor board with a single 37-pin cable.The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on a DIN-rail to conserve cabinetspace. Two DTCI boards can be connected to the VCRC for a total of 48 contactinputs. Only a Simplex version of this board is available.

The function and on-board signal conditioning are the same as those on TBCI,except they are scaled for 24 V dc. High density Euro-Block type terminal blocks arepermanently mounted to the board with two screw connections for the groundconnection (SCOM ). The input excitation range is 18 to 32 V dc, and the thresholdvoltage is 50% of the excitation voltage. The ac voltage rejection is 12 V rms.Contact inputs take 2.5 mA nominal current on the first 21 circuits, and 10 mA oncircuits 22 through 24.


<R> Rack

Reference

P5

Gate

Gate

Gate

Gate

Gate

Gate

Gate

Optical isolation

J3

J4

Contact inputs from secondDTCI terminal board

24 contact inputs perterminal board


DTCI Board

JR1

24 V dcexcitationpower source

Noise Supp-ression

(+)

(+)

(-)

(-)

Input 1 Positive

Input 1 Return

Field contacts (24)

(+)(-)

BCOM

ID

SCOM

5249

5053

51

54

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Input 2 Positive

Input 2 Return

Input 3 Positive

Input 3 Return

Input 4 ReturnInput 4 Positive

Input 24 Positive

Input 24 Return

12

34

5

6

7

8

47

48

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

DTCI Board



The DTCI board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. Thecontact inputs are wired directly to the terminal block. The Euro-Block type terminalblock has 60 terminals and is permanently mounted on the terminal board. Typically#18 AWG wires are used. There are two screws for the SCOM (ground) connection,which should be as short a distance as possible, and six screws for the 24 V dcexcitation power.

Input 8 (Positive)JR1

37-pin "D" shellconnector withlatching fasteners

Input 1 (Positive)Input 2 (Positive)

135

11

79

1314 1517192123252729313335

2468

1012

1618202224262830

36

3234

Input 3 (Positive)Input 4 (Positive)Input 5 (Positive)Input 6 (Positive)Input 7 (Positive)

Input 9 (Positive)Input 10 (Positive)Input 11 (Positive)Input 12 (Positive)Input 13 (Positive)Input 14 (Positive)Input 15 (Positive)Input 16 (Positive)Input 17 (Positive)Input 18 (Positive)


Input 8 (Return)Input 9 (Return)

Input 10 (Return)Input 11 (Return)Input 12 (Return)Input 13 (Return)Input 14 (Return)Input 15 (Return)Input 16 (Return)Input 17 (Return)Input 18 (Return)

Cable to J3 or J4connector in I/Orack for VCRCboard

Screw Connections


Input 19 (Positive)

Input 21 (Positive)

Chassis Ground

Input 7 (Return

Input 19 (Return)Input 20 (Return)

Plastic mountingholderDIN-rail mounting

37394142

3840

48

4446

43454749515354

5052

60

5658

555759

DTCI Board

Input 20 (Positive)

Input 22 (Positive)Input 23 (Positive)Input 24 (Positive)

Input 21 (Return)Input 22 (Return)Input 23 (Return)Input 24 (Return)

Excitation (Positive)Excitation (Negative)

Excitation (Positive)Excitation (Positive)Excitation (Negative)

Contact excitation24 V dc

SCOM

Chassis GroundExcitation (Negative)


DTCI Wiring and Cabling VCCC Relay Output BoardVCRC is a single slot versionof VCCC with the samefunctionality (except drivingTICI) and relay output cablesplug into J3 and J4.

The Contact Input/Relay Output Board (VCCC), with its associated daughterboard,controls 24 relay/solenoid outputs. VCCC is a double-width module and connects totwo sets of J3/J4 plugs via the VME backplane. The main board controls 12 relaysthrough the Relay Output Terminal board (TRLY). Two TRLY boards are requiredfor a total of 24 relays.

VME Rack

VCCCBoard

VCCCDaughterboard

J1

J2 J2

J3 J3

J4 J4

Backplane wiring

Terminal Boards

Backplane cable connectors

JA1

JT1

JS1

TRLYRelay/Soloutputs12 perboard


JG1PowerPlug

JT1

JS1

JR1

TBCIcontactinputs24 perboard

JE1 JE2Power Plugs

JA1

JT1

JS1

TRLYRelay/Soloutputs12 perboard


JG1PowerPlug

JT1

JS1

JR1


JE1 JE2Power Plugs

Simplex Cabling for Contact Inputs and Relay Outputs


TRLY holds twelve plug-in magnetic relays. A second board is required for outputrelays 13-24. Cables with molded fittings connect the terminal board to the VMErack where the VCCC processor board is located. Plug JA1 connects to J3/4 onSimplex systems, and plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1 are used for TMR systems.

Cable to VMErack R


Shieldbar

2468

1012141618202224

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

13579

11131517192123

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

262830323436384042444648

x

xxxxxxxxxxxx

252729313335373941434547

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

TB3

JF1

x

JS1

JR1

JT1x

x

RUNFAILSTAT

VCCC

VME bus to VCMI

VME Board VCCC


Relay Output Terminal Board TRLY

J3

J4

J3

J4

To contact input board

Cable to VMErack S

Cable to VMErack T

Cables to relayoutput terminalboards

OutputRelays

Fuses

JF2

X

JA1

Daughterboard

Solenoidpower

Solenoidpower

To secondTRLY

Relay Output Terminal board, I/O Board, and Cabling


InstallationThe customer’s 12 relay outputs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocksmounted on the terminal board as shown in the figure below. Each block is helddown with two screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires.

A shield termination strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to theleft of each terminal block. Solenoid power for outputs 1−6 is plugged to JF1normally. JF2 can be used to daisy-chain power to other TRLYs. Alternativelycustomer power may be wired directly into TB3 when power is not plugged intoJF1/JF2. JG1 provides power to customer’s special solenoid, Output 12.

These jumpers are forisolation of the monitorcircuit when used on isolatedcontact applications.

Jumpers JP1−JP6 are removed in the factory and shipped in a plastic bag. Reinstallthe appropriate jumper if power to a field solenoid is required. The fuses should alsobe removed for this application to ensure that suppression leakage is removed fromthe power bus.

Relay Output Terminal BoardTRLYH1B

To connectors JA1, JR1, JS1, JT1

JF1 JF21

3

1

3

1

4

23

Customer power

Customer return

JG1

Output 01 (NC)Output 01 (NO)Output 02 (NC)

-

-

-

-

-

-

FU1

FU2

FU3

FU4

FU5

FU6

Output 01 (COM)

FusesNeg,return

Output 01 (SOL)Output 02 (COM)Output 02 (SOL)Output 03 (COM)Output 03 (SOL)Output 04 (COM)Output 04 (SOL)Output 05 (COM)Output 05 (SOL)Output 06 (COM)Output 06 (SOL)

Output 03 (NC)Output 02 (NO)

Output 03 (NO)Output 04 (NC)Output 04 (NO)Output 05 (NC)Output 05 (NO)Output 06 (NC)Output 06 (NO)

Output 07 (COM)

Output 09 (COM)

Output 08 (COM)

Output 10 (COM)

Output 11 (COM)

Output 12 (COM)Output 12 (SOL)

Output 07 (NC)

Output 08 (NC)

Output 09 (NC)

Output 10 (NC)

Output 11 (NC)

Output 12 (NC)

Output 07 (NO)

Output 08 (NO)

Output 09 (NO)

Output 10 (NO)

Output 11 (NO)

Output 12 (NO)

2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

13579

11131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Power to special circuit 12

Out 01

Out 02

Out 03

Out 04

Out 05

Out 06

JF1, JF2, and JG1 are power plugs

Powered,fusedsolenoidsform-C

Drycontactsform-C

Specialcircuit,form-C,ign. xfmr.

ToconnectorsJA1, JR1,JS1, JT1

+

+

+

+

+

+

FU7

FU8

FU9

FU10

FU11

FU12 JP6

JP5

JP4

JP3

JP2

JP1

Jumperchoices:power (JPx)or drycontact (dry)

Powersource

Alternative customerpower wiring

x x x x4321

TB3

N125/24 V dc

P125/24 V dc

Relays

FusesPos, High

Power

Return

TRLY Terminal Board Wiring


OperationFor simplex operation, cables carry control signals plus monitor feedback voltagesbetween VCCC to TRLY through JA1. Relay drivers, fuses, and jumpers aremounted on the relay board. The first six relay circuits can be jumpers configured foreither dry, Form-C contact outputs, or to drive external solenoids. A standard 125 Vdc or 115 V ac source, or an optional 24 V dc source, with on-board suppression canbe provided for solenoid power. This comes in on JF1 (or TB) as shown in the figurebelow. The next five relays (7 − 11) are unpowered isolated Form-C contacts.Output 12 is an isolated Form-C contact, used for ignition transformers, for example.

JG1Available forGT Ignition Transformers(6 Amp at 120 Vac 3 Amp at 240 Vac)

13

DryContact,Form-C

"5" of these circuits

NC

NO

Com

K7K7

K7

27

26

25

Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1B

JR1

J3/4

P28V

K1

VCCCRelayOutput

Coil

RD

"12" of the above circuits

<R>

JS1

JT1

JA1

ID

ID

Sol"1" of these circuits 48

Normal PowerSource,pluggable(7 Amp)

JF1

JF2

TB312

34

1

3

13

SpecialCircuit

NO

NC

Com

47

46

45

AlternatePower, 20 A24 V dc or125 V dc or115 V ac or240 V ac

Sol"6" of the above circuits

N125/24 Vdc

+

-

FieldSolenoid4

K1

NC

Com 2

1

K1

NO 3

P125/24 V dcJP1

Dry

ID

FU7

3.15 Ampslow-blow

FU1

PowerDaisy-Chain Monitor

>14 Vdc>60 Vac

Monitor>14 Vdc>60 Vac

K12

K12K12

Monitor Select

<R>

K#

Output 01

Output 07

Output 12

RelayDriver


For TMR applications, relay control signals are fanned into TRLY from the threeVME board racks R, S, and T through plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1. These signals arevoted and the result controls the corresponding relay driver. Power for the relay coilscomes in from all three racks and is diode shared.

JG1Available forGT ignition transformers(6 Amp at 120 Vac 3 Amp at 240 Vac)

13

Drycontact,form-C

5 of these circuits

NC

NO

Com

K7K7

K7

27

26

25

Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1B

JR1J3/4

P28V

K1

VCCCRelayOutput

Coil

RD

12 of the above circuits

<T><S>

<R>

JS1

JT1

Same for<S>

Same for<T>

J3/4

J3/4

JA1

ID

ID

Sol1 of these circuits 48

Normal powersource,pluggable(7 Amp)

JF1

JF2

TB312

34

1

3

13

Specialcircuit

NO

NC

Com

47

46

45

Alternatepower, 20 A24 V dc or125 V dc or115 V ac or240 V ac

Sol6 of the above circuits

N125/24 Vdc

+

-

Fieldsolenoid4

K1

NC

Com 2

1

K1

NO 3

P125/24 V dc

Dry

ID

FU7

3.15 Ampslow-blow

FU1

Powerdaisy-chain Monitor

>14 Vdc>60 Vac


<R>

K12

K12K12

Monitor Select

JP1

K#

Output 01

Output 07

Output 12

RelayDriver

TMR Relay Output Board


SpecificationsRelays are driven at the frame rate and have a 3.0 Amp rating. The rated contact tocontact voltage is 500 V ac for one minute and the rated coil to contact voltage is1,500 V ac for one minute. The typical time to operate is 10 ms.

The relay outputs have failsafe features so that when a cable is unplugged, the inputsvote to de-energize the corresponding relays. Similarly, if communication with theassociated VME board is lost, the relays de-energize.

VCCC Relay Output Specifications

Item Specification

Number of relay channels onone TRLY board

12 relays: 6 relays with optional solenoid drivervoltages

5 relays with dry contacts only1 relay with 7 Amp rating

VCCC total is 24 relays on two TRLY boards

Rated voltage on relays a: Nominal 125 V dc or 24 V dcb: Nominal 120 V ac or 240 V ac

Max load current a: 0.6 Amp for 125 V dc operationb: 3.0 Amp for 24 V dc operation;c: 3.0 Amp for 120/240 V ac, 50/60 Hz operation

Max response time on 25 ms typical

Max response time off 25 ms typical

Contact material Silver cad-oxide

Contact life Electrical operations: 100,000Mechanical operations: 10,000,000

Fault detection Loss of relay solenoid excitation current or coil currentdisagreement with command.Unplugged cable or loss of communication with VME board.Relays deenergize if communication with associated VMEboard is lost.

DiagnosticsThree LEDs at the top of the VCCC front panel provide status information. Thenormal RUN condition is a flashing green, FAIL is a solid red. The third LED isnormally off but shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in theboard.

Each of the three terminalboard connectors have theirown ID device which isinterrogated by the I/O board.The board ID is coded into aread-only chip containing theboard serial number, boardtype, revision number, and theJR1/JS1/JT1 connectorlocation.

The output of each relay (coil current) is monitored and checked against thecommand at the frame rate. If there is no agreement for two consecutive checks, analarm is latched. The solenoid excitation voltage is monitored downstream of thefuses and an alarm is latched if it falls below 12 V ac/dc.

If any one of the 12 outputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostic alarm,L3DIAG_VCCC occurs. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from thetoolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with theRESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.


ConfigurationLike all I/O boards, the VCCC module is configured using the toolbox. This softwareusually runs on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. Thefollowing table summarizes the configuration choices and defaults. Refer to GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.

Typical VCCC Relay Configuration


Configuration

System Limits Select system limits Enable, disable

J3:IC200TRLYH1B Terminal board 1 connected to VCCC via J3 Connected, not connected

Relay01 First relay output (from first set of 12 relays) - Boardpoint

Point edit (output BIT)

Relay output Select relay output Used, unused

FuseDiagEnable fuse diagnostic Enable, disable

Relay01Fdbk Relay 01 contact voltage (first set of 12 relays) -Board point


Contact inputConfigurable item: slot# Used, unused

Signal invert Inversion makes signal true if contact is open Normal, invert

Signal filter Contact Input filter in milliseconds 0, 10, 20, 50

J4:IC200TRLYH1B Terminal board 2 connected to VCCC through J4 Connected, not connected

Relay01 Relay output 1 (second set of 12 relays) - Boardpoint


Relay01Fdbk Relay 1 Contact Voltage (second set of 12 relays)- Board point


Board Points Signals Description- Enter Signal Connection Name DirectionType

L3DIAG_VCCC1*

Board diagnostic InputBIT

L3DIAG_VCCC2


L3DIAG_VCCC3


*For VCCC contact input points, see TBCI section.


TRLYH1C Relay Outputs with Voltage SensingRelay contact voltage detection is available with the optional TRLYH1C relayterminal board. TRLYH1C is driven by VCCC (or VCRC) in the same way asTRLY, and has the same 12 output relays. Voltage sensing is done with 18 smallvoltage monitor boards as shown in figure below. Individual voltage monitors can beisolated by removing a jumper.

TRLYH1C is the same as the standard TRLY board except for the following:

• Six jumpers for converting the solenoid outputs to dry contact type are removed.These jumpers were associated with the fuse monitoring.

• Input relay coil monitoring is removed from the 12 relays.

• Relay contact voltage monitoring is added to the 12 relays. Individualmonitoring circuits have voltage suppression, and can be isolated by removingtheir associated jumper.

• High frequency snubbers are installed across the NO and Sol terminals on thesix solenoid driver circuits and on the special circuit, output 12.

The contact voltage ranges for the monitors are as follows:

• 16-32 V dc, nominal 24 V dc

• 70-145 V dc, nominal 125 V dc

• 90-132 V rms, nominal 115 V rms, 47-63 Hz

• 190-264 V rms, nominal 230 V rms, 47-63 Hz

The threshold voltage ranges for the monitors are as follows:

• 24 V dc applications: 10 to 16 V dc

• 125 V dc applications: 40 to 65 V dc

• 115/230 V ac applications: 45 to 72 V ac

The contact input state is software filtered using time delays.


JG1Available forGT ignition transformers(6 Amp at 120 Vac 3 Amp at 240 Vac)

13

Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1C

JR1J3/4

P28V

VCCCRelayOutput

RD

12 of the above circuits

<T><S>

<R>

JS1

JT1

Same for<S>

Same for<T>

J3/4

J3/4

JA1

ID

ID

1 of these circuits

Normal powersource,pluggable(7 Amp)

JF1

JF2

TB312

34

1

3

13

Alternatepower, 20 A24 V dc or125 V dc or115 V ac or240 V ac 6 of these

circuitsN125/24 Vdc

P125/24 V dc

ID

FU7

3.15 Ampslow-blow

FU1

Powerdaisy-chain Monitor

>14 Vdc>60 Vac


<R>

Monitor Select

Drycontactform-C

5 of these circuits

NC

NO

Com

K7K7

K7

27

26

25

K1

Sol 48

Specialcircuit

NO

NC

Com

47

46

45

Sol

FieldSolenoid4

K1

NC

Com 2

1

K1

NO 3

K12

K12K12

K#

+

-

JP1

JP7

JP12

Snub

Snub

Output 01

Output 07

Output 12

CoilRelayDriver

Relay Output Board with Contact Voltage Sensing


InstallationTRLYH1C wiring is the same as for TRLY, but the jumpers are different. It is notpossible to jumper convert the solenoid driver circuits to isolated output contacts, butthe two fuses can be removed for this purpose. Twelve jumpers are available toisolate the contact voltage monitors. The default is jumper in place, and isolation isby removing the jumper.

Relay Output Terminal BoardTRLYH1C (Contact Voltage Sensing)

CableconnectorsJA1, JR1,JS1, JT1

x x x x

4321

TB3 JF1 JF21

3

1

3

Customerpower

Customerreturn

Output 01 (NC)Output 01 (NO)Output 02 (NC)

-

-

-

-

-

-

FU1

FU2

FU3

FU4

FU5

FU6

Output 01 (COM)

Fusesneg,return

Output 01 (SOL)Output 02 (COM)Output 02 (SOL)Output 03 (COM)Output 03 (SOL)Output 04 (COM)Output 04 (SOL)Output 05 (COM)Output 05 (SOL)Output 06 (COM)Output 06 (SOL)

Output 03 (NC)Output 02 (NO)

Output 03 (NO)Output 04 (NC)Output 04 (NO)Output 05 (NC)Output 05 (NO)Output 06 (NC)Output 06 (NO)

Output 07 (COM)

Output 09 (COM)

Output 08 (COM)

Output 10 (COM)

Output 11 (COM)

Output 12 (COM)Output 12 (SOL)

Output 07 (NC)

Output 08 (NC)

Output 09 (NC)

Output 10 (NC)

Output 11 (NC)

Output 12 (NC)

Output 07 (NO)

Output 08 (NO)

Output 09 (NO)

Output 10 (NO)

Output 11 (NO)

Output 12 (NO)

2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

13579

11131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Power to circuit 12

Powered,fusedsolenoidsform-C

Drycontactsform-C

Specialcircuit,form-C,ign. xfmr.

+

+

+

+

+

+

FU7

FU8

FU9

FU10

FU11

FU12

JP2 Solenoid

1

4

2

3

JG1

JP7

JP8

JP9

JP10

JP11

JP12

Relays

JP1 Solenoid

JP3 Solenoid

JP4 Solenoid

JP5 Solenoid

JP6 Solenoid

Dry Contact

Dry Contact

Dry Contact

Dry Contact

Dry Contact

Special Circuit

Out 01

Out 02

Out 03

Out 04

Out 05

Out 06

PowerReturn

Alternative customerpower wiring

N125/24 Vdc

P125/24 Vdc

Powersource

Fusespos,high

TRLYH1D Relay Outputs with Solenoid Integrity Sensing


The TRLYH1D board with solenoid integrity sensing provides six powered relayoutputs for controlling 24 V dc, 110 V dc, or 125 V dc solenoids. For 24 V dcsolenoids, the solenoid monitoring function can accommodate solenoids withnominal resistance of 17 to 53 ohms. A BAD 24 V SOLENOID alarm is annunciatedif this resistance is outside of a 10 to 150 ohm band. For 110/125 V dc solenoids, thesolenoid monitoring function can accommodate solenoids with nominal resistance of300 to 1100 ohms. A BAD 110/125V SOLENOID alarm is annunciated if itsresistance is outside of a 167 to 2500 ohm band. There are two normally open (NO)relay contacts for each solenoid. Solenoid current flows through 3.15 Amp, timedelay fuses, which have a short circuit rating of 35 Amps.

Each solenoid fuse pair is monitored downstream of the fuses and gives a latchedalarm when the fuse output is less than 16 V dc (± 4 V dc). The TRLYH1D board iscontrolled by either the VCCC daughterboard or the VCRC (both mounted in theVME rack).

The TRLYH1D is similar to the TRLYH1B board with the following differences:

• Only six relays configured as solenoid drivers

• Designed for 24 /110/ 125 V dc applications only

• Solenoid relay circuits have a normally open (NO) contact in the return side aswell as the source side.

• No relay coil monitoring

• Cannot be configured for externally powered dry contact use

• Provides solenoid integrity monitoring

• No special use relay for driving an ignition transformer

• Not backward compatible with either the TRLYH_B or TRLYH_C.

DiagnosticsDiagnostic alarm signals and one alarm reset signal are provided. When eachsolenoid is de-energized, the resistance is monitored for abnormal values. If a badsolenoid is detected two consecutive times, the VCCC or VCRC board will set alatched alarm, one per relay. The solenoid detection signal has a 1.3 second delaybecause the solenoid contacts must be open for at least 1.3 seconds to get a validreading.

Diagnostic messages are posted for each relay output as follows:

• Solenoid #x has an electrical open or short circuit

• Solenoid #x has no voltage source, check fusing


Normal power source, pluggable,24 /110 /125 Vdc (14 Amp)

JR1JS1

P28V

Coil

JT1

JT1

JR1

JS1

ID

JT1IDID

JR1

JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1

6 of the abovecircuits

RD

Assignments:

CKT NC COM NO SOL FUx/y #01 01 02 03 04 FU7/1 #02 05 06 07 08 FU8/2 #03 09 10 11 12 FU9/3 #04 13 14 15 16 FU10/4 #05 17 18 19 20 FU11/5 #06 21 22 23 24 FU12/6

1

2

3

4

Terminal Bk

TB1

Six of the abovecircuits

fuse

FuseMonitor

JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1

JS1

3.15 AmpSlow-Blow

fuse

TRLYH1D

Customer SolenoidReturn wiring option

3

JF1 JF2

Ext Sol

JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1 Fuse Monitor Select

1234 TB3 13 21 32

JA1

JA1Simplex

TMR

JA1

FUy

FUxCOM

NC

NO

SolenoidIntegrityMonitor

Ret

Pos

Alternate powersource (14 Amp)

Power, daisy chain connector

Fuse Status Feedback

+

-

PowerSupply -24 kHz

P28V Fuse

(Self Reset)

SOL

CHAS + - - + CHAS

TB1

NO CONNECTIONFor factory testuse only

0SOLOK

1FUSOK0=SEL 1,2,31=SEL 4,5,6

TRLYH1D Block Diagram


VCCC

J1

J2 J2

J3

J4

J3

J4

Backplanewiring

Daug

hter B

d

VME backplane

Contact inputs24 per board

JT1

JS1

JR1

Contact inputs24 per board

JT1

JS1

JR1

TBCI TBCI

Relay/Soloutputs

6 per boardTRLY

JT1

JS1

JR1

JA1

Relay/Soloutputs

6 per boardTRLYJT1

JS1

JR1

JA1

JF1 JF2 JG1

Power plugs

JF1 JF2 JG1

Power plugs

JE1 JE2

Power plugs

JE1 JE2

Power plugs

TRLYH1D Connections to VCCC Board (Simplex)


E2 IS200TRLYH1D

JT1

JF2

JF1

TB3

FU1

FU7

FU8

FU2

FU9

FU3

FU4

FU5

FU6

FU10

FU11

FU12

K1K2

K3K4

K5K6

JS1JR

1

JA1

TB1

E2

TRLYH1D Component Layout


TRLYH1D Connector and Replaceable Component Descriptions

Connector Description

JA1 37-Pin D-connector receptacle to VME rack for Simplexcontrol*

JR1 37-Pin D-connector receptacle to VME rack “R” for 1/3 ofTMR control*

JS1 37-Pin D-connector receptacle to VME rack “S” for 1/3 ofTMR control*

JT1 37-Pin D-connector receptacle to VME rack “T” for 1/3 ofTMR control*

JF1 Solenoid power input, 3-position receptacle contact verticalheader; use with twisted wire harness; 14 A dc maximum

Pin 1 - PositivePin 2 - Negative (return)Pin 3 - Connect to chassis

JF2 Solenoid power daisy-chain, 3-position receptacle contactvertical header; use with twisted wire harness; 14 A dcmaximum

Pin 1 - PositivePin 2 - Negative (return)Pin 3 - Alternate chassis connect

TB1 Solenoid or form-C contact connector; maximum rating 300V, 10 A

TB3 Alternate power input connector; maximum rating 300 V, 14A

Pin 1 - PositivePin 2 - Negative (return)Pin 3 - Customer solenoid return wiring (optional)Pin 4 - Customer solenoid return wiring (optional)

FU1 – FU12SolenoidFuses

5 x 20 mm, 3.15 A, 250 V slow-blow,GE P/N: 259A9266P16Mfr. P/N: Bussmann GDC-3.15

K1 – K6Relays

Dual form-C with dust cover, 24 V dc 0.9 watt coil24 V dc, 10 A resistive125 V dc, 0.5 A resistiveGE P/N: 44A770196-001Mfr. P/N: Cornell Dublier

CDR402CQQSN-24D* Designed to connect with GE Cable P/N 323A5750PX where X is the bale length in feet.


I/O Board AlarmsDiagnostic alarms for any I/O board can be displayed and reset form the toolbox.For troubleshooting and general diagnostic alarm information refer to GEG-6421Volume I, Chapter 8.



VCCC 1 SOE Overrun. Sequence of Events data overrun Communication problem on IONet

2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error(board will not go online)


16 System Limit Checking is Disabled. System limit checkinghas been disabled

System checking was disabled byconfiguration






22 J33/J3A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J33 orJ3A, or cable problem

23 J44/J4A ID Failure Failed ID chip on connector J44 orJ4A, or cable problem

24 Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility. The firmware on thisboard cannot handle the terminal board it is connected to

Invalid terminal board connected toVME I/O board. Check theconnections and call the factory.





33-56/65-88

TBCI J33/J3A/J44/J4A Contact Input # Not Responding toTest Mode. A single contact or group of contacts couldnot be forced high or low during VCCC self-check

Normally a VCCC problem, or thebattery reference voltage is missing tothe TBCI terminal board, or a badcable.

129-140/145-156

TRLY J3/J4 Relay Output Coil # Does Not MatchRequested State. A relay coil monitor shows that currentis flowing or not flowing in the relay coil, so the relay is notresponding to VCCC commands

The relay terminal board may notexist, or there may be a problem withthis relay, or, if TMR, one VCCC mayhave been out-voted by the other twoVCCC boards.


161-172/177-188

TRLY J3/J4 Relay Driver # Does Not Match RequestedState. The relay is not responding to VCCC commands

The relay terminal board may not existand the relay is still configured asused, or there may be a problem withthis relay driver.

97-102/113-118

TRLY J3/J4 Fuse # Blown. The fuse monitor requires thejumpers to be set and to drive a load, or it will not respondcorrectly

The relay terminal board may notexist, or the jumpers are not set andthere is no load, or the fuse is blown.

240/241 TBCI J3/J4 Excitation Voltage Not Valid, TBCIJ33/J3A/J44/J4A Contact Inputs Not Valid. The VCCCmonitors the excitation on all TBCI and DTCI boards, andthe contact input requires this voltage to operate properly

The contact input terminal board maynot exist, or the contact excitation maynot be on, or be unplugged, or theexcitation may be below the 125 Vlevel.

256-415 Logic Signal Voting Mismatch. The identified signal fromthis board disagrees with the voted value






VCRC Contact Input/Relay Output Board











GEI-100558

2 • VCRC Contact Input/ Relay Output Board GEI-100558

Section Page

Functional Description.............................................................................................................2DRLY Simplex Relay Output Terminal Boards .................................................................4Specifications............................................................................................................................5Installation .................................................................................................................................6I/O Board Alarms .....................................................................................................................8

Functional DescriptionThe VCRC board has the same functionality as the VCCC board but takes only oneVME slot and the daughterboard is not required. Two front panel connectors, J33and K44, accept the contract inputs from the TBCI boards. Relay outputs on TRLYuse the J3 and J$ ports on the VME rack. VCRC does not support the TICI contactvoltage sensing board. The firmware, configuration, and specifications are the sameas for the VCCC board.

P1

P2

37

37

VCRCsingle widthfront panel

J33

J44

JT1

JS1

JR1


JT1

JS1

JR1


TerminalBoards

JA1

JT1

JS1

TRLYrelay/soloutputs12 perboard

JA1

JT1

JS1

TRLYrelay/soloutputs12 perboard

VMEbackplanewiring

J3

J4

VCRC with Boards and Cabling to Contact Inputs and Relay Outputs

GEI-100558 VCRC Contact Input/ Relay Output Board • 3

TBCI Contact Input Terminal Board

Cable to VMErack R

Connectorson VMErack R


Shield bar

2468

1012141618202224

x

xxxxxxxxxxxx

13579

11131517192123

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

262830323436384042444648

x

xxxxxxxxxxxx

252729313335373941434547

xxxxxxxxxxxx

xx

x

JS1

JR1

JT1

Cable to VMErack S

Cable to VMErack T

JE2JE1

Cable from second TBCI

To relay output boards

12 contactinputs

12 contactinputs

VME bus to VCMI

x

x

RUNFAILSTAT

VCRC

J3

J4

VCRC VME Board

J33

J44

VCRC with Contact Input Board and Cabling


DRLY Simplex Relay Output Terminal BoardsThere are two versions of the DRLY terminal board, H1A and H1B. The H1A hashigher-powered relay contacts that H1B.

VCRC is a single-width boardand is preferred to the VCCC.

The DRLY board is a compact relay output terminal board designed for wallmounting (not DIN-rail mounting). The board has 12 output relays, each with oneform-C contact, and connects to the VCRC processor board with a single 73-pincable. The 37-pin cable is identical to those used on the larger TRLY terminal board.Two DRLY boards can be connected to the VCRC for a total of 24 contact outputs.Only a simplex version of this board is available. Solenoid source power is notincluded, and there is one set of dry contacts per relay, (there are two NO contacts inseries). The relay outputs meet NEMA Class B 300 V creepage and clearance.Unlike TRLY, there is no on-board suppression, and no relay state monitoring.

LED COIL

RelayDriver

P28V

JR1

DRLY Board

From J3 or J4on I/O rack,from VCRCboard

NC

COM

NO

Output 1of 12 drycontactoutputs

12 of the above circuitsID

1

2

SCOM

TB1

TB2

1

3

5

RD

P28 OK

Wall Mounted DRLY Board


SpecificationsThe following tables define the output ratings for the DRLY board. The H1A isdesigned for general purpose use and has ratings covering most applications,whereas the H1B relay is sealed and has smaller contacts for Class 1 Div. 2applications. An onboard ID chip identifies the board to the VCRC for systemdiagnostic purposes.

DRLYH1A Output

Application Conditions Output Specification

Environment 0 – 65 C ambient General purpose

General requirements Safety, electrical, environmental, packaging See GEH-6421D, Vol. I Mark VI SystemGuide Chapter 4, Codes and Standards

28 V dc Resistive loadInductive load without suppression

10 A2 A, L/R = 7 ms

125 V dc Resistive loadInductive load without suppressionInductive load, MOV suppression across load,2 contacts used in series on the same relay

0.5 A0.2 A, L/R = 7 ms0.65 A, L/R = 150 ms

120 V ac Resistive loadInductive load without suppressionMotor load

10 A2 A, 10 A inrush, PF = 0.41/3 Hp

240 V ac Resistive loadInductive load without suppressionMotor load

3 A2 A, 10 A inrush, PF = 0.41/2 Hp

Response Time OperateRelease

15 ms typical10 ms typical


DRLYH1B Output Specifications

Application Conditions Output Specification

Environment 0 – 65 C ambient Class 1, Div. 2

General requirements Safety, electrical, environmental, packaging See GEH-6421C, Vol. I Mark VI SystemGuide Chapter 4, Codes and Standards

28 V dc Resistive load 2 A

125 V dc Resistive load 0.5 A

120 V ac Resistive load 1 A

240 V ac Resistive load 0.5 A

Maximum switchingvoltage

Dc, resistive loadAc, resistive load

220 V dc250 V rms

Maximum operatingcurrent


2 A dc2 A rms

Maximum switchingcapacity


60 watts125 VA

Response time OperateRelease

3 ms typical2 ms typical

Installation

There is no shield terminationstrip with this design.

The DRLY board is supposrted on a metal plate, which can be wall mounted withfour screws. The 12 relay outputs are wired directly to the odd-numbered screws onthe terminal blocks. The high density Euro-Block type terminal blocks can beplugged into the numbered receptacles on the board. There are two separate screwson TB2 for the SCOM (chassis ground) connection, which should be as short adistance as possible.


123456789101112

131415161718192021222324

252627282930313233343536

373839404142434445464748

495051525354555657585960

616263646566676869707172

K1

K8

K2

K3

K4

K5

K6

K7

K9

K10

K11

K12

TB2SCOMOutput 1 (NC)

Output 1 (COM)

Output 1 (NO)

Output 2 (NC)

Output 2 (COM)

Output 2 (NO)

Output 3 (NC)

Output 3 (COM)

Output 3 (NO)

Output 4 (NC)

Output 4 (COM)

Output 4 (NO)

Output 5 (NC)

Output 5 (COM)

Output 5 (NO)

Output 6 (NC)

Output 6 (COM)

Output 6 (NO)

Output 7 (NC)

Output 7 (COM)

Output 7 (NO)

Output 8 (NC)

Output 8 (NO)

Output 8 (COM)

Output 9 (NC)

Output 9 (NO)

Output 9 (COM)

Output 10 (NC)

Output 10 (COM)

Output 10 (NO)

Output 11 (NC)

Output 11 (COM)

Output 11 (NO)

Output 12 (NC)

Output 12 (COM)

Output 12 (NO)

1 2

JR1

Cable from J3 or J4on I/O rack, fromVCRC board

LED relaystate indicator

TB1

DRLY Board

Mountingholes

37-pin "D" shellconnector


P28 OK LED

DRLY Wiring and Cabling



For I/O Board Alarms refer to GEI-100557.




VSVO Servo Board











GEI-100559

2 • VSVO Servo Board GEI-100559

Section PageFunctional Description.............................................................................................................2Installation .................................................................................................................................4Operation....................................................................................................................................5Specifications..........................................................................................................................10Diagnostics ..............................................................................................................................10Configuration ..........................................................................................................................11DSVO–Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Servo Terminal Board ............................................13Installation ..............................................................................................................................17I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................19

Functional DescriptionThe Servo Board (VSVO) controls four electrohydraulic servo valves that actuate thesteam/fuel valves. These four channels are divided between two TSVO terminalboards. Valve position is measured with linear variable differential transformers(LVDT). Three cables to VSVO use the J5 plug on the front on the board and theJ3/4 connectors on the VME rack. TSVO provides Simplex signals via the JR1connector, and fans out TMR signals to the JR, LS, and JT connectors. Plugs JD1 orJD2 are for external trip from the protection module.

GEI-100559 VSVO Servo Board • 3

VME bus to VCMI

TSVO Terminal Board


Cables to VMErack R


Cables to VMErack S

Cables to VMErack T

x

x

RUNFAILSTAT

VSVO

J3

J4

VSVO VME Board


Shieldbar

x

x

JS1

JS5

JR5

JT1

JT5

JR1

2468

1012141618202224

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

13579

11131517192123

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

262830323436384042444648

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

252729313335373941434547

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

From second TSVO

Externaltrip

JD2JD1

J5

Servo/LVDT Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling


InstallationSensors and servo valves are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mounted onthe terminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminalsaccepting up to #12 AWG shield termination strip attached to chassis ground islocated immediately to the left of each terminal block. External trip wiring isplugged into either JD1 or JD2. The screw connection and position choices for theservo current jumpers.

Servo/LVDT Terminal Board TSVOH1B



To connectorsJR5, JS5, JT5,JR1, JS1, JT1

LVDT 01 (H)LVDT 02 (H)LVDT 03 (H)

LVDT 01 (L)LVDT 02 (L)LVDT 03 (L)LVDT 04 (L)LVDT 05 (L)LVDT 06 (L)

Exc R1 (L)Exc R2 (L)Exc S (L)Exc T (L)

LVDT 06 (H)

Exc R1 (H)Exc R2 (H)Exc S (H)Exc T (H)

Servo 01 R (L)

Servo 01 T(L)

Pulse 01 (24R)

Servo 01 R (H)

Servo 01 T (H)

Pulse 01 (24V)

Servo 01 S (H)

Servo 01 SMX (H)

Pulse 01 (H)

2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

13579

11131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

JP1

JP2

JP3

JP4

JP5

JP6

JD1

JD2

External Trip

LVDT 04 (H)LVDT 05 (H)

Servo 01 S (L)

Servo 02 R (H)

Servo 02 T (H)

Servo 02 R (L)Servo 02 S (L)Servo 02 T (L)

Servo 02SMX(H)

Pulse 01 (L)Pulse 02 (24V)Pulse 02 (H)Pulse 02 (24R)

Pulse 02 (L)

12

1

2

GND

Servo 01 R

Servo 01 S

Servo 01 T

Servo 02 T

Servo 02 S

Servo 02 R

External Trip from 

GND

Jumper Choices:120B +/-120 ma (75 ohm coil)120A +/-120 ma (40 ohm coil)80 +/- 80 ma40 +/- 40 ma20 +/- 20 ma10 +/- 10 ma

Pulse 01 (TTL)Pulse 02 (TTL)

Servo 02 S (H)

Servo/ LVDT Terminal Board Wiring


Operation

Refer to the figures for inputsand outputs.

The servo board provides four channels consisting of bi-directional servo currentoutputs, LVDT position feedback, LVDT excitation and pulse rate flows inputs. TheTSVO provides excitation for, and accepts inputs from , up to six LVDT valveposition inputs. There is a choice of one, two three, or four LDTs for each servocontrol loop. If three inputs are used they are available for gas turbine flowmeasuring applications, and these signals come through TSVO and go directly to theVSVO board front at J5.

Each servo output is equipped with an individual suicide relay under firmwarecontrol that shorts the VSVO output signal to signal common when de-energized,and recovers to nominal limits after a manual reset command is issued. Diagnosticsmonitor the output status of each servo voltage, current and suicide relay.

J3

Capacity6 LVDT/R inputs on each of 2Terminationboards, and total of 2 active/passivemagnetic pickups.

3.2k Hz,7 V rmsexcitationsource

LVDT

Pulse rateinputsactive probes2 - 20 k Hz

or LVDR

Pulse rateinputs,magneticpickups2 - 20 k Hz

P24V1

(PR only availableon 1 of 2 TSVOs)

PRTTL

P24VR1

P24V2

PRMPU

P24VR2

P1TTL

<R> Control Module

Servo BoardVSVO

Controller

A/D Regulator


3.2KHz

J3

SuicideRelay

P28V

ConfigurableGain

PulseRate

Connectoron front ofVSVOboard

J5

To ServoOutputs

Excitation

Tosecond

TSVO

To TSVO

VoltageLimit

Servo driver

D/A

JR5

TerminationBoard TSVOH1B(Input portion)

Currentlimit

43

44

6 Ckts.

1

2

SCOM

41

42

39

(

Noise suppr.

CL4546

48

47(

40

JR1

P28VR

P28V

P1H

P1L

LVDT1H

LVDT1L

P2TTL

P2H

P2L

Digitalservoregulator

D/A converterA/D converter

LVDT and Pulse Rate Inputs, Simplex


The primary and emergencyoverspeed systems will tripthe hydraulic solenoidsindependent of this circuit.

Each of the servo output channels can drive either one or two-coil servos in Simplexapplications, or two or three-coil servos in TMR applications. The two-coil TMRapplications are for 200# oil gear systems where each of two control modules driveone coil each. And the third module has to servo interface. Servo cable lengths up to300 meters (984 feet) are supported with a maximum two-way cable resistance of 15ohms. Sine there are many types of servo coils, a variety of bi-directional currentsources are jumper selectable.

Another trip override relay K1 is provided on each terminal board which is drivenfrom the Protection Module. If an emergency overspeed condition is detected inthe Protection Module, the K1 relay will energize and disconnect the VSVO servooutput from the terminal block and apply a bias to drive the control valve closed.This is only used on Simplex applications to protect against the servo amplifierfailing high, and is functional only with respect to the servo coils driven from <R>.

Servo BoardVSVO

Controller

A/D


3.2KHz

ConfigurableGain

P28V

PulseRate

Connector onfront of VSVO

J5Excitation

VoltageLimit

Servo driver

Regulator

D/AFromLVDTTSVO

<R>

J3

P28VR

Coil current range10,20,40,80,120 ma

22 ohms89 ohms1k ohm

3.2KHz,7V rmsexcitationsourcefor LVDTs

JR1

Terminal BoardTSVOH1B (continued)

JP1

2 Ckts.

P28VR

JD2

JD1 Trip input from module (J1)

12

Servo coil from<R>

2 Ckts .

12

10204080120

120B

25

31

26

1 kohm

17

18

TosecondTSVO

K1

SCOM

SCOM

SuicideRelay

S1RH

S1SH

S1RL

ER1H

ER1L

NS

NS

Noisesuppr-ession


D/A converter

A/D converter

Servo Coil and LVDT Outputs, Simplex (continued) LVDT Outputs, Simplex(continued)

Only two pulse rate probes onone TSVO are used.

In TMR Applications, the LVDT signals on TSVO fan out to three racks throughJR1, JS1, and JT1. Thee connectors also bring power into TSVO where the threevoltages are diode high-selected and current limited to supply 24 V dc to the pulserate active probes.


JR5

TerminalBoard TSVOH1B

(Input Portion)

LVDT

Noisesuppression

P24V1

6 Ckts.

JS1

JT1

CL

JS5

JT5

P28V

1

2SCOM

Pulse rateinputsactive probes2 - 20 kHz

43

44

Pulse rateinputs,magneticpickups2 - 20 kHz

(PR only availableon 1 of 2 TSVOs)

41

42

39

(

P24VR1

CL4546

48

P24V2

P24VR2

47 (

40

P1TTL

Diode VoltageSelect

<R>

Servo BoardVSVO

Controller

A/D


3.2KHz

ConfigurableGain

P28V

PulseRate

Connector onfront of VSVOcard in <R>

J5excitation

VoltageLimit

Servo driver

To TSVO

<S><T>

J3

J3

Same for <S>

Same for <T>

J5 in <S>

J5 in <T>

To servooutputson TSVO

Regulator

D/A

JR1 J3

P28VR

P28VS

P28VT

3.2k Hz,7 V rmsexcitationsource

LVDT1H

LVDT1L

P1L

P2H

P2L

P2TTL

PRTTL

PRMPU

P1H


D/A converter

A/D converter

LVDT and Pulse Rate Inputs, TMR

For TMR systems, each servo channel has connections to three output coils with arange of current ratings up to 120 mA selected by jumper.


<R>

22 ohms89 ohms1k ohm

3.2KHz,7V rmsexcitationsourceFor LVDTs

Trip input from not used forTMR

Servo coil from <R>

Servo coil from <S>

3.2KHz,7V rmsexcitationsource

3.2KHz,7V rmsexcitationsourceFor LVDTs

Servo coil from <T>

Servo BoardVSVO

Controller

A/D


3.2KHz

J3

Suiciderelay

ConfigurableGain

PulseRate

Connector onfront of VSVO

card

J5excitation

VoltageLimit

Servo driver

FromTSVOLVDT

<T><S>

J3

J 3

Regulator

D/A

Servo current range10,20,40,80,120 ma

JR1

Terminal BoardTSVOH1B (continued)

JP1

2 Ckts

P28VR

JD2

JD112

JS1

JT1

2 Ckts.

12

10204080

120120B

1 Ckt.

2 Ckts.

10204080

120120BJP2

2 Ckts.

10204080

120120BJP3

1 Ckt.

25

31

26

27

28

29

30

17

18

21

22

23

24

P28VR

S1RH

S1RL

ER1H

ER1L

S1SH

S1SL

ESH

ESL

S1TL

S1TH

ETH

ETL

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

Noise suppression


A/D converter

Servo Coil Outputs and LVDT Excitation, TMR

Servo Coil Ratings


CoilType

NominalCurrent

Coil Resistance(Ohms)

Internal Resistance(Ohms)

Application

1 ± 10 mA 1,000 180 Simplex and TMR

2 ± 20 mA 125 442 Simplex

3 ± 40 mA 62 195 Simplex

4 ± 40 mA 89 195 TMR

5 ± 80 mA 22 115 TMR

6 ± 120 mA (A) 40 46 Simplex

7 ± 120 mA (B) 75 10 TMR

The total resistance would beequivalent to the standardsetting.

The following table defines the standard servo coil resistance and their associatedinternal resistance, selectable with the terminal board jumpers shown in the figureabove. In addition to these standard servo coils, it is possible to drive non-standardcoils by using a non-standard jumper setting. For example, an 80 mA, 125-ohm coilcould be driven by using a jumper setting 120B.

The excitation source isisolated from signal common(floating) and is capable ofoperation at common modevoltages up to 35 V dc, or 35V rms, 50/60 Hz.

Control valve position is sensed with either a four wire LVDT or a three-wire linearvariable differential reluctance (LVDR). Redundancy implementations for thefeedback devices is determined by the application software to allow the maximumflexibility. LVDT/Rs can be mounted up to 300 meters (984 feet) from the turbinecontrol with a maximum two-way cable resistance of 15 ohms.

Two LVDT/R excitation sources are located on each terminal board for Simplexapplications and another two for TMR applications. Excitation voltage is 7 V rmsand the frequency is 3.2 kHz with a total harmonic distortion of less than 1% whenloaded.

The software limit check isadjustable in the field.

A typical LVDT/R has an output of 0.7 V rms as the zero stroke position of the valvestem, and an output of 3.5 V rms at the designed maximum stoke position (someapplications have these reversed). The LVDT/R input is converted to dc andconditioned with a low pass filter. Diagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limitcheck on the input signal and a high/low system (software) limit check.

Two pulse rate inputs are cabled to a single J5 connector on the VSVO board front.This is a dedicated connection to minimize noise sensitivity on the pulse rate inputs.

Inputs support both passive magnetic pickups and active pulse rate transducers (TTLtype) interchangeably without configuration. Normally, these inputs are not used onsteam turbine applications, but are usually for liquid fuel flow measurement, andmonitoring flow divider feedback in gas turbine applications. Pulse rate inputs can belocated up to 300 meters (984) from the turbine control cabinet; this assumesshielded-pair cable is used with typically 70 nF single ended or 35 nF differentialcapacitance and 15 ohms resistance.

The maximum short circuitcurrent is approximately 100mA with a maximum poweroutput of 1 watt.

A frequency range of 2 to 30 kHz can be monitored at a normal sampling rate ofeither 10 or 20 ms. Magnetic pickups typically have an output resistance of 200ohms and an inductance of 85 mH excluding cable characteristics. The transducer isa high impedance source, generating energy levels insufficient to cause a spark.


SpecificationsSpecifications

Item Specification

Number of inputs (per TSVO) 6 LVDT windings2 pulse rate signals (total of 2 per VSVO)External trip signal

Number of outputs (per TSVO) 2 servo valves (total of 4 per VSVO board)4 excitation sources for LVDTs2 excitation sources for pulse rate transducers

Internal sample rate 200 Hz

Power supply voltage Nominal 24 V dc

LVDT accuracy 1 % with 14-bit resolution

LVDT input filter Low pass filter with 3 down breaks at 50 rad/sec ±15%

LVDT common mode rejection CMR is 1 V, 60 dB at 50/60 Hz

LVDT excitation output Frequency of 3.2 +/- 0.2 kHzVoltage of 7.00 +/- 0.14 V rms

Pulse rate accuracy 0.05% of reading with 16-bit resolution at 50 Hz frame rateNoise of acceleration measurement is less than ± 50Hz/sec for a 10,000 Hz signal being read at 10 ms

Pulse rate input Minimum signal for proper measurement at 2 Hz is 33mVpk, and at 12 kHz is 827 mVpk.

Magnetic PR pickup signal Generates 150 V p-p into 60 K ohms

Active PR Pickup Signal Generates 5 to 27 V p-p into 60 K ohms

Servo valve output accuracy 2% with 12-bit resolutionDither amplitude and frequency adjustable

Fault detection Suicide servo outputs initiated by:Servo current out of limits or not respondingRegulator feedback signal out of limits

DiagnosticsThree LEDs at the top of the VSVO front panel status information. The normal RUNcondition is a flashing green, and FAIL is solid red. The third LED is normally offbut displays a steady orange if an alarm condition exists on the board

Servo diagnostics cover items such as out of range LVDT voltage, servo suicide,servo current open circuit, and short circuit. If any one of the signals goes unhealthya composite diagnostic alarm, L#DIAG_VSVO occurs. If the associated regulatorhas two sensors, the bad sensor is removed from the feedback calculation and thegood sensor is used. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from thetoolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and reset with theRESET_DIA signal if they go healthy

Connectors Jr1, JS1, JT1 on the terminal board have their own ID device that isinterrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with theterminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location.


ConfigurationThe VSVO module is configured using the toolbox. This software usually runs on adata-highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. The following tabledefines the configuration choices and defaults. For details refer to GEH-6403,Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.

Typical VSVO Configuration


Configuration

System Limits Select system limits Enable, disable

Regulator 1 LVDT/R calibration Online LVDT calibration, yes/no

RegTypeAlgorithm used in the regulator Unused 1_PulseRate

2_PlsRateMAX 1_LVPosition2_LV_PosMIN 2_LV_PosMID2_LvpilotCyl 4_LVp/cylMAX4_LV_LM 2_LV_posMAX

RegGain Position loop gain in (%current/%position) −100 to 100

RegNullBiasNull bias in % current, balances servo spring force −100 to 100

DitherAmplDither in % current (minimizes hysteresis) Dither amp: 0 to 10

Monitor 1

Monitor type Monitor algorithm Unused1_Lvposition

2_LVposMIN2_LVposMAX

3_LVposMID1_LvposRatio

2_LVposRatio

J3:IS200TSVOH1A Terminal board 1 connected to VSVO through J3 Connected, not connected

Servo Output1 Measured output current in percent – Board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

Reg Number Identify regulator number Unused, Reg1, Reg2, Reg3, Reg4

Servo_MA_OutSelect current output for coil windings 10, 20, 40, 80, 120 mA

EnableCurSuicSelect Suicide function based on current Enable, disable

Curr_SuicidePercent current error to initiate suicide 0 to 100% (output current error)

EnablFbkSuicSelect Suicide function based on feedback Enable, disable

Fdbk_SuicidePercent position error to initiate suicide 0 to 100% (actuator position error)

Servo Output2 Measured output current in percent - Board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

J4:IS200TSVOH1A Terminal Board 2 connected to VSVO via J4 Connected, not connected

Servo Output3 Servo current output wired to valve - Board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

Servo Output4 Servo current output wired to valve - Board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

J5:IS00TSVOH1A Pulse Rate inputs cabled to J5 connector Connected, not connected


FlowRate1 Pulse rate input selected - Board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

PRType Select speed or flow type signal Unused, speed, or flow

PRScale Convert Hz to engineering units 0 to 1,000

SysLim1EnablSelect system limit Enable, disable

SysLim1LatchSelect whether alarm will latch Latch, not latch

SysLim1TypeSelect type of alarm initiation >= or <=

SysLimit Select alarm level in GPM or RPM 0 to 12,000

SystemLim2Same as above Same as above

TMR_DiffLimtDifference limit off voted pulse inputs (EU) 0 to 12,000

FlowRate2 Pulse rate input selected - Board point (as above) Point edit (input FLOAT)

Board Points Signals Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type

L3DIAG_VSVO1 Board diagnostic Input BIT



SysLim1PR1 Process alarm Input BIT




Reg1Suicide Reg1 suicide relay status Input BIT

: : Input BIT

Reg4Suicide Reg4 suicide relay status Input BIT

Reg1_PosAFlt Reg1, LM machine only, position A failure Input BIT

: : Input BIT

Reg4_PosAFlt Reg4, LM machine only, position A failure Input BIT

Reg1_PosBFlt Reg1, LM machine only, position B failure Input BIT

: : Input BIT

Reg4_PosBFlt Reg4, LM machine only, position B failure Input BIT

Reg1_PosDif1 Reg1, LM machine only, position Diff failure Input BIT

: : Input BIT

Reg4_PosDif1 Reg4, LM machine only, position diff failure Input BIT


: : Input BIT


RegCalMode Regulator under calibration Input BIT

Reg1_Fdbk Regulator 1 feedback Input FLOAT

: : Input FLOAT

Reg4_Fdbk Regulator 4 feedback Input FLOAT

PilotFdbk1 Pilot/Cyl Input FLOAT


: : Input FLOAT

PilotFdbk4 Pilot/Cyl Input FLOAT

Reg1_Error Null bias error Input Input FLOAT

: : Input FLOAT

Reg4_Error Null bias error Input Input FLOAT

Accel1 GPM/sec Input FLOAT

Accel2 GPM/sec Input FLOAT

Mon1 Position monitor Input FLOAT

: : Input FLOAT

Mon12 Position monitor Input FLOAT

CalibEnab1 Enable calibration reg 1 Output BIT

: : Output BIT

CalibEnab4 Enable calibration reg 4 Output BIT

SuicideForce1 Force suicide reg 1 Output BIT

: : Output BIT

SuicideForce4 Force suicide reg 4 Output BIT

PossDiffEnab1 Position difference enable reg 1, LM only Output BIT

: : Output BIT

PossDiffEnab4 Position difference enable reg 4, LM only Output BIT

Reg1_Ref Reg 1 position ref Output FLOAT

: : Output FLOAT

Reg4_Ref Reg 4 position ref Output FLOAT

Reg1-GainMod Reg 1 gain modifier Output FLOAT

: : Output FLOAT

Reg4-GainMod Reg 4 gain modifier Output FLOAT

Reg1_NullCor Reg 1 null bias correction Output FLOAT

: : Output FLOAT

Reg4_NullCor Reg 4 null bias correction Output FLOAT

Internal Variables Internal variables to service the auto-calibration display, not configurable

DSVO–Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Servo Terminal BoardThe DSVO board is a compact servo terminal board, designed for DIN_railmounting. This board has two servo outputs, I/O for six LVDT position sensors, andtwo active pulse rate inputs for flow measurement (refer to the diagrams). Servo coilcurrents ranging from 10 to 120 mA can be jumper selected. DSVO connects to theVSVO processor board with a 37-pin cable, which are identical to those used on thelarger TSVO board. The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail toconserve cabinet space. Two DSVO boards can be connected to the VSVO, ifrequired. Only the Simplex version of this board is available

The on-board functions and high frequency decoupling to ground are the same asthose on the TSVO. High density Euro-Block type terminal blocks are permanentlymounted to the board with six screws for the ground connection (SCOM). Each of


the two connectors, JR1 and J5, connect to signals from on-board ID chips whichidentify the board to the VSVO for system diagnostic purposes.

There are versions of the DSVO, H1B and H2B. The H1B is a direct replacement forthe previous H1A design. The H2B is certified by UL as Class 1 Division 2.

The differences between the H1B and H1B versions of DSVO are as follows:

Function H1B H2B

Class 1, Div. 2certification

No Yes

Servo valvesaccommodated

75, 40, 22, 62, 89, 125,1k ohms

1k ohms (10 mA)

LVDT excitation outputs Qty. = 2, 120 mA each Qty. = 4, 60 mA each

Excitation for pulse rateprobes

Qty. = 2, 24 V dc, 100mA each

No

Additional pulse rateinputs for TTL signals

No Qty. = 2

JR5

DSVOH1A

LVDTexcitation

Jumper position:120B is 75 ohm coil120A is 40 ohm coil

P28VT External tripK1

Servo valvecoil

17

21

18

JP1

10204080

120A120B

Servo valvecoil

19

22

20

JP2

10204080

120A120B

P28VR

P28VR

3.2 kHz excitation131415

16

JD2

JD112

1

2

SCOM

SCOM

SR1H

SS1H

SR1L

SR2H

SS2H

SR2L

SCOM

K1

3.2k Hz, 7 V rmsexcitation source

Pulse rateinputs -active probes2 - 20 kHz

23Current

Limit

24

25

26

NoiseSuppression

Pulse rateinputs -active probes2 - 20 kHz

27

28

29

30

1

2

3

4

JR1

P28V

CL

P28V

P28V

Total of sixLVDT inputcircuits

Cable to J3 connectorin I/O rack for VSVO board

Cable to front of VSVO board

ID

SCOM

SCOM

LVDTLVDT1H

LVDT1L

P1 24V

P1 24R

P1 H

P1 L

P2 24V

P2 24R

P2 H

P2 L

E1HE1L

E2H

E2L

NS

NS

Noisesuppression

DSVOH1A Board


JR1

S

S

Total of six LVDTinput circuits

Exc

LVDT

12

S

S

LV1H

LV2L

LV2H

LV1L

CLP28VR

S

S

S

P24V1

P24R1S

PR

CLP28VR

S

S

S

P24V2

P24R2 S

PR

PR1H

PR1L

PR2H

PR2L

RP28V

4

4

ExternalTrip

Servovalvecoils

ERL1

ERH1 13

14

39

40

4

3

2

1

24

23

27

26

25

30

29

28

JD1

JD2K1

P28VR

S SS1H

S SR1H

SR1L

1

17

21

ID

S18

JR5

4ERL2

ERH2

2

12

P28VR

K1

Servovalvecoils

S SS2H

S SR2H

SR2L

19

22

JP2

S20

P28VR

K1 10204080

120A120B

TTL1

TTL2

37

38

bv:06-04-01

15

16

41

42

S

(IS200DSVOH1B Replaces IS200DSVOH1A)

332Ω

332Ω

JPx (mA) Coil Res. 120 B 75 ohm 120 A 40 ohm 80 22 ohm 40 62 or 89 ohm 20 125 ohm 10 1000 ohm

170Ω

170Ω

432Ω185Ω105Ω36Ω

0Ω

JP1

10204080

120A120B

170Ω

170Ω

432Ω185Ω105Ω36Ω

0Ω

CHASSIS

SCOM31 3635343332

(SCREWS 37 & 38 ARE NC IN H1B)

PCOM

PCOM

S

(SCREWS 39-42 ARE NC IN H1B)

10Ω IN VSVO

10Ω IN VSVO

10Ω IN VSVO

10mA, 1K Coil

10mA, 1K Coil

PCOM

H2B is certified to UL-1604 Class 1 Div 2

LVD

T Ex

cita

tionERL3

ERH3

ERL4

ERH4

(SCREWS 23, 24,27,28 ARE NC IN H2B)

PCOM

Fromcontrol rack P28

PCOM

P28VR

H1B ONLY

10mA, 1K CoilH2B ONLY

H1B ONLY


CONN SHLD

CONN SHLD

ID

Fromcontrol rack

LVDT Input TB Locations: LVx H L . 1 1 2 2 3 4 3 5 6 4 7 8 5 9 10 6 11 12

Current limit

Mark VI Servo Valve Terminal Board IS200DSVOH1B, H2B

DSVOH1B, H2B Board (Part 1 of 2)


JR1

S

S

Total of six LVDTinput circuits

Exc

LVDT

12

S

S

LV1H

LV2L

LV2H

LV1L

CLP28VR

S

S

S

P24V1

P24R1S

PR

CLP28VR

S

S

S

P24V2

P24R2 S

PR

PR1H

PR1L

PR2H

PR2L

RP28V

4

4

ExternalTrip

Servovalvecoils

ERL1

ERH1 13

14

39

40

4

3

2

1

24

23

27

26

25

30

29

28

JD1

JD2K1

P28VR

S SS1H

S SR1H

SR1L

1

17

21

ID

S18

JR5

4ERL2

ERH2

2

12

P28VR

K1

Servovalvecoils

S SS2H

S SR2H

SR2L

19

22

JP2

S20

P28VR

K1 10204080

120A120B

TTL1

TTL2

37

38

bv:06-04-01

15

16

41

42

S

(IS200DSVOH1B Replaces IS200DSVOH1A)

332Ω

332Ω

JPx (mA) Coil Res. 120 B 75 ohm 120 A 40 ohm 80 22 ohm 40 62 or 89 ohm 20 125 ohm 10 1000 ohm

170Ω

170Ω

432Ω185Ω105Ω36Ω

0Ω

JP1

10204080

120A120B

170Ω

170Ω

432Ω185Ω105Ω36Ω

0Ω

CHASSIS

SCOM31 3635343332

(SCREWS 37 & 38 ARE NC IN H1B)

PCOM

PCOM

S

(SCREWS 39-42 ARE NC IN H1B)

10Ω IN VSVO

10Ω IN VSVO

10Ω IN VSVO

10mA, 1K Coil

10mA, 1K Coil

PCOM

H2B is certified to UL-1604 Class 1 Div 2

LVD

T Ex

cita

tionERL3

ERH3

ERL4

ERH4

(SCREWS 23, 24,27,28 ARE NC IN H2B)

PCOM

Fromcontrol rack P28

PCOM

P28VR

H1B ONLY


H1B ONLY


CONN SHLD

CONN SHLD

ID

Fromcontrol rack

LVDT Input TB Locations: LVx H L . 1 1 2 2 3 4 3 5 6 4 7 8 5 9 10 6 11 12

Current limit

Mark VI Servo Valve Terminal Board IS200DSVOH1B, H2B

DSVOH1B, H2B board (Part 2 of 2)



The DSVO board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. Theservo I/O are wired directly to the Euro-Block type terminal block as shown in thefollowing figures. This has 36 terminals (DSVOH1A) or 42 terminals (DSVOH1B,H2B); typically #18 AWG shielded twisted pair wiring is used. There are six screwsfor SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short as distance as possible.

LVDT 1 (High)135

11

79

1314 1517192123252729313335

2468

1012

1618202224262830

36

3234

Excitation 1 (High)

Pulse 1 (24V)

Chassis Ground

SCOM



DSVOH1A

DIN-rail mounting

Chassis GroundChassis Ground

Chassis Ground

Chassis Ground

LVDT 2 (High)LVDT 3 (High)


LVDT 6 (High)

LVDT2 (Low)LVDT1 (Low)



Excitation 2 (High)Excitat1(Low)Excitat2(Low) ServoR1 (High)

ServoR2 (High)ServoS1 (High)

ServoR1(Low)ServoR2(Low)

ServoS2(High)

Pulse 1 (High)Pulse 2 (24V)Pulse 2 (High)

Pulse1 (Low)Pulse 2(24R)Pulse2 (Low)

Pulse 1(24R)

JD2 JD1External tripcircuits

Chassis Ground

Screw Connections

JR1


Cable to J3connector in I/Orack for VSVOboard

JR5

Cable to J5 onfront of VSVOboard

JP1

JP2

120A

120B

Screw Connections

CoilCurrentJumpers

10204080120A

120B

10204080

DSVIH1A Wiring and Cabling


LVDT 1 (High)135

11

79

1314 1517192123252729313335

2468

1012

1618202224262830

36

3234

Excitation 1 (High)

Pulse 1 (24V)



DSVOH1B, H2B

DIN-rail mounting

Chassis Ground



LVDT 6 (High)




Excitation 2 (High)Excitat1(Low)Excitat2(Low) ServoR1 (High)

ServoR2 (High)ServoS1 (High)

ServoR1(Low)ServoR2(Low)

ServoS2(High)

Pulse 1 (High)Pulse 2 (24V)Pulse 2 (High)

Pulse1 (Low)Pulse 2(24R)Pulse2 (Low)

Pulse 1(24R)

JD2 JD1

External tripcircuits

Screw Connections

JR1

JR5

JP1 JP2

120A120B

Screw Connections

CoilCurrentJumpers

10204080

120A120B

10204080

373941

384042

Pulse1TTL (High)Excitation3 (High)Excitation4 (High)

Pulse2TTL (High)Excitation3 (Low)Excitation4 (Low)

H1B and H2B Connection DifferencesScrew # H1B H2B23, 24 N/C27, 28 N/C37, 38 N/C39, 40 N/C41, 42 N/C

N/C = Not Connected


Cable to J3connector in I/Orack for VSVOboard

Cable to J5 onfront of VSVOboard

Chassis GroundChassis Ground

Chassis GroundChassis GroundChassis Ground

DSVOH1B, H2B Wiring and Cabling





VSVO 2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error(board will not go online)















33-44 LVDT # RMS Voltage Out of Limits. Minimum andmaximum LVDT limits are configured

The LVDT may need recalibration.

45 Calibration Mode Enabled The VSVO was put into calibrationmode.

46 VSVO Board Not Online, Servos Suicided. The servo issuicided because the VSVO is not on-line

The controller (R, S, T) or IONet isdown, or there is a configurationproblem with the system preventingthe VCMI from bringing the board online.


47-51 Servo Current # Disagrees with Reference, Suicided.The servo current error (reference - feedback) is greaterthan the configured current suicide margin

A cable/wiring open circuit, or boardproblem.

52-56 Servo Current # Short Circuit. This is not currently used NA

57-61 Servo Current # Open Circuit. The servo voltage isgreater than 5V and the measured current is less than10%

A cable/wiring open circuit, or boardproblem.

62-66 Servo Position # Feedback Out of Range, Suicided.Regulator number # position feedback is out of range,causing the servo to suicide

LVDT or board problem

67-71 Configuration Message Error for Regulator Number #.There is a problem with the VSVO configuration and theservo will not operate properly

The LVDT minimum and maximumvoltages are equal or reversed, or aninvalid LVDT, regulator, or servonumber is specified.

72 Onboard Calibration Voltage Range Fault. The A/Dcalibration voltages read from the FPGA are out of limits,and the VSVO will use default values instead

A problem with the FieldProgrammable Gate Array (FPGA) onthe board

73-75 LVDT Excitation # Voltage out of range There is a problem with the LVDTexcitation source on the VSVO board.

77 Servo output assignment mismatch. Regulator types 8 &9 use two servo outputs each. They have to beconsecutive pairs, and they have to be configured as thesame range

Fix the regulator configurations.








VTUR Turbine Control Board










GEI-100560

2 • VTUR Turbine Control Board GEI-100560

Section PageFunctional Description.............................................................................................................2Installation .................................................................................................................................4Operation....................................................................................................................................6Features ......................................................................................................................................7Specifications............................................................................................................................8Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................9Automatic Synchronizing........................................................................................................9Configuration ..........................................................................................................................12TRPG Primary Trip Terminal Board...................................................................................15Installation ..............................................................................................................................16Operation.................................................................................................................................16Features ...................................................................................................................................18Diagnostics..............................................................................................................................18Configuration..........................................................................................................................19DTRT Trip Transition Board................................................................................................20Installation ..............................................................................................................................21DTUR Pulse Rate Terminal Board ......................................................................................22Installation ..............................................................................................................................23I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................24

Functional DescriptionThe turbine control board, VTUR controls three primary overspeed trip solenoidsand automatic synchronizing. It also interfaces to four passive pulse rate devices, andmonitors shaft voltage and current. The speed signal cable to VTUR uses the J5 plugon the front of the board, and the other signals use the J3 connector on the VMErack. Terminal board TTUR provides simplex signals through the JR connector, andfans out TMR signals to the JR, JS, and JT connectors. J4 on the VME rack connectsto the TRPG terminal board described in the Primary Trip section.

A two-slot version of this board (VTURH2) is available for driving six trip solenoidsusing two TRPG boards. VTURH2 only accepts eight flame detectors.

GEI-100560 VTUR Turbine Control Board • 3

VME bus to VCMI

TTURH1B Terminal Board


Cables to VMErack R


Cables to VMErack S

Cables to VMErack T

x

x

RUNFAILSTAT

VTUR

J3

J4

VTUR VME Board


Shieldbar

x

x

JS1

JS5

JR5

JT1

JT5

JR1

2468

1012141618202224

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

1357911131517192123

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

262830323436384042444648

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

252729313335373941434547

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

Cable to TRPG

J5

TB3

Wiring toTTL speedpickups

Turbine Control Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling


InstallationMagnetic pick ups, shaft pick ups, potential transformers, and breaker relays arewired to two I/O terminal blocks on TTUR. Each block is held down with twoscrews and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield terminationstrip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminalblock. Jumpers JP1 and JP2 select either SMX or TMR for relay drivers K25 andK25P. TB3 is for optional TTL connections to active speed pickups; these require anexternal power supply.

Turbine Terminal Board TTURH1B

To connectors JR5,JS5, JT5, JR1, JS1, JT1

52G (H)P125GENMAN

52G (L)AUTOBKRHN125GEN

Gen (L)Bus (L)ShaftV (L)ShaftC (L)

Gen (H)Bus (H)ShaftV (H)ShaftC (H)

MPU 1T (H)

2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

13579

11131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

25272931333537

41434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

BKRH

JP1K1

K3

K2

MPU 2T (H)MPU 3T (H)MPU 4T (H)MPU 1S (H)MPU 2S (H)MPU 3S (H)MPU 4S (H)MPU 1R (H)MPU 2R (H)MPU 3R (H)MPU 4R (H)

MPU 1T (L)MPU 2T (L)MPU 3T (L)MPU 4T (L)MPU 1S (L)

MPU 4S (L)

MPU 2S (L)MPU 3S (L)

MPU 1R (L)MPU 2R (L)

MPU 4R (L)MPU 3R (L)

TMR SMX

x

TB3

J8

JP2

TMR SMX

TB3 Screw Connections

TB1

TB2

TTL1T 01

TTL1S

TTL2T

TTL2S

TTL1RTTL2R

02

0304

0506

39x

x

01

TTUR Terminal Board

All three relays have twonormally open contacts inseries with the breaker closecoil.

In TMR applications all inputs fan to the three control racks. Control signals cominginto TTUR from R, S, and T are voted before they actuate permissive relays K25 andK25P. Relay K25A is controlled by the VPRO and TREG boards.


Terminal Board TTURH1B(input portion)

Gen. Volts120 Vacfrom PT

17

18

19

20

Bus Volts120 Vacfrom PT

Machine Case

175V

14V

21

22

23

24

#1 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU



33

34

25

26

ToTPRO

TripSignals toTRPG

To RackS

To Rack T

Shaft

JR1

Terminal Board TURH1B(continued)

28Vdc

02 01

52G a

Generator BreakerFeedback

Note 1: TTL option onlyavailable on first two circuits.of each group of 4 pickups*.

P125Gen

RDK25P

RD K25

K25A

Mon

Synch.Permissve

Auto Synch.

Synch. checkfrom VPRO

08 0507 04 03

23

23

JS1

JT1

N125Gen

Bkr Coil

52G b

AUTO

MA

N

BK

RH

J8

MPU1RH

MPU1RL

MPU1SL

MPU1SH

MPU1TL

MPU1TH

06

B52G

L

B52G

H

TMR

SMX

JP1

TMR

SMXJP2

<R>TurbineBoardVTUR J3

Connectors at bottom of

VME rack

J3

J5

J4

<S><T>

J3

J3

JR1

FilterClamp

ACCoupling

FilterClamp

ACCoupling

FilterClamp

ACCoupling

JR5

42

JS5

JT5

4 Circuits*

4 Circuits*

4 Circuits*

JS1

JT1

41

)

TTL1R

)

TTL1S

)

TTL1T

5 (TB3)

1 (TB3)

3 (TB3)

GENH

GENL

BUSH

BUSL

SVH

SVL

SCH

SCL

Note 2: An external normallyclosed auxiliary breakercontact must be provided inthe Breaker close coil circuitas indicated.

Note 3: Signal to K25Acomes from TREG/VPROthrough TRPG & VTUR.

f( )

PulseRate/Digital

MUX

A/D

AC&DCshafttest

NoiseSuppression

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

Turbine Control Inputs, Synchronizing, and Primary Trip Interface, TMR


OperationPulse rate to digital circuitsare on the VTUR board.VTUR alarms high voltagesand tests the integrity andcontinuity of the circuitry.

In the simplex application, up to four pulse rate signals may be used to measureturbine speed. Generator and bus voltages are brought into VTUR for automaticsynchronizing in conjunction with the turbine controller and excitation system.TTUR has permissive generator synchronizing relays and controls the main breakerrelay coil 52G. Shaft voltage is picked up with brushes and monitored along with thecurrent to the machine case.

Note 2: An external normallyclosed auxiliary breakercontact must be provided inthe breaker close coil circuitas indicated.Note 3: Signal to K25Acomes from TREG/VPROthrough TRPG & VTUR.

Gen.volts120 V acfrom PT

Busvolts120 Vacfrom PT

Machine case

175V

14V

41

ToTPRO

#1 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU 42


45

46


47

48

Shaft

TripsignalstoTRPG

Note 1: TTL optiononlyavailable on first twoSpeedpickups.

JR1

Terminal Board TTURH1B (continued)

28Vdc

K25P

02 01

52G

a

TMRSMX

JP1

GeneratorBreakerfeedback

P125Gen

RD

RD K25

K25A

Mon

Synch. Perm.

Auto Synch

Synch. checkfrom VPRO

08 0506,7 04 03

TMR

SMX JP2

N125Gen

Breaker coil

52G b

AUT

MAN

BKR

Mon

Mon

J8

MPU1RH

MPU1RL

<R> ControlRack

TurbineBoardVTUR

J3

Connectorsat bottom ofVME rack

J3

J5

J4

Terminal BoardTTURH1B (inputportion) JR1

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

FilterClamp

ACCoupling

JR5

FilterClampACCoupling

FilterClamp

ACCoupling

ID

ID

)TTL1_R

GENH

GENL

BUSL

BUSH

SVH

SVL

SCH

SCL

5 (TB3)

6 (TB3)


43

44

MPU2RH

MPU2RL

)TTL2_R

FilterClamp

ACCoupling

PulseRate/Digital

MUX

A/D

Ac&Dcshafttest

Noisesuppression

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

Turbine Control Inputs, Synchronizing, and Primary Trip Interface, Simplex


FeaturesThe median speed signal isused for speed control and forthe primary overspeed tripsignal.

An interface is provided for four passive, magnetic speed inputs with a frequencyrange of 2 − 20,000 Hz. Using passive pickups on a 60-tooth wheel, circuitsensitivity allows detection of 2 rpm turning gear speed to determine if the turbine isstopped (zero speed). If automatic turning gear engagement is provided in theturbine control, this signal initiates turning gear operation.

The primary overspeed trip calculations are performed in the controller usingalgorithms similar to (but not the same as) those shown in the section on the VPROProtection Module. The fast trip option used on gas turbines runs in VTUR and isdescribed below.

A metal oxide varister (MOV)and a current limiting resistorare used in each circuit.

The normal primary overspeed trip is calculated in the controller and passed to theVTUR and then to the TRPG terminal board. TRPG contains magnetic relays forinterface with the electrical trip devices (ETDs). TRPG works in conjunction withthe TREG board to form the Primary and Emergency sides of the interface to theETDs. Usually this applies to turbines which do not have a mechanical overspeedbolt and require a separate emergency overspeed (EOS) system. Three ETDs can bedriven from each TRPG/TREG combination with the positive side of each solenoidconnected to the TREG and the negative side connected to the TRPG.

Two different versions of the TRPG are available, with version 1 used for tripleredundant (TMR) systems and version 2 used for Simplex systems. The onlydifference is that the TMR version has three voting relays per ETD circuit and theSimplex version has one relay per circuit. The VTUR board monitors the currentflowing in its relay driver control line to determine its energize or de-energizevote/status of the relay coil. A normally closed contact from each relay on the TRPGboard is monitored by the diagnostics to determine its proper operation.

Bearings can be damaged by the flow of electrical current from the shaft to the case.This current can occur for several reasons.

• A static voltage can be caused by droplets of water being thrown off the laststage buckets in a steam turbine. This voltage will build up until a dischargeoccurs through the bearing oil film.

• An ac ripple on the dc generator field can produce an ac voltage on the shaftwith respect to ground through the capacitance of the field winding andinsulation. Note that both of these sources are weak, so high impedanceinstrumentation is used to measure these voltages with respect to ground.

• A voltage may be generated between the ends of the generator shaft due to dis-symmetries in the generator magnetic circuits. If the insulated bearings on thegenerator shaft break down, the current will flow from one end of the shaftthrough the bearings and frame to the other end. Brushes can be used todischarge damaging voltage buildup, and a shunt should be used to monitor thecurrent flow.

The turbine control continuously monitors the shaft to ground voltage and current,and alarms excessive levels. There is an ac test mode and a dc test mode. The ac testapplies an ac voltage to test the integrity of the measuring circuit.

The dc test checks the continuity of the external circuit, including the brushes,turbine shaft, and the interconnecting wire.

Note The dc test is driven from the <R> controller only. If the <R> controller isdown, this test cannot be run successfully.


SpecificationsVTUR Board Specifications

Item Specification

Number of inputs TTUR: 12 passive speed pickups1 shaft voltage and 1 shaft current measurement1 generator and 1 bus voltageGenerator breaker status contact

VTUR: 4 passive speed pickups1 shaft voltage and 1 current measurement1 generator and 1 bus voltageGenerator breaker status8 flame detectors from first TRPG

Number of outputs TTUR: Generator breaker coil, 5A at 125 V dcVTUR: Automatic synchronizing

Primary trip solenoid interface, 3 outputs to TRPGAdditional 3 trip outputs from second TRPG using VTURH2

Trip solenoids (TRPG) Solenoids draw up to 1 A at 125 V dc and have a time constant of L/R = 0.1 sec.

Power supply voltage TTUR: Nominal 125 V dc to breaker coil

MPU pulse rate range 2 Hz to 20 kHz

MPU pulse rate accuracy 0.05% of reading

MPU input circuit sensitivity 27 mV pk (detects 2 rpm speed)

Shaft voltage monitor Signal is frequency of ± 5 V dc (0 – 1 MHz) pulses from 0 to 2,000 Hz

Shaft voltage wiring Up to 300 m (984 ft), with maximum two-way cable resistance of 15 ohms

Shaft voltage dc test Applies a 5 V dc source to test integrity of the external turbine circuit andmeasures dc current flow. Circuit computes a differential resistance between 0and 150 ohms within ± 5 ohms and compares against shunt limit and brush limit.Readings above 50 ohms indicate a fault.Return signal is filtered to provide 40 dB of noise attenuation at 60 Hz.

Shaft voltage ac test Applies a test voltage of 1 kHz to the input of the VTUR shaft voltage circuit (Rmodule only). Shaft voltage monitor circuit on R, S, and T displays an offset of1000 Hz from normal reading.

Shaft current input Measures shaft current in amps ac (shunt voltage up to 0.1 V pp)

Generator and bus voltagesensors

Two single phase potential transformers, with secondary output supplying anominal 115 V rmsEach input has less than 3 VA of loading.Allowable voltage range for synch is 75 to 130 V rms.Each PT input is magnetically isolated with a 1,500 V rms barrier.Cable length can be up to 1,000 ft. of 18 AWG wiring.

Synchronizingmeasurements

Frequency accuracy 0.05% over 45 to 66 Hz range.Zero crossing of the inputs is monitored on the rising slope.Phase difference measurement is better than ± 1 degree.

Generator breaker circuits(synchronizing)

External circuits should have a voltage range within 20 to 140 V dc. The externalcircuit must include a NC breaker auxiliary contact to interrupt the current.Circuits are rated for NEMA class E creepage and clearance.250 V dc applications require interposing relays.

Contact voltage sensing 20 V dc indicates high and 6 V dc indicates low.Each circuit is optically isolated and filtered for 4 ms.


DiagnosticsDiagnostic information includes feedback from the solenoid relay driver and contact,high flame detector voltage, slow synch check relay, slow auto synch relay, andlocked up K25 relay. If any one of the signals goes unhealthy, a compositediagnostic alarm L3DIAG_VTUR occurs. The diagnostic signals can be individuallylatched and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.

Terminal board connectors JR1, JS1, JT1, JR5, JS5, JT5 have their own ID devicewhich is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded withthe terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and plug location.

Automatic SynchronizingAll synchronizing connections are located on the TTUR terminal board. Thegenerator and bus voltages are supplied by two, single phase, potential transformers(PTs) with a fused secondary output supplying a nominal 115 V rms. Measurementaccuracy between the zero crossing for the bus and generator voltage circuits is 1degree.

Turbine speed is matched against the bus frequency, and the generator and busvoltages are matched by adjusting the generator field excitation voltage fromcommands sent between the turbine controller and the EX2000 over the Unit DataHighway (UDH). A command is given to close the breaker when all permissives aresatisfied, and the breaker is predicted to close within the calculated phase/slipwindow. Feedback of the actual breaker closing time is provided by a 52G/a contactfrom the generator breaker (not an auxiliary relay) to update the data base. Aninternal K25A synch check relay is provided on the TTUR; the independent backupphase/slip calculation for this relay is performed in the Protection Module.Diagnostics monitor the relay coil and contact closures to determine if the relayproperly energizes or de-energizes upon command.

Synchronizing ModesThere are three basic synchronizing modes. Traditionally, these modes are selectedfrom a generator panel mounted selector switch:

• Off The breaker will not be closed by the Mark VI control. The check relay willnot pickup.

• Manual The operator initiates breaker close, which is still subject to the K25ASynch Check contacts driven by VPRO. The manual close is initiated from anexternal contact on the generator panel, normally connected in series with aSynch Mode in Manual contact.

• Auto The system will automatically match voltage and speed, and then closethe breaker at the right time to hit top dead center on the synchroscope. All threeof the following functions must agree for this closure to occur:

K25A synch check relay, checks the allowable slip/phase window, fromVPRO.

K25 auto synch relay, provides precision synchronization, fromVTUR.

K25P synch sequence permissive, checks the turbine sequence status, fromVTUR.

Details of the various checks are discussed in the following sections.


Synch CheckThe K25A synch check function is based on phase lock loop techniques. Thecalculations for this function are done in the VPRO, but interfaces to the Breakerclose circuit on the TTUR board. It performs limit checks against adjustableconstants as follows:

• Generator undervoltage

• Bus undervoltage

• Voltage error

• Frequency error (slip), with a maximum value of 0.33 Hz, typically set to0.27 Hz

• Phase error with a maximum value of 30 degrees, typically set to 10 degrees

In addition, synch check arms logic to enable the function and provides bypass logicfor deadbus closure. The synch window is based on typical settings:

SLIP

PHASEDegrees+10-10

+0.27 Hz

-0.27 HzTypical Synch Window

Auto SynchThe Auto Synch K25 function uses zero voltage crossing techniques. It compensatesfor the breaker time delay, which is defined by two adjustable constants with logicselection between the two (for two breaker applications). The calculations, which aredone on the VTUR board, include phase, slip, acceleration, and anticipated time leadfor the breaker delay. Based on the measured breaker close time, the time delayparameter is adjusted, up to certain limits.

In addition, auto synch arms logic to enable the function and bypasses logic toprovide for deadbus or manual closure. The auto synch projected synch window iswhere positive slip indicates the generator frequency is higher than the busfrequency.

SLIP

10

0.3 Hz

Gen. Lag Gen. Lead (phase degrees)

0.12 Hz

0

Auto Synch Projected Window


The projected window is based on current phase, current slip, and currentacceleration. The generator must currently be lagging and have been lagging for thelast 10 consecutive cycles, and projected (anticipated) to be leading when the breakeractually reaches closure. Auto synch will not allow the breaker to close with negativeslip; speed matching typically aims at around +0.12 Hz slip.

Synchronization DisplayA special synchronization screen is available on the HMI with a real-time graphicalphase display and control pushbuttons. The display items are listed in the followingtable.

Synchronizing Display Items

Synch Display Description

Dynamic parameters Voltages: Generator, bus, differenceFrequencies: Generator, bus, slip (difference)Phase: Difference angle, degrees

Status indication Mode: Synch OFF, MANUAL, AUTOSynch monitor: OFF, ONDead bus breaker: Open/closeSecond breaker if applicable: Open/closeSynch permissive: K25PAuto synch enabledSpeed adjust: Raise/lowerVoltage adjust: Raise/lower

Synch permissives Generator voltage: OK/not OKBus voltage: OK/not OKGenerator frequency: OK/not OKBus frequency: OK/not OKDifference volts: OK/not OKDifference frequency: OK/not OKPhase:K25 OK/not OK

K25A OK/not OK

Limit constants Upper and lower limits for the above permissives

Breaker performance Diagnostics: Slow check relaySynch relay lockupBreaker #1 close time out of limitsBreaker #2 close time out of limitsRelay K25P troubleBreaker closing voltage (125 V dc) missing

Control pushbuttons Synch monitor: ON, OFFSpeed adjust: RAISE, LOWERVoltage adjust: RAISE, LOWER


ConfigurationThe following table defines the configuration choices and defaults. For details referto GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI TurbineController.Typical VTUR Configuration


Configuration

VTUR system limits Select system limits Enable, disable

SMredundancy Select Simplex or TMR system Simplex or TMR

AccelCalType Select acceleration calculation type Slow, medium, fast

FastTripType Select Fast Trip algorithm Unused, PR_Single, PR_Max

J3J5:IS200TTURH1A TTUR connected to VTUR through J3 and J5 Connected, not connected

PulseRate1 Pulse rate input 1 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

PRType Select Speed or Flow type input Unused, speed, flow,Speed_LM

PRScale Select pulses per revolution 0 to 1,000

SysLim1EnableSelect system limit 1 Enable, disable

SysLim1Latch Select whether alarm will latch Latch, not latch

SysLim1Type Select type of alarm initiation >= or <=

SysLimit1 Select alarm level in GPM or RPM 0 to 20,000

SysLim2EnableSelect system limit 2 (as above) Enable, disable

TMRDiffLimit Difference limit for voted PR inputs EU 0 to 20,000

ShVoltMon Shaft voltage monitor - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

SysLim1EnableSelect System Limit 1 Enable, disable



SysLimit1 Select alarm level in frequency 0 to 100

SysLim2EnableSelect system limit 2 (as above) Enable, disable

ShCurrMon Shaft current monitor - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

ShuntOhms Shunt resistance 0 to 100

Shunt limit Shunt maximum ohms 0 to 100

Brush limit Shaft brush maximum ohms 0 to 100




SysLimit1 Select alarm level in amps 0 to 100



GenPT_KVolts Generator potential transfomer - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

PT_Input PT input in kVrms for PT output 0 to 1,000

PT_Output PT output in Vrms, nominal 115 V rms 0 to 150

SysLim1 Select alarm level in kVrms 0 to 1,000

SysLim2 Select alarm level in kVrms 0 to 1,000

BusPT_Kvolts Bus potential transformer - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

Ckt_Bkr Circuit breaker - board point Point edit (input BIT)

System Frequency Select frequency in Hz 50 or 60

CB1CloseTimeBreaker 1 closing time, ms 0 to 1,000

CB1 AdaptLimit Breaker 1 self adaptive limit, ms 0 to 1,000

CB1 AdaptEnabl Select breaker 1 self adaptive limit Enable, disable

CB1FreqDiff Breaker 1 special window frequency difference, Hz 0 to 10

CB1PhaseDiff Breaker 1 special window phase difference, degrees 0 to 30

CB2CloseTimeBreaker 2 closing time, ms (as above) 0 to 1,000

J4:IS200TRPGH1A TRPG terminal board, 8 flame detectors Connected, not connected

Board Points Signals Description – Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type

L3DIAG_VTUR1 Board diagnostic Input BIT



ShShntTst_OK Shaft voltage monitor shunt test OK Input BIT

ShBrshTst_OK Shaft voltage brush test OK Input BIT

CB_Volts_OK L3BKR_VLT circuit breaker coil voltage available Input BIT

CB_K25P_PU L3BKR_PERM sync permissive relay picked up Input BIT

CB_K25_PU L3KBR_GES auto sync relay picked up Input BIT

CB_K25A_PU L3KBR_GEX sync check relay picked up Input BIT

Gen_Sync_LO Generator sync trouble (lockout) Input BIT

L25_Command -------- Input BIT

Kq1_Status -------- Input BIT

: : Input BIT

Kq6_Status -------- Input BIT

FD1_Flame -------- Input BIT

: : Input BIT

FD16_Flame -------- Input BIT

SysLim1PR1 -------- Input BIT

: : Input BIT

SysLim1PR4 -------- Input BIT


SysLim1SHV Ac shaft voltage frequency high L30TSVH Input BIT

SysLim1SHC Ac shaft current high L30TSCH Input BIT

SysLim1GEN -------- Input BIT

SysLim1BUS -------- Input BIT

SysLim2PR1 (same set as for Limit1 above) Input BIT

GenFreq Hz frequency Input FLOAT

BusFreq Hz frequency Input FLOAT

GenVoltsDiff KiloVolts rms-Gen Low is negative Input FLOAT

Gen Freq Diff Slip Hz-Gen Slow is negative Input FLOAT

Gen Phase Diff Phase Degrees-Gen Lag is negative Input FLOAT

CB1CloseTime Breaker #1 close time in milliseconds Input FLOAT

CB2CloseTime Breaker #2 close time in milliseconds Input FLOAT

Accel1 RPM/SEC Input FLOAT

: : Input FLOAT

Accel4 RPM/SEC Input FLOAT

FlmDetPwr1 335 V dc Input FLOAT

ShTestAC L97SHAFT_AC SVM_AC_TEST Output BIT

ShTestDC L97SHAFT_DC SVM_DC_TEST Output BIT

FD1_Level 1 = high detection counts level Output BIT

: : Output BIT

FD16_Level 1 = high detection counts level Output BIT

Sync_Perm_AS L83AS - auto sync permissive Output BIT

Sync_Perm L25P - sequencing sync permissive Output BIT

Sync_Monitor L83S_MTR - monitor mode Output BIT

Sync_Bypass1 L25_BYP-1 = auto aync bypass Output BIT

Sync_Bypass0 L25_BYPZ-0 = auto sync permissive Output BIT

CB2_Selected L43SAUT2 - 2nd breaker selected Output BIT

AS_Win_Sel L43AS_WIN - special window selected Output BIT

Sync_Reset L86MR_SYNC - sync trouble reset Output BIT

Kq1 L20PTR1 - primary trip relay Output BIT

: : Output BIT

Kq6 L20PTR6 - primary trip relay Output BIT


TRPG Primary Trip Terminal BoardThe TRPG terminal board contains nine magnetic relays to interface with three tripsolenoids, known as the Electrical Trip Devices (ETD). The TRPG works inconjunction with the TREG to form the Primary and Emergency sides of theinterface to the ETDs. The H1A version for TMR applications has three votingrelays per trip solenoid. The H2A version for simplex applications has one relay pertrip solenoid. TRPG also accommodates eight Geiger Mueller flame detectors.

An optional double-width VTURH2A board can be cabled to a second TRPG boardfor interface to three additional ETDs, but no additional flame detectors.

VME bus to VCMI

TRPGH1A Terminal Board


Cable to VME rack R


Cables to VMErack S

Cables to VMErack T

x

x

RUNFAILSTAT

VTUR

J3

J4

VTUR VME Board

Shield bar

x

x

JS1

JT1

JR1

Cable to TTUR

J5

24681012141618202224

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

1357911131517192123

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

262830323436384042444648

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

252729313335373941434547

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

J2J4J5J3

J1

Cable to TTURCable toTREG

335 V fromrack powersuppliesR, S, T

ETD powerfrom PDM

(speed signals)

TRPG Terminal Board, I/O Board and Cabling


InstallationThe three trip solenoids are wired directly to the first I/O terminal block and theflame detectors (if used) to the second terminal block. Power to the flame detectors iswired to J3, J4, and J5.

Turbine Primary Trip Terminal Board TRPG



To connectorsJR1, JS1, JT1

125 Vdc (P)

Flame 1 (L)

Flame 3 (L)

Flame 5 (L)

Flame 7 (L)Flame 8 (L)

Flame 1 (H)

Flame 3 (H)

Flame 5 (H)

Flame 7 (H)

Flame 2 (H)

Flame 4 (H)

Flame 6 (H)

Flame 8 (H)

2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

13579

11131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

J1

J2

J4

J5

J3

Cable to TREG

335 V dc

125 V dc

125 Vdc (P)125 Vdc (P)

125 Vdc (N)125 Vdc (N)

Trip Solenoid 1 or 4Trip Solenoid 2 or 5Trip Solenoid 3 or 6

Flame 2 (L)

Flame 4 (L)

Flame 6 (L)335 V dc

335 V dc

To connectorsJR1, JS1, JT1

TRPG Terminal Board Wiring

OperationVTUR provides the primary trip function by controlling the relays on TRPG, whichtrip the main protection solenoids. In TMR applications, the three inputs are voted inhardware using a relay ladder logic two-out-of-three voting circuit. Relay coilcurrents, contact status, and supply voltages are monitored for diagnostic purposes.


J2

J2

Terminal BoardTRPGH1A (TMR), H2A (Simplex)

JR1

RD KR1

KR2

KR3

RD

RD

JS1RD KS1

KS2

KS3

RD

RD

JT1RD KT1

KT2

KT3

RD

RD

KR1 KS1

KS1

KT1 KR1

<PDM> 125 VdcJ1

-+

TerminalBoard TREG

<R>VTUR

J4

<S>VTUR

J4

<T>VTUR

J4

28 Vdc

28 Vdc

28 Vdc

TripSolenoid

1 or 4

01 03 05 09 10

KT1

02

KR2 KS2

KS2

KT2 KR2

KT2

KR3 KS3

KS3

KT3 KR3

KT3

TripSolenoid

2 or 504

TripSolenoid

3 or 606

KE101

J2 J2

0403

KE205

J2

0807

KE309

J2

1211

- +

- +

- +

These relays in TMR systems

KT1,2,3

KS1,2,3

KR1,2,3

Mon

Mon

Mon

Mon

Mon

Mon

NS

NS

Voltage Supplyand Monitor



Supply 8detectors

Eight flamedetector circuits

8 signals toJR1,JS1,JT1 J3

J4

J5

3 monitorsignals to

JR1 ,JS1,JT1 335 Vdc from R rack

335 Vdc from S rack

335 Vdc from T rack

J2 J2-+

0610

02

SolenoidPower Monitor

To JR1,JS1, JT1

"PTR 2/5"

"PTR 3/6"

"PTR 1/4"

N125 Vdc

Optionaleconomizingresistor

Monitoring outputs

33

34

IDID

ID

ID

N125P125

FLAME1H

FLAME1L

335 V dc

TRPG and Trip Solenoids


FeaturesVTUR controls the main breaker through TTUR and three trip solenoids throughTRPG. With a second TRPG, six trip solenoids can be controlled. In addition, VTURhandles shaft speed, generator voltage, and bus voltage inputs from TTUR, plus upto eight flame detector inputs from one TRPG board.

Control Of Trip Solenoids

In Simplex systems, TRPGH2is used. This board has onerelay per ETD circuit insteadof three and is controlled byonly one VTUR board.

Both TRPG and TREG control the trip solenoids so that either one can removepower and close the steam or fuel valves. TRPG holds nine relays in three votinggroups of three, one group for each trip solenoid. Voltage for the relay coils issupplied from the R, S, and T rack backplane. The trip solenoids are supplied withpower through plug J1. A metal oxide varistor (MOV) for current suppression is onTREG, and an optional economizing current limiting resistor can be wired to theTREG terminals.

Flame DetectorsUp to eight flame detectors can be used for gas turbine applications. The detectorsare supplied with 335 V dc, 0.5 mA through plugs J3, J4, and J5.

Voltage pulses above 2.5 voltsgenerate a logic high, and thepulse rate over a 40 ms timeperiod is measured in acounter.

With no flame present, the detector charges up to the supply voltage, but presence ofthe flame causes the detector to charge to a level and then discharge through theTRPG board. As the flame intensity increases the discharge frequency increases.When the detector discharges, VTUR and TRPG convert the discharged energy intoa voltage pulse. The pulse rate varies from 0 to 1,000 pulses/sec. These voltagepulses are fanned out to all three modules.TRPG Specification

Item Specification

Trip solenoids 3 solenoids per TRPG (total of 6 per VTUR)

Solenoid rated voltage/current 125 V dc standard with up to 1 A draw24 V dc is alternate with up to 1 A draw

Solenoid response time L/R time constant is 0.1 sec

Current suppression Metal oxide varister (MOV) on TREG

Current economizer Terminals for optional 10 ohm, 70 watt economizingresistor

Control relay coil voltage supply Relays supplied with 28 V dc from R, S, and T racks

Flame detectors 8 detectors per TRPG (total of 8 per VTUR)

Detector supply voltage/current 335 V dc with 0.5 mA per detector

DiagnosticsThe ID device is a read-onlychip coded with the terminalboard serial number, boardtype, revision number, and theplug location

Descriptions of the TRPG diagnostics are listed under VTUR. The diagnosticsinclude feedback from the trip solenoid relay driver and contact, solenoid power bus,and the flame detector excitation voltage too low or too high.

Connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 on the terminal board have their own ID device,which is interrogated by the I/O board.


ConfigurationLike all I/O boards, the TRPG board is configured using the toolbox. This softwareusually runs on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. Thefollowing table defines the configuration choices. For details refer to GEH-6403,Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.

Typical TRPG Configuration


Configuration

J4:IS200TRPGH1A First TRPG terminal board Connected, not connected

FlameInd1 Intensity (Hz), flame detector number 1 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

FlmDetTimeFlame detector time interval 0.04, 0.08, 0.16 sec

FlameLimitHIFlame threshold limit HI (HI detection cnts means LOWsensitivity)

0 to 160

FlameLimitLOWFlame threshold limit LO (LOW detection cnts means HIsensitivity)

0 to 160

Flame_Det Flame detector selected Used, unused

FlameIndN Flame detectors 2 through 8 as above - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

Kq1_Status Primary trip relay status, first of 3 PTRs - board point Point edit (input BIT)

Kq1 Primary trip relay, first of three PTR - board point Point edit (output BIT)

PTR_OutputPrimary trip relay - used/unused Used, unused

J4A:IS200TRPGH1A Second TRPG board for expanded VTUR, with threemore trip solenoid outputs, and flame detectors 9through 16 (not used)

Connected, not connected

Board Points Signals Description – Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type

FlameInd1 Intensity (Hz) Input FLOAT

: Intensity (Hz) Input FLOAT

FlameInd8 Intensity (Hz) Input FLOAT


DTRT Trip Transition BoardOnly the simplex version ofthis board is available.

The DTRT board is a DIN-rail mounted trip transition board that interfaces theVTUR board with the DRLY board. DTRT allows up to six trip functions on theVTUR to interface with DRLY, instead of the normal TRPG board. Two VTURboards can be connected to the DTRT to control a total of six relays on DRLY.DTRT transfers board identification from the ID chip on DRLY to VTUR fordiagnostic purposes. DTRT has its own ID chip connnected to J2.

DTRT must be used in all applications where trips from VTUR to DRLY arerequired. DTRT cannot be eliminated if the application requires only one VTUR.Three 37-pin D connectors for the three cables are provided. A high density Euro-Block type terminal block is permanently mounted to the board with three screwconnections for the ground connection (SCOM).

VME bus to VCMI

x

x

RUNFAILSTAT

VTUR

J3

J4

J5

x

x

RUNFAILSTAT

VTUR

J3

J4

J5

VTUR Boards

Three relay circuits

Three relay circuits

To DRLY board

(Six relay circuits)

DTRT Board

J1

J2

ID

J3

To first DTUR board

To second DTUR board

To first DTUR board

To second DTUR board

DTRT Board



The DTRT board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. Thethree cables connecting VTUR and DRLY plug into the 37-pin D type connector.The first three DRLY circuits are driven by the VTUR connected to J1, and thesecond three DRLY circuits are driven by the VTUR connected to J2. Three screwsare provided on terminal block TB1 for the SCOM (ground) connection, whichshould be as short a distance as possible.

DTRT must be used in all applications where trips from VTUR to DRLYs arerequired. DTRT is still required if the application only requires one VTUR.

J1 J2 J3

To DRLY board(Six relay circuits)

TB1

DTRT

123

SCOM

DIN-railmounting

Cable from first VTUR board

Cable from second VTUR board

Plastic mounting holder

Chassis GroundChassis GroundChassis Ground

DTRT Wiring and Cabling


DTUR Pulse Rate Terminal BoardOnly the simplex version isavailable.

The DTUR board is a compact pulse-rate terminal board, designed for DIN-railmounting. The board accepts four passive pulse-rate transducers (magnetic pickups)for speed and flow measurement. It connects to the VTUR processor board with a37-pin cable and a 15-pin cable. These cables are identical to those used on thelarger TTUR terminal board. DTUR boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-railto conserve cabinet space. VTUR only accommodates one DTUR board.

DTUR has onboard pulse rate signal conditioning identical to that on the TTUR.High density Euro-Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the boardwith two screws for the ground connection (SCOM). Two on-board ID chips identifythe connectors and board to VTUR for system diagnostic purposes.

<R> Control Rack

VTUR

J3

Connectorsat bottom ofVME rack

J5

J4

f( )Pr/DMUXA/D

FilterClamp

AcCoupling

JR5

1

#1 MagneticSpeed Pickup

FilterClamp

AcCoupling

NS


2

3

4

FilterClamp

AcCoupling


5

6

FilterClamp

AcCoupling


7

8

JR1

Circuitterminals

DTUR Board

SCOM

SCOM

SCOM

SCOM

ID

ID

MPU1H

MPU1L

MPU2H

MPU2L

MPU3H

MPU3L

MPU4H

MPU4L

Noisesuppresion

NS

NS

NS

DTUR Board



The DTUR board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. Themagnetic pickups are wired directly to the terminal block which has 36 terminals.Typically #18 AWG shielded twisted pair wiring is used. There are two screws forthe SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible.

JR1


MPU 1 (High)135

11

79

1314 1517192123252729313335

2468

1012

1618202224262830

36

3234 Chassis ground

Cable to J3connector in I/Orack for VTURboard Euro-Block type

terminal block


JR5

SCOM

MPU 2 (High)MPU 3 (High)MPU 4 (High)

MPU 2 (Low)MPU 1 (Low)

MPU 4 (Low)MPU 3 (Low)

DIN-rail mounting

Cable to J5 onfront of VTURboard

DTUR

Chassis ground


MPU meansmagnetic pick up

DTUR Wiring and Cabling





VTUR 2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error(board will not go online)















32-37 Solenoid # Relay Driver Feedback Incorrect. Solenoid (1-6) relay driver feedback is incorrect as compared to thecommand; VTUR cannot drive the relay correctly until thehardware failure is corrected

The solenoid relay driver on theTRPG/L/S board has failed, or thecabling between VTUR and TRPG/L/Sis incorrect.

38-43 Solenoid # Contact Feedback Incorrect. Solenoid (1-6)relay contact feedback is incorrect as compared to thecommand; VTUR cannot drive the relay correctly until thehardware failure is corrected

The solenoid relay driver or thesolenoid relay on the TRPG/L/S boardhas failed, or the cabling betweenVTUR and TRPG/L/S is incorrect.


44-45 TRPG # Solenoid Power Absent. P125/24 V dc power isnot present on TRPG terminal board; VTUR cannotenergize trip solenoids 1 through 3, or 4 through 6 untilpower is present

Power may not be coming intoTRPG/L/S on the J1 connector, or themonitoring circuit on TRPG/L/S is bad,or the cabling between TRPG/L/S andVTUR is at fault.

46,48 TRPG # Flame Detector Volts Low at Y Volts. TRPG 1 or2 flame detect voltage is low; the ability to detect flame bydetectors 1 through 8, or 9 through 16 is questionable

Power comes into TRPG via J3, J4,and J5. If the voltage is less than314.9 V dc, this should beinvestigated. If the voltage is abovethis value, the monitoring circuitry onTRPG or the cabling between TRPGand VTUR is suspect.

47,49 TRPG # Flame Detector Volts High at Y Volts. TRPG 1 or2 flame detect voltage is high; the ability to detect flameby detectors 1 through 8, or 9 through 16 is questionablebecause the excitation voltage is too high and the devicesmay be damaged

This power comes into TRPG via J3,J4, and J5. If the voltage is greaterthan 355.1 V dc, this should beinvestigated. If the voltage is belowthis value, the monitoring circuitry onTRPG or the cabling between TRPGand VTUR is suspect.

50 L3BKRGXS – Synch Check Relay is Slow. The autosynchronization algorithm has detected that duringsynchronization with no dead bus closure (synch bypasswas false) the auto synch relay I3BKRGES closed beforesynch relay I3BKRGEX closed

The synch check relay I3BKRGXS,known as K25A, on TTUR is suspect;also the cabling between VTUR andTTUR may be at fault.

51 L3BKRGES – Auto Synch Relay is Slow. The autosynchronization algorithm has detected that the autosynch relay I3BKRGES had not closed by two cycle timesafter the command I25 was given

The Auto synch relay I3BKRGES alsoknown as K25, on TTUR is suspect;also the cabling between VTUR andTTUR may be at fault.

52-53 Breaker # Slower than Adjustment Limit Allows.Breaker 1 or 2 close time was measured to be slowerthan the auto synch algorithms adaptive close timeadjustment limit allows

The breaker is experiencing aproblem, or the operator shouldconsider changing the configuration(both nominal close time and self-adaptive limit in ms can beconfigured).

54 Synchronization Trouble - K25 Relay Locked Up. Theauto synchronization algorithm has determined that theauto synch relay I3BKRGES, also known as K25, islocked up. Auto synch will not be possible until the relay isreplaced

K25 on TTUR is most likely stuckclosed, or the contacts are welded.

55 Card and Configuration File Incompatibility. You areattempting to install a VTUR board that is not compatiblewith the VTUR TRE file you have installed

Install the correct TRE file from thefactory

56 Term Board on J5X and Config File Incompatibility.VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected toit through J5 is different than the board that is configured

Check your configuration.

57 Term Board on J3 and Config File Incompatibility.VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected toit through J3 is different than the board that is configured


58 Term Board on J4 and Config File Incompatibility.VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected toit through J4 is different than the board that is configured


59 Term Board on J4A and Config File Incompatibility.VTUR detects that the terminal board that is connected toit through J4A is different than the board that is configured



60 Term. Board TTUR and card VTUR Incompatibility.VTUR detects that the TTUR connected to it is anincompatible hardware revision

The TTUR or VTUR must be changedto a compatible combination.

61 TRPL or TRPS Solenoid Power Bus "A" Absent Cabling problem or solenoid powersource

62 TRPL or TRPS Solenoid Power Bus "B" Absent Cabling problem or solenoid powersource

63 TRPL or TRPS Solenoid Power Bus "C" Absent Cabling problem or solenoid powersource

64-66 TRPL/S J4 Solenoid # Voltage mismatch. The voltagefeedback disagrees with the PTR or ETR feedback

PTR or ETR relays, or defectivefeedback circuitry

128-223 Logic Signal # Voting mismatch. The identified signalfrom this board disagrees with the voted value







VVIB Vibration/Position Board










GEI-100561

2 • VVIB Vibration/Position Board GEI-100561

Section PageFunctional Description.............................................................................................................2Installation .................................................................................................................................5Operation....................................................................................................................................6Features ......................................................................................................................................6Specifications............................................................................................................................7Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................8DVIB Vibration Terminal Board .........................................................................................11Installation ...............................................................................................................................13I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................14

Functional DescriptionIf desired a Bently Nevada3500 monitoring system canbe cabled into the terminalboard to permanently monitorturbine vibration.

The Mark VI system uses Bently Nevada probes for shaft vibration monitoring. Upto 14 probes connect directly to the TVIB terminal board, two of which can becabled to the VVIB board. The signals are processed by the VVIB board, and thedigitized displacement and velocity signals are sent over the VME bus to thecontroller. Also the type 2 terminal board (H2A) has BNC connectors allowingportable vibration data gathering equipment to be plugged in for predictivemaintenance purposes.

GEI-100561 VVIB Vibration/Position Board • 3

VME bus to VCMI

TVIB Terminal Board


Cable to VMErack R


Cable torack S

Cable torack T

x

x

RUNFAILSTAT

VVIB

J3

J4

VVIB VME Board

x

x

JS1

JB1

JC1

JT1JA1

JR1

Cable from second TVIB

Shield bar

24681012141618202224

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

13579

11131517192123

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

262830323436384042444648

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

252729313335373941434547

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

JD1

Plugs for Portable Bently-Nevada data gathering &monitoring equipment

Vibrationsignals

Vibrationsignals

Cables to fixed Bently-Nevada 3500 VibrationMonitoring System

P1P2

P3P4P5P6

P7P8P9P10

P11121314

.......

...

.......

.......

.......

.......

.......

.......

.......

Vibration Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling


Terminal Board TVIBH2A

PROX

N28V

V

S

1

2

3

S

S

S

CL

<S><T>

N28VR

PCOM

3mAJP1A

s

N24V1

PR01H

PR01LN28V

N28V

Vibration BoardVVIB

JR1

JS1

JT1

<R><S>

<T>

Vib. or pos.prox. (P), orseismic (S),or accel (A),or velomiter(V)

Eight of theabove ccts.

JA1

JB1

JC1

JD1

BufferAmplifiers

BufferAmplifiers

BufferAmplifiers

P,A

V

S

P,V,A

NegativeVolt Ref

JP1B

S

S

S

CL

N28V

PCOM

N24V9

PR09H

PR09L

PROX

25

26

27

S

S

S

CL

N28V

PROX

N24V13

PR13H

PR13L

37

38

39

PCOM

28 V dc

Amp A/D

Same as<S>

Same as<T>

TMRApplications

Samplingtype A/Dconverter(16 bit)

Tocontroller

Four cables to BentlyNevada 3500 system

Positionprox

Reference orkeyphasorprox.

Four of theabove ccts.

One of the above ccts for Mark VI(Two of the above ccts for B/N

interface)

P1-P8

P9-P12

P13-P14

BNCConnectors

DB25

DB25

DB25

DB9

J3

J3

J3

J4

J4

J4

ID

ID

ID

CurrentLimit

TVIB Board, Vibration Probes, and Bently Nevada Interface


InstallationThere are no permanent cableconnections to BNCs P1through P14.

Fourteen vibration probes are wired to the two terminal blocks, three wires perprobe. Jumpers JP1 through JP8 select the type of the first eight probes. Use ofconnectors JA1, JB1, JC1, and JD1 for a Bently Nevada system is optional.

Vibration TerminalBoard TVIBH2A

N24V012468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

13579

11131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

PR01 (L)

PR03 (L)

PR02 (L)PR03 (H)

PR04 (H)PR04 (L)PR05 (H)

PR05 (L)PR06 (H)PR06 (L)

Connectors JR1, JS1, JT1, to VME racks

Connectors JA1,JB1, JC1, JD1 to optionalBentley Nevada 3500 system

P1P2

P3P4P5P6

P7P8P9P10

P11P12P13P14

JP1BJP1AJP2BJP2AJP3BJP3AJP4BJP4AJP5BJP5AJP6BJP6AJP7BJP7AJP8BJP8A

N24V02

N24V03

N24V04

N24V05

N24V06

N24V07N24V08

N24V09

N24V10

N24V11

N24V12

N24V13

N24V14

PR01 (H)

PR02 (H)

PR07 (H)

PR08 (H)

PR09 (H)

PR10 (H)

PR11 (H)

PR12 (H)

PR13 (H)

PR14 (H)

PR07 (L)

PR08 (L)

PR09 (L)

PR10 (L)

PR11 (L)

PR12 (L)

PR13 (L)

PR14 (L)

Probeselectionjumpers

BNCconnectorsfor portabledatagatheringequipment

S P,V,A

VS

P,AJumperpositions

P1 is PR01P2 is PR02and so on.P14 is forBently Nevada

Jumper JPXA:S = SeismicV = VelomitorP = ProximitorA = Accelerometer

Jumper JPXB:S = SeismicV = VelomitorP = ProximitorA = Accelerometer

JPxB B/N buffer:JPxA sensor input:

Connector Pin AssignmentsCkt Sensor Conn Comm Sign Shld01 Vib 1 JA1 2 3 402 Vib 2 JA1 6 7 803 Vib 3 JA1 10 11 1204 Vib 4 JA1 24 23 2205 Vib 5 JB1 2 3 406 Vib 6 JB1 6 7 807 Vib 7 JB1 10 11 1208 Vib 8 JB1 24 23 2209 Pos 1 JC1 2 3 410 Pos 2 JC1 6 7 811 Pos 3 JC1 10 11 1212 Pos 4 JC1 24 23 2213 Ref probeJD1 3 1 214 B/N only JD1 9 5 4

Vibrationprobes

Positionprobes

Referenceprobe

Bently Nevadaprobe

Px, BNCConnector

P1P2P3P4P5P6P7P8P9

P10 P11 P12 P13P14

Terminal Board TVIB Wiring


OperationTVIB supports Proximitor, Seismic, Accelerometer, and Velomitor probes of thetype supplied by Bently Nevada. Power for the vibration probes comes from theVVIB boards, in either Simplex or TMR mode. The probe signals return to VVIBwhere they are A/D converted and sent over the VME bus to the controller.Vibration, eccentricity, and axial position alarms and trip logic are generated in thecontroller.

A –28 V dc source is supplied to the terminal board from the VME board forProximitor power. In TMR systems, a diode high-select circuit selects the highest–28 V dc bus for redundancy. Regulators provide individual excitation sources, –23to –26 V dc, short circuit protected. Probe inputs are sampled at high speed overdiscrete time periods. The maximum and minimum values are accumulated, thedifference is taken (max-min) for vibration, and the results are filtered. The resultingpeak to peak voltage is scaled to yield mils (peak to peak) displacement, or velocity.

Features

Vibration FunctionsVibration probe inputs are normally used for four protective functions in turbineapplications as follows:

Vibration: Proximity probes monitor the peak-to-peak radial displacement of theshaft (the shaft motion in the journal bearing) in two radial directions. This systemuses non-contacting probes and proximitors, and results in alarm, trip, and faultdetection.

Rotor Axial Position: A probe is mounted in a bracket assembly off the thrustbearing casing to observe the motion of the thrust collar on the turbine rotor. Thissystem uses non-contacting probes and Proximitors, and results in thrust bearingwear alarm, trip, and fault detection.

Differential Expansion: This application uses non-contacting probe(s) andproximitor(s) and results in alarm, trip, and fault detection for excessive expansiondifferential between the rotor and the turbine casing.

Rotor Eccentricity: A probe is mounted adjacent to the shaft to continuously sensethe surface and update the turbine control. The calculation of eccentricity is madeonce per revolution while the turbine is on turning gear. Alarm and fault indicationsare provided.

ProbesThe eight vibration inputs on each terminal board can be applied as eitherproximitor, accelerometer, seismic (velocity), or velomitor inputs. Jumpers on theterminal board are used to assign a specific vibration sensor type to each input pointwith the seismic type assigned to point (S), the velomitor type assigned to point (V),and the proximitor and accelerometer types sharing point (P/A). A proximitor reads ashaft keyway to generate a once per revolution keyPhasor input for phase anglereference.


SpecificationsVIB Specifications

Item Specification

Number of Channels TVIB: 13 probes: 8 vibration, 4 position, 1 keyPhasorVVIB: 26 probes with two TVIB boards

Vibration Measurement Range Accuracy FrequencyProximity Displacement 0 to 4.5 V pp ±0 .030 V pp

5 to 200 HzDisplacement 0 to 4.5 V pp ±0 .150 V pp200 to 500 Hz

Seismic Velocity 0 to 2.25 V p Max [2% reading, ±0.008 Vp] 5 to 200 Hz

Velocity 0 to 2.25 V p Max [5% reading, ±0.008 Vp] 200 to 500 Hz

Velomitor Velocity 0 to 2.25 V p Max [2% reading, ±0.008 Vp] 5 to 200 HzVelocity 0 to 2.25 V p Max [5% reading, ±0.008 Vp] 200 to 500 Hz

Accelerometer Velocity (track filter) 0 to 2.25 V p ±0 .015 Vp10 to 233 Hz

Position Position −.5 to −20 V dc ±0.2 V dc Air gap (average)

Phase Degrees 0 to 360 degrees ±2 degrees Up to 14,000 rpm

(1X vibration component with respect to key slot)

Probe power –24 V dc from the –28 V dc bus; each probe supply is current limited12 mA load per transducer

Probe signal sampling 16-bit A/D converter with 14-bit resolution on the VVIBSampling rate is 4,600 samples per second in fast scan mode (4,000 to 17,500 rpm)Sampling rate is 2,586 samples per second for nine or more probes (less than 4,000

rpm)All inputs are simultaneously sampled in time windows of 160 ms

Rated RPM If greater than 4,000 rpm, can use eight vibration channels, (others can be prox/position)If less than 4,000 rpm, can use 16 vibration channels, and other probes

Buffered outputs Amplitude accuracy is 0.1% for signal to Bently Nevada 3500 vibration analysis system


DiagnosticsDiagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limit check on the input signal and ahigh/low system (software) limit check. The software limit check is adjustable in thefield.

A probe fault, alarm, or trip condition will occur if either of an X or Y probe pairexceeds its limits. In addition, the application software will inhibit a vibration trip(the ac component) if a probe fault is detected based on the dc component.

Position inputs for thrust wear protection, differential expansion, and eccentricity aremonitored similar to the vibration inputs except only the dc component is used for aposition indication. A 16-bit sampling type A/D converter is used with 14-bitresolution and overall circuit accuracy of 1% of full scale.

Vibration Monitoring and Analysis

Mark VI provides vibrationprotection and displays thebasic vibration parameters.

Each input is actively isolated and the signals made available through four plugs fordirect cabling to a Bently Nevada 3500 monitor. This configuration provides themaximum reliability by having a direct interface from the proximitors to the turbinecontrol for trip protection and still retain the real-time data access to the BentlyNevada system for static and dynamic vibration monitoring. Note that the Mark VIdisplays the total vibration, the 1X vibration component and the 1X vibration phaseangle, but it is not intended as a vibration analysis system.

Fourteen BNC connectors on TVIB provide buffered signals available to portabledata gathering equipment for predictive maintenance purposes. Buffered outputshave unity gain, 10 K ohm internal impedance, and can drive loads up to 1500 ohConfiguration.


VVIB Configuration


Configuration

System limits Enable system limits Enable, disable

Vib_PP_Fltr First order filter time constant (sec) 0.01 to 2

LMVib1A Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_A, input #1 - boardpoint

Point edit (input FLOAT)

SysLim1EnableEnable system limit 1 fault check Enable, disable

SysLim1LatchLatch system limit 1 fault Latch, not latch

SysLim1Typesystem limit 1 check type >= or <=

SysLimit1 System Limit 1 - Vibration in mils (Prox) or Inch/sec(seismic, accel)

−100 to +100

SysLim2EnableEnable system limit 2 (same configuration as above) Enable, disable

TMR_DiffLimtDifference limit for voted TMR inputs in volts or mils −100 to +100

LMVib1B Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_B, #1 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

LMVib1C Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_C, #1 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

LMVib2A Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_A, #2 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)



LMVib3A Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_A, #3 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)



J3:IS200TVIBH1A Vibration terminal board, first of two Connected, not connected

GAP1_VIB1 Average air gap (for Prox) or dc volts (for others) -board point


VIB_Type Type of vibration probe Unused, PosProx, VibProx,VibProx-KPH1, VibProx-KPH2,VibLMAccel, VibVelomitor,KeyPhasor

VIB_Scale Volts/mil or volts/ips 0 to 2

ScaleOff Scale offset for prox position only, in mils 0 to 90

SysLim1EnableEnable system limit 1 Enable, disable

SysLim1LatchLatch the alarm Latch, not latch

SysLim1TypeSystem limit 1 check type >= or <=

SysLimit1 System limit 1 – GAP in negative volts (for vel) orpositive mils (prox)

−100 to +100


SysLim2EnablEnable system limit 2 (same configuration as above) Enable, disable

TMR_DiffLimtDifference limit for voted TMR inputs in volts or mils −100 to +100

Vib1 Vibration, displacement (pk-pk) or velocity (pk) - boardpoint


SysLim1EnableSystem limits configured as above Enable, disable

GAP2_VIB2 Second vibration probe of 8 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)



GAP9_POS1 First position probe of 4 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

GAP13_KPH1 KeyPhasor probe air gap - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

J4:IS200TVIBH1A Second vibration terminal board Connected, not connected

GAP14_VIB9 First Vibration Probe of 8 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)



GAP22_POS5 First position probe of 4 - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

GAP26_KPH2 KeyPhasor probe air gap - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

Board Points Signals Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type

L3DIAG_VVIB1 Board diagnostic Input BIT



SysLim1GAP1 Gap signal limit Input BIT

: : Input BIT



: : Input BIT


SysLim1VIB1 Vibration signal limit Input BIT

: : Input BIT


SysLim1ACC1 Acceleration signal limit Input BIT

: : Input BIT



: : Input BIT



: : Input BIT


RPM_KPH1 Speed RPM, of KP #1 Input FLOAT


RPM_KPH2 Speed RPM, of KP #2 Input FLOAT

Vib1X1 Vibration, 1X component only, displacement Input FLOAT

: : Input FLOAT

Vib1X16 Vibration, 1X component only, displacement Input FLOAT

Vib1XPH1 Angle of 1X component to KP Input FLOAT

: : Input FLOAT

Vib1XPH16 Angle of 1X component to KP Input FLOAT

LM_RPM_A -------- Output FLOAT

LM_RPM_B -------- Output FLOAT

LM_RPM_C -------- Output FLOAT

DVIB Vibration Terminal BoardOnly the simplex version isavailable.

The DVIB board is a compact vibration terminal board, designed for DIN-railmounting. (Designed to meet UL 1604 specification for operation in a 65 °C class 1,division 2 environment.) The board accepts eight vibration, four position, and onekeyphasor input. It connects to the VVIB processor board with a 37-pin cable.These cables are identical to those used on the larger TVIB terminal board. VVIBaccommodates two DVIB boards.

High-frequency decoupling to ground on all signals is the same as on TVIB. Highdensity Euro-Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board withtwo screws for the ground connection (SCOM). An on-board ID chip identifies theboard to VVIB for system diagnostic purposes.


DVIB Board

PROX

N28V

V

S

1

2

3

SS

S

CL

N28VR

PCOM

3mA

JP1AS

N24V1

PR01H

PR01L

JR1

Vib. or pos.prox. (P), orseismic (S),or accel (A),or velomiter(V)

Eight of theabove circuits

P,A

V

S

S

S

CL

N28V

PCOM

N24V9

PR09H

PR09L

PROX

25

26

27

S

S

S

CL

N28V

PROX

N24V13

PR13H

PR13L

37

38

39

PCOM

PositionProx

Reference orpeyPhasorprox.

Four of theabove circuits

IDCurrent

limit

Vibration BoardVVIB

<R>

28Vdc

Amp A/D

Samplingtype A/Dconverter(16-bit)

Tocontroller

J4

J3

P28V

DVIB Board


InstallationThere is no shield terminalstrip with this design.

The DVIB board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. Thevibration probes are wired directly to the terminal block which has 42 terminals.Typically #18 AWG shielded twisted triplet wiring is used. There are two screws forthe SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible.

PR05 (L)

JR1

DIN Vibration Terminal BoardDVIB

N24V01PR01 (L)

135

11

79

1314 15171921232527293133

373941

35

42

2468

1012

1618202224262830

36

3234

3840

PR02 (H)N24V03PR03 (L)PR04 (H)IN24V05

PR06 (H)N24V07PR07 (L)PR08 (H)N24V09PR09 (L)PR10 (H)N24V11PR11 (L)PR12 (H)

PR01 (H)N24V02PR02 (L)PR03 (H)N24V04PR04 (L)PR05 (H)N24V06PR06 (L)PR07 (H)N24V08PR08 (L)PR09 (H)N24V10PR10 (L)PR11 (H)N24V12PR12 (L)

Screw Connections

DIN-rail mounting



SCOM

Screw Connections

37-pin "D" shellconnector with latchingfasteners

Cable to J3connector in I/Orack for the VVIBboard

N24V13

SCOMSCOM

PR13 (H) PR13 (L)

JP1AV P

JP5AV P

JP2AV P

JP3AV P

JP4AV P

JP6AV P

JP7AV P

JP8AV P

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

Vib1-8

Pos1-4

Refprobe

DVIB Wiring and Cabling





VVIB 2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error(board will not go online)










24 Firmware/Hardware Incompatibility Invalid terminal board connected toVME I/O board.





32 VVIB A/D Converter 1 Calibration Outside of Spec.VVIB monitors the Calibration Levels on the 2 A/D. If anyone of the calibration voltages is not within 1% of itsexpected value, this alarm is set

The hardware failed (if so replace theboard) or there is a voltage supplyproblem

33 VVIB A/D Converter 2 Calibration Outside of Spec.VVIB monitors the Calibration Levels on the 2 A/D. If anyone of the calibration voltages is not within 1% of itsexpected value, this alarm is set

The hardware failed (if so replace theboard) or there is a voltage supplyproblem


65-77/81-93

TVIB J3/J4 Analog Input # out of limits. VVIB monitors theSignal Levels from the 2 A/D. If any one of the voltages isabove the max value, this diagnostic is set

The TVIB board(s) may not exist butthe sensor is specified as used, or thesensor may be bad, or the wire fell off,or the device is miswired.









VGEN Generator Board










GEI-100562

2 • VGEN Generator Board GEI-100562

Section PageFunctional Description.............................................................................................................2Installation .................................................................................................................................3Operation....................................................................................................................................4Specifications............................................................................................................................6Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................7Configuration ............................................................................................................................7I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................10

Functional DescriptionThe generator board VGEN and its terminal board TGEN monitor the generatorthree-phase voltage and currents, and calculate three-phase power and power factor.For large steam turbine applications, VGEN provides the power load unbalance(PLU) and early valve actuation (EVA) functions, using fast acting solenoids locatedon the TRLY terminal board.

VME bus to VCMI

TGEN Terminal Board


Cable to VMErack R


Cable to VMErack S

Cable to VMErack T

x

x

RUNFAILSTAT

VGEN

J3

J4

VGEN VME Board

x

x

JS1

JT1

JR1

Cable to optional TRLY,for fast acting solenoids

Shield bar

2468

1012141618202224

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

13579

11131517192123

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

Currentinputs &gen PTsignals

Gen CTsignals

TB1

TB2

TB3

TB4

GEI-100562 VGEN Generator Board • 3

Generator Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling

InstallationThe analog current and PT inputs are wired to terminal block 1. The CTs are wired tospecial terminal blocks TB2 , 3, and 4, which cannot be unplugged. This protectsagainst an open CT circuit. Jumpers J1A, B set the desired input current or voltageon analog inputs 1 through 4.

Generator Terminal Board TGEN

Terminal block 1 can beunplugged from terminalboard for maintenance. TB2,TB3, TB4 are not pluggable.

RET (2)

20 mA (1)RET (1) VDC (1)

2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

1357911131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

VDC (2)P24V (2)20mA (2)

P24V (3)20mA (3)VDC (3)

20mA (4) P24V (4)VDC (4)PCOMGenAGenCBusB

RET (4)PCOMGenBBusABusC

TB2

TB3

TB4

JP1A

JP2A

JP3A

JP4A JP4B

JP3B

JP2B

JP1B

20ma VDC RET OPEN

P24V (1)

RET (3)

1234

1234

1234

CurAH1CurAH2CurAL1CurAL2

CurBH1CurBH2CurBL1CurBL2

CurCH1CurCH2CurCL1CurCL2

TB1

Analog Input Jumpers

Test points

JT1

JS1

JR1

Terminal Board TGEN and Wiring


OperationVGEN monitors two, 3-phase potential transformer (PT) inputs, and three, one-phasecurrent transformer (CT) inputs. On TGEN there are four analog inputs which can beconfigured for 4-20 mA or ±5, ±10 V dc.

Test Points on the generator and bus voltages and currents are for checking the phaseof the input signals. Signal conversion and calculations of power, power factor andfrequency take place on the VGEN board.

Note TGEN may be used with on VGEN board (simplex) or three VGEN boards(TMR).


Terminal Board TGEN

Current Limit

Noisesuppression.

250 ohms

Vdc

20 ma

JP1A+24 Vdc

+/-5,10 Vdc

4-20 ma

Return

4 circuits per terminal board

19

20

21

A

B

C

Generator3-phasevolts(115 Vac)

TP-GA

TP-GB

TP-GC

22

23

24

A

B

C

Bus3-phasevolts(115 Vac)

TP-BA

TP-BB

TP-BC

TB1

<R><S>

<T>

GeneratorBoardVGEN

Controller

JR1

Connectors at bottomof VME racks

A/D

Shownfor <R>

Samefor <S>

Samefor <T>

+28 VdcJ3

JS1

JT1

J3

J3

Buffer

Open Return

To TRLYfrom<R><S><T>

17

18 PCOMTB1

115 V rms yields1.5333 V rms,gen & bus

Test Points

ID

ID

ID

01

03

H1

L1Current -phase C(115 Vac)

TP-IC11:2000

TP-IC202

04

H2

L2

01

03

H1

L1Current -phase B(115 Vac)

TP-IB11:2000

TP-IB202

04

H2

L2

Noise suppression

01

03

H1

L1

Current -phase A(115 Vac)

TP-IA11:2000

TP-IA202

04

H2

L2TB3

100 ohms0.01%

TB4

TB4

TB2

Analog inputs

01

03

02

04

P28V, RP28VVS

T

5 amp input yields0.25 V rms (line-neutral) or0.433 V rms (line-line)

100 ohms0.01%

100 ohms0.01%

JP1B

PCOM

TGEN Board Showing Potential and Current Transformer Inputs

VGEN monitors generator 3-phase power, and supplies the power load unbalance(PLU) and early valve actuation (EVA) functions for large steam turbines.

The generator and bus PT inputs are three-wire, open delta, voltage measurementsthat are used to calculate all three line-to-line voltages. They are not used forautomatic synchronizing which requires two separate single-phase PT inputs. EachPT input is nominally 115 V rms, and the PTs are magnetically isolated.


Test points are provided forall PT and CT inputs to verifythe phase in the field.

Three single-phase CT inputs are provided with a normal current range of 0 to 5 Acontinous. The Cts are magnetically isolated on TGEN. Terminations for the CTs arenon-pluggable terminal blocks with captive lugs accepting are up to #10 AWGwires. The following parameters are calculated from these inputs:• Total Mwatts• Total Mvars• Total MVA• Power factor• Bus frequency (5 to 66 Hz)

High frequency and 50/60 Hznoise is reduced with ananalog hardware filter.

The four analog inputs can accept 4-20 mA inputs or ± 5, ± 10 V dc inputs. A +24 Vdc source is available for all four circuits with individual current limits for eachcircuit. The 4-20 mA transducer can be connected to use the +24 V dc source fromthe turbine control or as a self-powered source. A jumper is located on the terminalboard to select between current and voltage inputs for each circuit.

SpecificationsVGEN Specifications

Item Specification

Inputs to TGEN and VGEN 2 three-phase generator and bus PTs3 one-phase generator CTs4 analog inputs (4−20 mA, ± 5, ± 10 V dc)

Outputs from VGEN via TRLY 12 relay outputs (for large steam turbines )

Generator and bus voltages Nominal 115 V rms with range of interest of 10 to 120%Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz with range of interest 25 to 66 HzMagnetic isolation to 1,500 V rms and loading less than 3 VAInput measurement resolution is 0.1%Input accuracy is 0.5% of rated V rms from 45 to 66 HzInput accuracy is 1.0% of rated V rms from 25 to 45 HzInput loading less than 3 VA per circuit

Generator current inputs Normal current range is 0 to 5 A with overange to 10 ANominal frequency 50/60 Hz with range of interest 45 to 66 HzMagnetic isolation to 1,500 V rmsInput accuracy 0.5% of full scale (5A) with resolution of 0.1% FSInput burden less than 0.5 ohms per circuit

Analog inputs Current inputs: 4−20 mAVoltage inputs: ± 5 V dc or ± 10 V dcTransducers can be up to 300 m (984 ft) from the control cabinetwith a two-way cable resistance of 15 ohms.Input burden resistor on TGEN is 250 ohms.Jumper selection of single ended or self powered inputsJumper selection of voltage or current inputsAnalog Input Filter: Breaks at 72 and 500 radians/secAc common mode rejection (CMR) 60 dBDc common mode rejection (CMR) 80 dB

Conversion accuracy Sampling type 16-bit A/D converter, 14 bit resolutionAccuracy 0.1% overall

Frame rate 100 Hz

Calculated values Total MWatts and MVars have an accuracy of 1% FS, and 0.5%for totalizing.Total MVA and power factor have an accuracy of 1% full scale.Bus frequency (5 to 66 Hz) has an accuracy of ± 0.1%.


DiagnosticsDiagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limit check on the input signal and ahigh/low system (software) limit check. The software limit check is adjustable in thefield. Open wire detection is provided for voltage inputs, and relay drivers and coilcurrents are monitored.

Connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1, on the terminal board have their own ID device whichis interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with theterminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and plug location.

ConfigurationTypical VGEN Configuration


Configuration

PLU_Enab Enable PLU function Enable, disable

PLU_Del_Enab Enable PLU delay Enable, disable

MechPwrInput Mech. power through TMR (first 3 MA ccts), dual xducer(Max), single xducer, or signal space

TMR_1 thru 3, dual 1 and 2,SMX_1, SMX_2, signal space

PLU_Rate Select PLU threshold rate ME, LO, HI

PLU_Unbal PLU Unbalance threshold % 20 to 80

PLU_Delay PLU delay, secs 0 to 10

Press Ratg Reheat press equiv. to 100% mechanical power 50 to 600

Current Ratg Generator current equivalent to 100% electrical power 1,000 to 60,000

EVA_Enab Enable EVA function Enable, disable

EVA_ExtEnab Enable external EVA function Enable, disable

EVA_Rate Select EVA threshold rate LO, ME, HI

EVA_Unbal EVA unbalance threshold % 20 to 80

EVA_Delay EVA drop out time, seconds 0 to 10

MW_Ratg Generator MW equivalent to 100 % electrical power 10 to 1,500

IVT_Enab Enable IVT function Enable, disable

Min_MA_Input Minimum MA for healthy 4-20 mA input 0 to 21

MAx_MA_Input Maximum MA for healthy 4-20 mA input 0 to 21

SystemFreq System frequency in Hz 50 or 60

J3:IS200TGENH1A Connected, Not Connected

AnalogIn1 First analog input (of four) - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

Input type Type of analog input Unused, 4−20 ma, ± 5 V, ± 10 V

Low input Input MA at low value −10 to 20

Low value Input value in engineering units at low MA(configuration inputs the same as for TBAI)

−3.4028e+038 to 3.4028e+038

System limits Standard System Limits (see TBAI configuration)

GenPT_Vab_KV Generator potential transformer input "ab", (first of 3)- board point


PT_Input PT input in KV rms for PT_output 1 to 1,000


PT_Output PT output in V rms for PT_Input-typically 115 60 to 150

Phase Shift Compensating phase shift, applied to PT signals Zero, plus 30, plus 60, minus 30,minus 60

System limits Standard system limits (similar to analog Inputs)

BusPT_Vab_KV Bus potential transformer input "ab", (first of three)configuration similar to GenPT - board point


GenCT_A Generator current transformer A (first of three) - boardpoint


CT_Input CT input in amperes rms for rated CT_Output 100 to 50,000

CT_Output Rated CT output in amperes rms, typically 5 1 to 5

System Limits Standard system limits (similar to genPT)

J4:IS200TRLYH1A Connected, not connected

Relay01_Tst Fast acting solenoid #1 test, first of 12 relays - boardpoint


Relay Output FAS valve type Unused, CV, tst only, CV EVA

RelayDropTime Relay dropout time 0 to 5

Board Points Signals Description – Point Edit (Enter Signal Name) Direction Type

L3DIAG_VGEN1 Board diagnostic Input BIT



SysLim1Anal1 System limit 1 exceeded on analog cct #1 Input BIT

: : Input BIT

SysLim1Anal4 System limit 1 exceeded on Analog cct #4 Input BIT

SysLim2Anal1 System limit 2 exceeded on Analog cct #1 Input BIT

: : Input BIT

SysLim2Anal4 System limit 2 exceeded on analog cct #4 Input BIT

SysL1GenPTab System limit 1 exceeded on gen PT, Vab Input BIT

SysL1GenPTbc System limit 1 exceeded on gen PT, Vbc Input BIT

SysL1GenPTca System limit 1 exceeded on gen PT, Vca Input BIT

SysL1BusPTab System limit 1 exceeded on bus PT, Vab Input BIT

SysL1BusPTbc System limit 1 exceeded on bus PT, Vbc Input BIT

SysL1BusPTca System limit 1 exceeded on bus PT, Vca Input BIT

SysL2GenPTab System limit 2 exceeded on gen PT, Vab Input BIT

SysL2GenPTbc System limit 2 exceeded on gen PT, Vbc Input BIT

SysL2GenPTca System limit 2 exceeded on gen PT, Vca Input BIT

SysL2BusPTab System limit 2 exceeded on bus PT, Vab Input BIT

SysL2BusPTbc System limit 2 exceeded on bus PT, Vbc Input BIT

SysL2BusPTca System limit 2 exceeded on bus PT, Vca Input BIT

SysL1GenCTa System limit 1 exceeded on gen CT, phase A Input BIT

SysL1GenCTb System limit 1 exceeded on gen CT, phase B Input BIT


SysL1GenCTc System limit 1 exceeded on gen CT, phase C Input BIT

SysL2GenCTa System limit 2 exceeded on gen CT, phase A Input BIT

SysL2GenCTb System limit 2 exceeded on gen CT, phase B Input BIT

SysL2GenCTc System limit 2 exceeded on gen CT, phase C Input BIT

Relay01_Fdbk Status of relay 01 Input BIT

: : Input BIT

Relay12_Fdbk Status of relay 12 Input BIT

L10PLU_EVT Power load unbalance event Input BIT

L10EVA_EVA Early valve actuation event Input BIT

GenMW Generator MWatts Input FLOAT

GenMVAR Generator MVars Input FLOAT

GenMVA Generator MVA Input FLOAT

GenPF Generator power factor, 0/1/0 Input FLOAT

BusFreq Bus frequency, Hz Input FLOAT

PLU_Tst Power load unbalance test Output BIT

EVA_Tst Early valve actuation test Output BIT

IV_Trgr Intercept valve trigger command Output BIT

EVA_ExtCmd Early valve actuation external command Output BIT

EVA_ExtPrm Early valve actuation external permissive Output BIT

TN_Hz PLL center frequency, Hz Output FLOAT

MechPower Mechanical power, percent, when configured throughsignal space

Output FLOAT

AnalogIn1 Analog input 1 Input FLOAT

: : Input FLOAT

AnalogIn4 Analog input 4 Input FLOAT

GenPT_Vab_KV Kilovolts rms Input FLOAT

GenPT_Vbc_KV Kilovolts rms Input FLOAT

GenPT_Vca_KV Kilovolts rms Input FLOAT

BusPT_Vab_KV Kilovolts rms Input FLOAT

BusPT_Vbc_KV Kilovolts rms Input FLOAT

BusPT_Vca_KV Kilovolts rms Input FLOAT

GenCT_A Generator Amperes RMS, phase A Input FLOAT

GenCT_B Generator amperes rms, phase B, same configurationas phase A

Input FLOAT

GenCT_C Generator amperes rms, phase C, same configurationas phase A

Input FLOAT

Relay01_Tst Fast acting solenoid #1 test Output BIT

: : Output BIT

Relay12_Tst Fast acting solenoid #12 test Output BIT





VGEN 2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error(board will not go online)















32-43 Relay Driver # does not Match Requested State. There isa mismatch between the relay driver command and thestate of the output to the relay as sensed by VGEN

The relay terminal board may not existand the relay is configured a used, orthere may be a faulty relay drivercircuit or drive sensors on VGEN.

44-55 Relay Output Coil # does not Match Requested State.There is a mismatch between the relay driver commandand the state of the current sensed on the relay coil onthe relay terminal board

Relay is defective, or the connectorcable J4 to the relay terminal board J1is disconnected, or the relay terminalboard does not exist.


56-59 Analog Input # Unhealthy. Analog Input 4−20 mA ## hasexceeded the A/D converter's limits

Analog input is too large, TGENjumper (JP1, JP3, JP5, JP7) is in thewrong position, signal conditioningcircuit on TGEN is defective,multiplexer or A/D converter circuit onVGEN is defective.

60-65 Fuse # and/or # Blown. The fuse monitor requires thejumpers to be set and to drive a load, or it will not respondcorrectly

One or both of the listed fuses isblown, or there is a loss of power onTB3, or the terminal board does notexist, or the jumpers are not set.

66-69 Analog 4−20 mA Auto Calibration Faulty. One of theanalog 4−20 mA auto calibration signals has failed. Autocalibration or 4-20 mA inputs are invalid

3 Volt or 9 Volt precision reference ornull reference on VGEN is defective,or multiplexer or A/D converter circuiton VGEN is defective.

70-73 PT Auto Calibration Faulty. One of the PT auto calibrationsignals has gone bad. Auto calibration of PT input signalsis invalid, PT inputs are invalid

Precision reference voltage or nullreference is defective on VGEN, ormultiplexer or A/D converter circuit onVGEN is defective.

74-79 CT Auto Calibration Faulty. One of the CT auto calibrationsignals has gone bad. Auto calibration of CT input signalsis invalid, CT inputs are invalid

Precision reference voltage or nullreference is defective on VGEN, ormultiplexer or A/D converter circuit onVGEN is defective.









VPYR Pyrometer Board





This document contains proprietary information of General Electric Company, USAand is furnished to its customer solely to assist that customer in the installation,7testing, operation, and/or maintenance of the equipment described. This documentshall not be reproduced in whole or in part nor shall its contents be disclosed to anythird party without the written approval of GE Industrial Systems.



- 2002 by General Electric Company, USA.All rights reserved.


GEI-100563

2 • VPYR Pyrometer Board GEI-100563

Section PageFunctional Description.............................................................................................................2Installation .................................................................................................................................3Operation....................................................................................................................................4Specifications............................................................................................................................6Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................6Configuration ............................................................................................................................7I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................10

Functional DescriptionThe Optical Pyrometer Board (VPYR) provides a dynamic temperature profile of therotating turbine blades, and computes temperature conditions that can lead to a trip.The Pyrometer terminal board (TPYR) is wired to two infrared TBTMSthermometers, known as pyrometers, and to two keyPhasor proximitor probes forshaft reference. Dedicated analog to digital converters on VPYR provide samplingrates up to 200,000 samples per second for burst data from two of the temperaturechannels. Fast temperature data is made available for display and offline evaluation.The terminal board has simplex and TMR capability as shown in the followingfigure.

24681012141618202224

x

xxxxxxxxxxxx

1357911131517192123

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

262830323436384042444648

x

xxxxxxxxxxxx

252729313335373941434547

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x x

x

JS1

JR1

x

x

RUNFAILSTAT

VPYR

J3

J4

VME bus to VCMI

37-pin "D" shell typeconnectors withlatching fasteners

Cable to VMErack R



Shield bar

VPYR VME BoardTPYR Terminal Board

JT1

Pyrometerwiring

KeyPhasorwiring

Cables to VMEracks S and T

Pyrometer Terminal Board, Processor, and Cabling

GEI-100563 VPYR Pyrometer Board • 3

InstallationThe two optical pyrometers are wired to the first terminal block on TPYR, and thetwo KeyPhasor probes are wired to the second terminal block. Power comes inthrough the JR1, JS1, and JT1 connectors. There are no jumpers as on the TVIBboard.

TPYR Terminal Board

24681012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

1357911131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

P24 (A)N24 (A)

20ma (A2)

P24 (B)N24 (B)

PCOM1 (A)

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

20ma (A1)

20ma (A3)20ma (A4)

PCOM2 (A)

N24 Pr (1)PrH (1)PrL (1)N24Pr (2)PrH (2)PrL (2)

Ret (A1)Ret (A2)Ret (A3)Ret (A4)

Ret (B1)Ret (B2)Ret (B3)Ret (B4)

PCOM1 (B)PCOM2 (B)

20ma (B1)20ma (B2)20ma (B3)20ma (B4)

JR1

JS1

JT1

Terminal Blocks can be unplugged fromterminal board for maintenance

Cable to <R>

Cable to <S>

Cable to <T>

Pyr Awiring

Pyr Bwiring

Keyphasors1 & 2

Terminal Board TPYR and Wiring


OperationAnalog signals from the terminal board are cabled to the VPYR processor boardwhere signal sampling and conversion take place. VPYR calculates the temperatureprofiles and runs turbine protection algorithms using both pyrometer signals. If a tripis indicated and the signals are validated, VPYR issues the trip signal.

TPYR Terminal Board

JR1

P28VRP28VS

CurrentLimiter

CurrentLimiter

N28VXCurrentLimiter

Chan B

Chan A

N24A

P24B

N24Pr1

FanDistrib-ution5

6

78

910

1112

3

13

1718

19

2221

20

2324

303132

N28VRN28VSN28VT

N28VX

CurrentLimiter

P24A1 P28VXPCOM2

PCOM4N28VX

PCOM14P28VX

CurrentLimiter

N24B15PCOM16

N28VX

P28VRN28VRAverage

Max-Pk

Avg-Pk

Fast

Avg

Max Pk

Fast

Avg-Pk

PrH1PrL1

N28VXCurrentLimiterN24Pr233

3435

PrH2PrL2

KeyPhasor#1

KeyPhasor#2

<R>

J3

<S><T>

P28VXP28VT

Noise suppression on allinputs & power outputs

20ma A1RetA1

100 ohms

JS1

JT1

P28VSN28VS

P28VTN28VT

J3

J3

VPYR Pyrometer Board

sampling

sampling

A/D

A/D

A/D

Chan A

Chan B

Mux

Fast

Fast

Allothers

Fast

Fast

Same for <S>

Same for<T>

ID

ID

ID

20ma A2

20ma A3

20ma A4

RetA2

RetA3

RetA4

20ma B1RetB1

20ma B2

20ma B3

20ma B4

RetB2

RetB3

RetB4

PROX

PROX

PYROMETER

PYROMETER

TPYR Terminal Board and Processor BoardFeatures


Optical Pyrometer MeasurementsTwo infrared pyrometers dynamically measure the temperature profile of the rotatingturbine blades. Each pyrometer is powered by a +24 V dc and a –24 V dc source onthe terminal board, diode selected from voltages supplied by the three VPYR boards.Four 4−20 mA signals are returned from each pyrometer, representing the followingblade measurements:

• The average temperature

• The maximum peak temperature

• The average peak temperature

• A fast dynamic profile, with 30 kHz bandpass, providing the full signature.

Each 4−20 mA input generates a voltage across a resistor which is sent to the VPYRboard where it is multiplexed and converted. A dedicated A/D converter is used tosample the fast input (#4) at up to 200,000 samples per second. VPYR can beconfigured for different numbers of turbine buckets, with up to 30 temperaturesamples per bucket.

KeyPhasor InputsTwo keyPhasors are used for shaft position reference, one as a backup. ThesekeyPhasor probes and associated circuitry are identical to those used withTVIB/VVIB. They sense a shaft keyway or pedestal to provide a time stamp.

Turbine Protection AlgorithmFast burst data is used for the protection algorithms. One peak temperature perbucket is isolated and the highest for that revolution is selected. The deltatemperature compared to the previous revolution is calculated (the rate of change)and compared to a calculated value which uses configurable parameters. Three ofthese are computed using different parameters. Similarly a distance variable iscomputed by taking the difference between the revolution peak and a peak taken ysamples ago, where y is configurable. This delta is also compared to a configurablevalue. Finally the three rate signals and one distance signal are logically combinedwith permissives and the other channel trip condition to produce the trip signal.


SpecificationsVPYR Board Specifications

Item Specification

Number of inputs 2 pyrometers, each with 4 analog 4–20 mA current signals

(TPYR and VPYR) 2 keyPhasor probes, each with –0.5 to –20 V dc inputs

Current inputs from pyrometers 4-20 mA across a 100 ohm resistorCommon mode rejection: Dc up to ± 5 V dc, CMRR of 80 dB

Ac up to ± 5 Volt peak, CMRR of 60dBMeasurement accuracy of ± 0.1 % full scale, 14-bit resolutionBandwidth of 0 to 100 Hz on 6 slow inputs using multiplexed A/D converterBandwidth of 0 to 30,000 Hz on two fast inputs using dedicated A/D converters,sampling at 200,000 per sec.

KeyPhasor inputs Input voltage range of –0.5 to –20 V dcCommon mode rejection: CMR of 5 V, CMRR of 50 dB at 50/60 HzAccuracy 2 % of full scale (0.2 V dc)Dc level detection typically 0.2 V/mil sensitivitySpeed measurement 2 to 5,610 RPM with accuracy of 0.1 % of reading

Device excitation Pyrometers have individual power supplies, current limited:P24V source is diode selected, +22 to +30 V dc, 0.175 AN24V source is diode selected, -22 to -30 V dc, 0.175 A

Measurement parameters Rated RPM up to 5,100 RPMNumber of buckets per stage, up to 92Number of samples per bucket, up to 30Fast inputs sampled in bursts covering three revolutions, at twice per second.

DiagnosticsVPYR provides system limit checking on the keyPhasor gap signals. The twopyrometer inputs are compared against configuration limits to determine if they aretracking, and the fast data is compared with other inputs to check validity.

Connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1, on the terminal board have their own ID device,which is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded withthe terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location.


ConfigurationLike all I/O boards, VPYR is configured using the toolbox. This software usuallyruns on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. Thefollowing table summarizes the configuration choices and defaults. For details referto GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI TurbineController.

Typical VPYR Configuration

Module Parameter Description Choices

Calibration

System limits Enables or disables all system limit checking Enable, disable

Min_MA_Input Minimum MA for healthy 4−20 mA input 0 to 21

Max_MA_Input Maximum MA for healthy 4−20 mA input 0 to 21

RPMrated Rated turbine RPM 0 to 10,000

BuckSamples Minimum samples per bucket at 110 percent speed 10 to 30

BuckOffset_A Offset from key to the first bucket, % bucket,pyrometer A

0 to 100

BuckSpan_A Percent of bucket to include in protection algorithm,pyrometer A

0 to 100

BuckNumb_A Number of buckets, pyrometer A 30 to 92

SetptR1_A Setpoint, rate 1, pyrometer A 0 to 30

SetptR1B_A Setpoint, rate 1, bias, average temp, pyrometer A −1 to 1


SetptR2B_A Setpoint, rate 2,bias, average temp, pyrometer A −1 to 1


SetptR3B_A Setpoint, rate 3, bias, average temp, pyrometer A −1 to 1

SetptD_A Setpoint distance, pyrometer A 0 to 30

SetptDB_A Setpoint distance bias, average temp, pyrometer A −1 to 1

SetptDDepth_A Setpoint, depth of the distance measurement,pyrometer A

0 to 30

Rate2Enab_A Enable, temperature rate 2, pyrometer A Enable, disable

Rate3Enab_A Enable, temperature rate 3, pyrometer A Enable, disable

DistEnab_A Enable temperature rate 3, pyrometer ASame configuration for channel B pyrometer

Enable, disable

J3:IS200TPYRH1A Terminal board 1 connected to VPYR through J3 Connected, not connected

SlowAvg_A Slow, average temperature, pyrometer A - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

Input use Is this point used? Used, unused

Low_Input Input MA at low value 0 to 21


Low_Value Input value in engineering units at low MA −3.4e+038 to 3.4e+038

High_Input Input MA at high value 0 to 21

High_ValueInput value in engineering units at high MA −3.4e+038 to 3.4e+038

TMR_Diff Difference limit for voted TMR inputs in % of(high value/low value)

0 to 100

SlowMXPk_A Slow, maximum peak temperature, pyrometer A(configuration similar to above) - board point


SlowAvgPk_A Slow, average peak temp, pyrometer A - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

FastAvg_A Fast, average temp, pyrometer A - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

SlowAvg_B Slow, Average Temperature, Pyr B - board point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)

SlowMXPk_B Slow, Max Peak Temperature, Pyr B - board point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)

SlowAvgPk_B Slow, average peak temperature, Pyr B - board pt. Point Edit (Input FLOAT)

FastAvg_B Fast, average temperature, Pyr B - board point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)

GAP_KPH1 Air Gap, keyPhasor #1 - board point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)

VIB-Type Configurable item Used, Not used

VIB_Scale Volts/mil 0 to 2

KPH_ThrshldVoltage difference from gap voltage where KeyphasorTrigger

1 to 5

KPH_Type Type of Pulse Generator Slot, Pedestal

SysLim System Limits 1 and 2, and TMR same as above Standard Choices

GAP_KPH2 Air Gap, keyPhasor #2, config. Same as above -board point

Point Edit (Input FLOAT)

Board Points (Signals) Description – Point Edit (Enter Signal Name) Direction Type

L3DIAG_VPYR1 Board diagnostic Input BIT



TripPyrA Bucket temperature rate trip, pyrometer A Input BIT

TripPyrB Bucket temperature rate trip, pyrometer B Input BIT

KeyPh1Act Keyphasor 1 Active Input BIT

KeyPh2Act Keyphasor 2 Active Input BIT

SysLim1KP1 System Limit Input BIT




FastMxMxPk_A Fast, Max of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr A Input FLOAT

FastAgMxPk_A Fast, Average of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr A Input FLOAT

FastMnMnPk_A Fast, Min of the Min Peaks Temp, Pyr A Input FLOAT

FastAgMnPk_A Fast, Average of the Min Peaks, Pyr A Input FLOAT

FastMxMxPk_B Fast, Max of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr B Input FLOAT


FastAgMxPk_B Fast, Average of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr B Input FLOAT

FastMnMnPk_B Fast, Min of the Min Peaks Temp, Pyr B Input FLOAT

FastAgMnPk_B Fast, Average of the Min Peaks, Pyr B Input FLOAT

RPM_KPH1 RPM Keyphasor #1 Input FLOAT

RPM_KPH2 RPM Keyphasor #2 Input FLOAT

TripBuckIx_A Index of the first Bucket causing trip, Pyr A Input FLOAT

TripBuckNb_A Number of Buckets causing trip, Pyr A Input FLOAT

TripBuckIx_B Index of the first Bucket causing trip, Pyr B Input FLOAT

TripBuckNb_B Number of Buckets causing trip, Pyr B Input FLOAT

LogTrigger When true, records freeze, two before, one after Output BIT

TurbRPM Turbine Speed in RPM Output FLOAT

SlowAvg_A Slow, Average Temperature, Pyr A Input FLOAT

SlowMXPk_A Slow, Max Peak Temperature, Pyr A (configurationsimilar to above)

Input FLOAT

SlowAvgPk_A Slow, Average Peak Temperature, Pyr A Input FLOAT

FastAvg_A Fast, Average Temperature, Pyr A Input FLOAT

SlowAvg_B Slow, Average Temperature, Pyr B Input FLOAT

SlowMXPk_B Slow, Max Peak Temperature, Pyr B Input FLOAT

SlowAvgPk_B Slow, Average Peak Temperature, Pyr B Input FLOAT

FastAvg_B Fast, Average Temperature, Pyr B Input FLOAT

GAP_KPH1 Air Gap, Keyphasor #1 Input FLOAT

GAP_KPH1 Air Gap, Keyphasor #1 Input FLOAT





VPYR 2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error(board will not go online)















32&38 Milliamp input associated with the slow averagetemperature is unhealthy. Pyro## SLOW AVG TEMPunhealthy

Specified pyrometer's average outputis faulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty.

33&39 Pyro## Slow Max Pk Temp unhealthy. Milliamp inputassociated with the slow maximum peak temperature isunhealthy

Specified pyrometer's maximumoutput is faulty, or VPYR or TPYR isfaulty.


34&40 Pyro## Slow Average Peak Temp. Milliamp inputassociated with the slow average peak temperature isunhealthy

Specified pyrometer's peak output isfaulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty.

35&41 Pyro##Fast Temp Unhealthy. Milliamp input associatedwith the fast temperature is unhealthy

Specified pyrometer's fast output isfaulty, or VPYR or TPYR is faulty.

36&42 Pyro## Fast Cal Reference out of limits. The fastcalibration reference is out of limits

VPYR is faulty

37&43 Pyro## Fast Cal Null out of limits. The fast calibration nullis out of limits

VPYR is faulty

44 Slow Cal Reference out of limits. The slow calibrationreference is out of limits

VPYR is faulty

45 Slow Cal Null out of limits. The slow calibration null is outof limits

VPYR is faulty







General Electric Company1501 Roanoke Blvd.


VAMA Acoustic Monitoring Board










GEI-100564

2 • VAMA Acoustic Monitoring Board GEI-100564

Section PageFunctional Description.............................................................................................................2Pressure/Acoustic Wave Signal Conditioning.....................................................................2Signal Conditioning for Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Input..........................................3Signal Conditioning for the RMS Circuit.............................................................................3BNC Signal Conditioning .......................................................................................................4Pressure/Acoustic Wave FFT Algorithms ............................................................................6Functions ...................................................................................................................................7Windowing Function ...............................................................................................................7Sort Function.............................................................................................................................7Determination of Fc and Fs ..................................................................................................10Display Format of the Data Through TelNet.....................................................................10RMS Peak-to-Peak Calculator..............................................................................................11Configuration Constants to Support Pressure Wave FFT Algorithm............................11Signal Space Variables to Support Pressure Wave FFT Algorithm...............................12I/O Board Alarms ...................................................................................................................12

Functional DescriptionThe rack mounted IS200VAMA VME Acoustic Monitoring Board (VAMA)supports the DIN-rail mounted IS200DDPT Dynamic Pressure Transducer TerminalBoard (DDPT). The VAMA/DDPT configuration monitors acoustic or pressurewaves in the turbine combustion chamber. The DDPT terminal board supports thesimplex mode only and uses the J3 rack connector as the interface to the VAMA.

The VAMA/DDPT meets environment rating for hazardous gases of Class I,Division 2 and provides suppression at all points of signal entry or exit. Each cablehas a unique ID chip. The VAMA/DDPT provides two point calibration, based onreading a reference offset and gain signal.

Gas turbine combustion chambers can experience pressure oscillations that causenoise in the audible hearing range. The H1A version of the VAMA/DDPT offerssignal conditioning and software that allows the turbine control to monitor thepressure/acoustic waves by reading the conditioned signals from a dynamic pressuretransducer. The VAMA/DDPT provides two channels to read the pressure/acousticwave signals from third party equipment from Vibro-meter or Bently-Nevada. TheVAMA provides two dedicated signal conditioning paths to remove the dccomponent of the signal, modify the gain and provide an eighth order or better low-pass filter for anti-aliasing.

Pressure/Acoustic Wave Signal ConditioningThe Vibro-meter GSI 1_ _unit is used to avoid anyproblems due to voltagedifferences between themeasuring point and thesignal processing (such asground loops).

The VAMA/DDPT provides signal conditioning for two pressure/acoustic waveinputs and an option to supply either positive 24 V dc or negative 24 V dc to powerthe pressure sensing equipment. The third party vendor equipment supported are theVibro-meter Galvanic Separation Unit Types GSI 1_ _, the Bently-Nevada 86517with modifications 142533 or 159840 charge amplifier, or the Bently-Nevadadynamic pressure charge amplifier 350500.

The Vibro-Meter setup conditions a pico-coulomb output from a dynamic pressuretransducer (Vibro-meter CP216 or CP231) through a charge amplifier (Vibro-meterIPC 704) with a current output representing approximately 125 micro-amps/psi.

GEI-100564 VAMA Acoustic Monitoring Board • 3

The GSI unit provides an output that is comprised of an ac signal (approx. ± 2 Vpeak) that represents the dynamic pressure (gain expressed in milli-volts/psi ) ridingon top of a dc bias voltage of approximately +7 V dc. The Vibro-meter GSI unitrequires a +24 V dc power supply. Normally, the power supply return for the GSIwill be grounded externally and the PCOM on the terminal board is not used. Onlyuse PCOM when the external return ground is not used.

The Bently-Nevada 86517 interface module converts the dynamic pressuretransducer charge signal from pico-coulombs to milli-volts which represents thepressure in psi. The interface module output is comprised of an ac signal (approx. ±1.2 V peak) riding on top of a negative dc bias voltage of approximately –10 V dc.The Bently-Nevada unit requires a −24 V dc power supply.

VAMA/DDPT Vendor Equipment Power Supply Specifications

Vendor Power Supply Nominal Voltage Nominal Current

Vibro-Meter Positive 24 V dc +24 V dc (±5%) 0.04 A (±0.02 A)

Bently-Nevada Negative 24 V dc −24 V dc (±5%) 0.02 A (±0.01 A)

The pressure/acoustic signal is read differentially by connecting to the DDPT inputs,Pressure Wave Channel A High (ASIG) and Pressure Wave Channel A Low(ARET). Voltage clamping and high frequency suppression is applied on the DDPTbefore the signal is routed to the VAMA through the 37-pin cable to the J3 connectoron the VME rack.

The jumpers, JP1A/B and JP2A/B are used to add a bias corresponding to the dc biasprovided by the third party interface unit to detect open circuit conditions.

Therefore, a +28 V dc positive bias is added for the Vibro-Meter connection and a−28 V dc negative bias is added for the Bently-Nevada system. The DDPT boardpressure wave outputs are ASIG/ARET for the output pair for channel A andBSIG/BRET for the output pair for channel B.

Signal Conditioning for Fast Fourier Transform(FFT) Input

The FFT signal conditioningprovides open-wire detectioncircuitry and any dc biasmonitoring circuitry, ifneeded. The output fromchannel A and channel Bfeeds into a high-speedmultiplexed A/D section.

The VAMA provides differential inputs for both channel A and B pressure wavesignals. The signal conditioning is comprised of a high pass filter, gain adjustment,and a low pass filter with adjustable break frequencies. The high-pass filter is asingle pole filter (6 dB/octave) with a break at 5 Hz. The gain block provides twogain options, 2.25 or 4.5 V/V. The low pass filter is an eight-pole (48 dB/octave)Butterworth filter with three selectable break frequencies, 600, 1000, and 3600 Hz.The gain options and the low-pass filter break frequency adjustments are selectablethrough software.

Signal Conditioning for the RMS CircuitThe VAMA provides an RMS rectifier circuit for both channel A and channel Bpressure waves. Each circuit is comprised of a high pass filter, a low pass filter andthe RMS detector. The band-pass filters are 260 to 970 Hz , before the detector andthe RMS detector. The input signal range is from 0 to 10 psi peak-to-peak, which isrepresented by an ac signal with the scaling of 0.1 volts per psi. The rms detectoroutput from channel A and channel B feeds into a multiplexed A/D section.


BNC Signal ConditioningThe VAMA provides a buffered signal conditioning circuit for each BNC output onthe DDPT terminal board. The BNC buffered circuit takes its input from the acpressure wave input without the dc bias signal. The gain of the buffer is 1. The signalrange for buffered BNC output is from 0 to 40 psi peak-to-peak, which is representedby an ac signal with the scaling of 0.1 volts per psi.

S

DDPT

Channel A

CurrentLimiter

AP24V

JR1

S

ASIG

ARET

P28

CurrentLimiter

AN24V N28

Channel B

CurrentLimiter

BP24V

BSIG

BRET

P28

CurrentLimiter

BN24V

N28

ASIGARET

BSIGBRET

PCOM

N28P28

Serial EPROM

1

2

3

4

9

10

11

12

JP_A

JP_B

SCOM

P28 N28

P28 N28

1,1820

2,17,2136373839

SIGCOMRBRD_IDR1

SCOM

Vibro-meter

GSI 1XX

+24V

Vout

0V

Bently-Nevada

86517 w Modxxxor 350500

Sig.N24 ComN24

Normally the Vibro-meter or B-N will have pwr supply return gndedexternally. If DDPT PCOM is used, make sure that ext. gnd is removed.

Normally the Vibro-meter or B-N will have pwrsupply return gnded externally. If DDPT PCOM isused, make sure that ext. gnd is removed.

19, 21, 37, 39, 41

20, 22, 38, 40, 42

ExternalGnd

ExternalGnd

Vibro-meter

GSI 1XX

+24V

Vout

0V

ExternalGnd

JR5

19

311

SCOM

1617

Serial EPROM

45SIGCOMR

CBLJ5_ID

815

BNCBSIGBNCBRET

BNCASIGBNCARET

613

BNC_A

BNC_B

Bently-Nevada

86517 w Modxxxor 350500

Sig.N24 ComN24

ATBJMPRPOSBTBJMPRPOS 15

3S

S

S

S

S

S S SS S

PCOM

JP4NC

RET OPEN

PCOM

JP2NC

RET OPEN

V_M B_N

B_NV_M

31

30

2726 BNCASIG

BNCARETBNCBSIG

BNCBRET

DDPT Board Block Diagram


Sig

nal

Sp

ace

Co

nfi

gu

rati

on

Co

nst

ants

Co

nfi

gu

rati

on

Co

nst

ants

W

ind

ow

ing

Fu

nct

ion

S

Def

ault

Val

ue fo

re

Rej

ecte

dL

T

ype

Sid

e B

ins

1 R

ecta

ngul

ar3

2 H

amm

ing

33

Han

ning

34

Tria

ngul

ar3

5 B

lack

man

36

Bla

ckm

an-H

arris

37

Fla

t Top

4

PW

1Mag

Fb1C

hAP

W2M

agFb

1ChA

PW

3Mag

Fb1C

hAP

W1F

rqFb

1ChA

PW

2Frq

Fb1C

hAP

W3F

rqFb

1ChA

PW

1Mag

Fb2C

hAP

W2M

agFb

2ChA

PW

3Mag

Fb2C

hAP

W1F

rqFb

2ChA

PW

2Frq

Fb2C

hAP

W3F

rqFb

2ChA

PW

1Mag

Fb3C

hAP

W2M

agFb

3ChA

PW

3Mag

Fb3C

hAP

W1F

rqFb

3ChA

PW

2Frq

Fb3C

hAP

W3F

rqFb

3ChA

PW

1Mag

Fb

1Ch

BP

W2M

agF

b1C

hB

PW

3Mag

Fb

1Ch

BP

W1F

rqF

b1C

hB

PW

2Frq

Fb

1Ch

BP

W3F

rqF

b1C

hB

PW

1Mag

Fb

2Ch

BP

W2M

agF

b2C

hB

PW

3Mag

Fb

2Ch

BP

W1F

rqF

b2C

hB

PW

2Frq

Fb

2Ch

BP

W3F

rqF

b2C

hB

PW

1Mag

Fb

3Ch

BP

W2M

agF

b3C

hB

PW

3Mag

Fb

3Ch

BP

W1F

rqF

b3C

hB

PW

2Frq

Fb

3Ch

BP

W3F

rqF

b3C

hB

Fmin

Frqb

and1

Fmax

Frqb

and1

Fmin

Frqb

and2

Fmax

Frqb

and2

Fmin

Frqb

and3

Fmax

Frqb

and3

SO

RT

by M

agni

tude

of S

pect

rum

defin

ed b

yFr

eq. B

and

(3 la

rges

t Pre

ssur

eW

ave

Mag

s. &

Fre

qsfo

r 3 r

ange

s)

Win

do

wS

elec

t

Win

do

wS

elec

t

D M A

FA

ST

A/D

FFTF

reqR

ange

VA

MA

Har

dw

are

VA

MA

Fir

mw

are

for

FF

TD

DP

TH

ard

war

e

P W F A H

D M A

Op

en W

ire

Det

ecti

on

& In

pu

t DC

Bia

s M

on

ito

r fo

rP

ress

ure

Wav

e S

ign

als

S

igna

l Con

d. f

or F

FTC

alc.

of I

np

ut

Gpw

= 2

.25

or 4

.5F_

lp =

600

, 1k

or 3

.6k

hzSl

ope

>= -4

8 dB

/ oc

t F

_hp

= 5

hz, 6

dB/

oct.

F F T

Mag

nitu

de&

Fre

qu

ency

CA

LC

.

for

each

FFT

Elem

ent

S L O W A/ D

M U X

P28

N28

P28

N28

P W F A L P W F B HP W F B L

I Lim

A N 2 4 V

N 2 8

I Lim

P 2 8

B N 2 4 VA P 2 4 V B P 2 4 V

Bin

Rej

ect

Bin

Rej

ect

Fc

Tab

leL

oo

kup

Fs

Tab

leLo

okup

Fs

Tab

leLo

okup

Fc

Tab

leL

oo

kup

FFTF

reqR

ange

F F T

Mag

nitu

de&

Fre

qu

ency

CA

LC

.

for

each

FFT

Elem

ent

Fs

Tab

leLo

okup

P28

N28

P28

N28

Hig

hV

alu

e

Fm

inF

rqb

and

1F

max

Frq

ban

d1

Fm

inF

rqb

and

2F

max

Frq

ban

d2

Fm

inF

rqb

and

3F

max

Frq

ban

d3

SO

RT

by M

agni

tude

of S

pect

rum

defin

ed b

yFr

eq. B

and

(3 la

rges

t Pre

ssur

eW

ave

Mag

s. &

Fre

qsfo

r 3 r

ange

s)

Hig

hIn

pu

tLo

wV

alue

Lo

wIn

pu

t

mV

toE

ng

.U

nit

sC

onv.

Hig

hV

alu

eH

igh

Inp

ut

Low

Val

ueL

ow

Inp

ut

W

ind

ow

ing

Fu

nct

ion

S

Def

ault

Val

ue fo

re

Rej

ecte

dL

T

ype

Sid

e B

ins

1 R

ecta

ngul

ar3

2 H

amm

ing

33

Han

ning

34

Tria

ngul

ar3

5 B

lack

man

36

Bla

ckm

an-H

arris

37

Fla

t Top

4

Inp

ut

DC

Bia

s M

on

ito

r

+ O

pen

Wir

e D

etec

tion

- O

pen

Wir

e D

etec

tio

n

- O

pen

Wir

e D

etec

tio

n

+ O

pen

Wir

e D

etec

tion

Inp

ut

DC

Bia

s M

on

ito

r

8192

Sam

ple

s(U

sed

byFF

TC

alc.

)

8192

Sam

ple

s(D

MA

upda

ting)

8192

Sam

ple

s(U

sed

byFF

TC

alc.

)

8192

Sam

ple

s(D

MA

upda

ting)

R

MS

Rec

tifie

r C

kt.

Grm

s =

4.5

F_hp

= 2

60 h

z, 3

6 dB

/oct

F_lp

= 9

70 h

z, -3

6 dB

/oct

FA

ST

A/D

Fs

Tab

leLo

okup

S

igna

l Con

d. f

or F

FTC

alc.

of I

np

ut

Gpw

= 2

.25

or 4

.5F_

lp =

600

, 1k

or 3

.6k

hzSl

ope

>= -4

8 dB

/ oc

t F

_hp

= 5

hz, 6

dB/

oct.

S

ign

al C

on

d. f

or

RM

SC

alc.

of I

np

ut

Grm

s =

4.5

F_hp

= 2

60 h

z, 3

6 dB

/oct

F_lp

= 9

70 h

z, -3

6 dB

/oct

RM

S t

o P

eak-

to-P

eak

Gai

n =

2.82

8

PW

_RM

Sto

tCh

AP

W_R

MS

Fb

1Ch

AP

W_R

MS

Fb

2Ch

AP

W_R

MS

Fb

3Ch

AP

W_R

MS

totC

hBP

W_R

MS

Fb

1Ch

BP

W_R

MS

Fb

2Ch

BP

W_R

MS

Fb

3Ch

B

mV

toE

ng

.U

nit

sC

onv.

m

V to

En

g. U

nit

s

Con

v.

Hig

hVal

ue2

Hig

hInp

ut2

Low

Val

ue2

Low

Inpu

t2C

onfig

urat

ion

Con

stan

ts

VAMA/DDPT Block Diagram


Pressure/Acoustic Wave FFT AlgorithmsA spectral analysis of the pressure wave is performed by the firmware to determinethe spectral components with the largest magnitude and the frequency associatedwith each magnitude. The local sort function sorts the three largest magnitudes per agiven frequency band. The FFT algorithm supports three frequency bands.

The magnitude and frequencyinformation for each spectralcomponent that meets thecriteria of the sorts is storedin Signal Space for the VAMAmemory space.

Discontinuities at the beginning and end of the 8192 collected data points of thepressure wave produce high frequency components that alias down into the spectrumof interest. Using a Windowing function on the data attenuates the high frequencycomponents. The user may select from seven different windowing functions thataffect spectral content of these high frequency components. A Fast FourierTransform (FFT) is performed on the windowed data to determine the spectralcomponent’s magnitude and frequency associated with it. A Global Sort function isprovided to rank all the spectral components from the largest in magnitude to thesmallest. Then a Local Sort function is performed that selects the three largestmagnitudes and their associated frequencies for a given frequency band that isdefined by the user.

The composite pressure wave signal that is comprised of both the ac and dc offsetcomponent of the signal is read by the slow A/D on the VAMA. This signal ismonitored by the firmware to perform continuity and out of range checks. Thenormal operating range for the pressure wave will be ±1 psi with the trip level set at2 psi. Significant attenuation of FFT magnitude results when spectral content is offthe bin center. Attenuation factor (approx. 0.6 to 0.9) is determined by theWindowing technique used.

Firmware Requirements and Values for VAMA/DDPT

Firmware Requirement Value

Pressure wave magnitude range Mag.min = −14psiMag.max = +14psi

Pressure wave frequency range Fmin = 5 HzFmax = 3000 Hz

Maximum FFT sampling frequency F = 12000 Hz

FFT record length 8192

Windowing techniques supported(side-band rejection)

Rectangular(3)

Hamming(3)

Hanning(3)

Triangular(3)

Blackman(3)

Blackman-Harris (3)Flat Top

(4)

Format for magnitudes and associatedfrequencies.

Configurable frequencybands with three peaksper band

Display of full FFT spectrum results Telnet approach


Functions

Windowing FunctionThe Windowing function provides a way to reduce the false spectral componentscaused by the beginning and ending points of the 8192 data points collected. Thediscontinuities caused by the end point data produces high frequency componentsthat alias down into the frequency spectrum of interest. Seven windowing techniquesare provided. Each windowing function affects the magnitude and spectral leakage.The windowing techniques supported are:• Rectangular• Hamming• Hanning• Triangular• Blackman• Blackman-Harris• Flat Top

The configuration constant, WindowSelect is the window select control for bothchannel A and channel B pressure waves. The configuration constant, BinRejectdetermines the number of side bins rejected from a spectral peak found in the FFTanalysis. BinReject controls the number of side bins removed from the FFT analysisfor both channel A and B. A Fast Fourier Transform is performed on the windoweddata to determine the spectral content of the pressure wave. The power is calculatedfor each FFT element and the magnitude and frequency is calculated from the power.The windowing type and the associated sideband rejection are shown in thefollowing table.

Windowing Selections and Parameters

Window_Select Windowing Function Default Number ofRejected Sidebands

1 Rectangular 3

2 Hamming 3

3 Hanning 3

4 Triangular 3

5 Blackman 3

6 Blackman-Harris 3

7 Flat Top 4

Sort FunctionThe Sort function tests for the three largest FFT element magnitudes in a userspecified frequency band. The user can specify up to three frequency bands withthree magnitudes and associated frequency for each stored. The magnitudes andfrequencies for each band are stored in signal space.

The following table defines the user defined configuration constants FminFrqbandxand FmaxFrqbandx that are supported by the Sort function. The firmware providesseparate scaling for channel A and B and defines the transfer function from twogiven points.


Signal Space Variables to Support Pressure Wave FFT Algorithm

Signal Space Variable Description Units Min. Max.

PW1MagFb1ChA Pressure wave 1 magnitude in frequency band 1 of ChA psi 0 14









PW1MagFb1ChB Pressure wave 1 magnitude in frequency band 1 of ChB psi 0 14










Configuration Constants to Support Pressure Wave FFT Algorithm

ConfigurationConstant Name

Description Units Min. Max.

BinReject Defines the number of side bins that will be rejected for the FFTresults for both channel A and B. 0 = no bins rejected

None 0 6

FFTFreqRange FFT frequency range for both channel A and B. The selections are:0 = 5 to 500 Hz1 = 5 to 800 Hz2 = 5 to 3000 Hz

None 0 2

FminFrqband1 Minimum frequency for frequency band 1 in both channel A and B Hz 5 3000

FmaxFrqband1 Maximum frequency for frequency band 1 in both channel A and B Hz 5 3000





High_InputChA Defines the X-axis value in millivolts for point 2 that is used incalculating the gain and offset for the conversion to engineeringunits for channel A

mV 0 150

High_ValueChA Defines the Y-axis value in engineering units for point 2 that is usedin calculating the gain and offset for the conversion from millivolts toengineering units for channel A

E.U.

High_InputChB Defines the X-axis value in millivolts for point 2 that is used incalculating the gain and offset for the conversion to engineeringunits for channel B

mV 0 150

High_ValueChB Defines the Y-axis value in engineering units for point 2 that is usedin calculating the gain and offset for the conversion from millivolts toengineering units for channel B

E.U.

Low_InputChA Defines the X-axis value in millivolts for point 1 that is used incalculating the gain and offset for the conversion to engineeringunits for ch A

mV 0 150

Low_ValueChA Defines the Y-axis value in engineering units for point 1 that is usedin calculating the gain and offset for the conversion from millivolts toengineering units for channel A

E.U.

Low_InputChB Defines the X-axis value in millivolts for point 1 that is used incalculating the gain and offset for the conversion to engineeringunits for ch B

mV 0 150

Low_ValueChB Defines the Y-axis value in engineering units for point 1 that is usedin calculating the gain and offset for the conversion from millivolts toengineering units for channel B.

E.U.

Min_mV_Input Minimum millivolts that defines the lower out of range point for thepressure wave input

mV 0

Max_mV_Input Maximum millivolts that defines the upper out of range point for thepressure wave input

mV 150

WindowSelect Selects the “Windowing” function to be used on the sampled data forboth Channel A and B1 = Rectangular 4 = Triangular 7 = Flat Top2 = Hamming 5 = Blackman3 = Hanning 6 = Blackman-Harris

None 1 7


Determination of Fc and FsThe following table is used to determine the filter break frequency for the eighthorder Butterworth filter for each channel of the pressure wave signal conditioning (acout). It is also used to derive the sample frequency for the fast A/D and the FFTalgorithm sample frequency. The configuration constant used as the input to thelookup table is the constant FFTFrqRngChA for channel A and FFTFrqRngChB forchannel B.

Fc and Fs Determination

FFTFrqRngChAorFFTFrqRngChB

FFT FrequencyRange ofInterest (Hz)

SampleFrequency,Fs (Hz)

8th OrderButterworth Filterbreak frequency,Fc (Hz)

Attenuation ofSignal at StopBand (0.5 * Fs)(dB)

BinResolution(Hz)

Update Rate(seconds)

0 5 - 500 12000 600 -TBD 1.46 0.68

1 5 - 800 12000 1000 -TBD 1.46 0.68

2 5 - 3000 12000 3600 -36 1.46 0.68

Display Format of the Data Through TelNetThe following figure is an example of a portion of the TelNet display that is givenfor pressure wave channels 1 and 2. The display shows the bin center frequency withthe magnitude of the spectral content in peak voltage and psi.

VAMA CARD'S POWER SPECTRUM SCREEN

FREQUENCY TRANSDUCER 1 TRANSDUCER 2

MAGN (Vpk) MAGN (PSI) MAGN (Vpk) MAGN (PSI)

0.000 0.0001548 0.0015481 0.0119116 0.11911641.465 0.0001836 0.0018366 0.0106850 0.10685052.930 0.0000924 0.0009238 0.0037215 0.03721514.930 0.0000752 0.0007519 0.0025366 0.02536565.860 0.0000685 0.0006848 0.0021200 0.02120017.325 0.0000419 0.0004188 0.0013643 0.0136432

| | | | |v v v v v

TelNet Display Example of FFT Magnitudes over Frequency Range


The following figure shows the TelNet screen for transducer channels A and B. Thedisplay provides up to three frequency bands defined by configuration constants andoutputs the three largest peaks in each frequency band.

SIGNAL SPACE INPUT TRANSDUCER CHANNELCH A CH B

MAG (PSI) FREQ (HZ) MAG (PSI) FREQ (HZ)5 <= FREQ BAND1 <= 500Hz

1ST HIGHEST PEAK 0.534 58.6 0.521 60.072ND HIGHEST PEAK 0.214 102.55 0.204 101.093RD HIGHEST PEAK 0.102 139.18 0.112 137.71

500 <= FREQ BAND2 <= 1000Hz1ST HIGHEST PEAK 0.211 586 0.227 5862ND HIGHEST PEAK 0.142 732.5 0.135 733.973RD HIGHEST PEAK 0.087 879 0.079 879

1000 <= FREQ BAND1 <= 3000Hz

1ST HIGHEST PEAK 0.334 1465 0.317 14652ND HIGHEST PEAK 0.134 1611.5 0.128 1612.963RD HIGHEST PEAK 0.076 2197.75 0.055 2199.22

TelNet Display Example of FFT Magnitudes over Frequency RangeDisplaying Three Largest Peaks of Each Frequency Range

RMS Peak-to-Peak CalculatorThe VAMA firmware includes an rms peak-to-peak calculator for both channel Aand channel B signals from the true rms detector. The calculator multiplies the dcrms value read in by 2.828 to convert the A/D reading back to a peak-to-peak value.

Configuration Constants to Support Pressure Wave FFTAlgorithm

Configuration Constants to Support Pressure Wave FFT Algorithm

ConfigurationConstant Name

Description Units Min. Max.

High_InputChA2 Defines the X-axis value in millivolts for point 2 that is usedin calculating the gain and offset for the conversion toengineering units for channel A for the rms circuit

mV 0 150

High_ValueChA2 Defines the Y-axis value in engineering units for point 2that is used in calculating the gain and offset for theconversion from millivolts to engineering units for rmscircuit channel A

E.U.

High_InputChB2 Defines the X-axis value in millivolts for point 2 that is usedin calculating the gain and offset for the conversion toengineering units for rms circuit channel B

mV 0 150


High_ValueChB2 Defines the Y-axis value in engineering units for point 2that is used in calculating the gain and offset for theconversion from mV to engineering units for rms circuitchannel B

E.U.

Low_InputChA2 Defines the X-axis value in millivolts for point 1 that is usedin calculating the gain and offset for the conversion toengineering units for rms circuit channel A

mV 0 150

Low_ValueChA2 Defines the Y-axis value in engineering units for point 1that is used in calculating the gain and offset for theconversion from millivolts to engineering units for rmscircuit channel A

E.U.

Low_InputChB2 Defines the X-axis value in millivolts for point 1 that is usedin calculating the gain and offset for the conversion toengineering units for rms circuit channel B

mV 0 150

Low_ValueChB2 Defines the Y-axis value in engineering units for point 1that is used in calculating the gain and offset for theconversion from mV to engineering units for rms circuitchannel B

E.U.

Signal Space Variables to Support Pressure Wave FFTAlgorithm

Signal Sp7ace Variables to Support Pressure Wave FFT Algorithm

Signal Space Variable Description Units Min. Max.

PW_RMStotChA Channel A pressure wave – total rms value psi 0 3.54

PW_RMSFb1ChA Channel A pressure wave – rms value in frequency band 1 psi 0 3.54



PW_RMStotChB Channel B pressure wave – total rms value psi 0 3.54

PW_RMSFb1ChB Channel B pressure wave – rms value in frequency band 1 psi 0 3.54






VAMA M040 ASIG Open Wire Detection V dc Terminal board or cable problem

M041 ARET Open Wire Detection V dc Terminal board or cable problem

M042 BSIG Open Wire Detection V dc Terminal board or cable problem

M043 BRET Open Wire Detection V dc Terminal board or cable problem


M044 Chan A DAC Bias V dc Board failure

M045 Chan B DAC Bias V dc Board failure

M046 Chan A Diff Amp Out V dc Board failure

M047 Chan B Diff Amp Out V dc Board failure

M048 Chan A FFT Filtered Null Counts Board failure

M049 Chan B FFT Filtered Null Counts Board failure

M050 Chan A FFT Filtered Reference Counts Board failure

M051 Chan B FFT Filtered Reference Counts Board failure

M052 Chan A (Slow) Filtered RMS Null Counts Board failure

M053 Chan B (Slow) Filtered RMS Null Counts Board failure

M054 Chan A (Slow) Filtered RMS Reference Counts Board failure

M055 Chan B (Slow) Filtered RMS Reference Counts Board failure

VAMA M072 Chan A FFT Null Board failureStartup M073 Chan B FFT Null Counts Board failure

M074 Chan A FFT Reference Counts Board failure

M075 Chan B FFT Reference Counts Board failure

M076 Chan A (Slow) RMS Null Counts Board failure

M077 Chan B (Slow) RMS Null Counts Board failure

M078 Chan A (Slow) RMS Reference Counts Board failure

M079 Chan B (Slow) RMS Reference Counts Board failure

M080 Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=300 Board failure

M081 Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=300 Board failure

M082 Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Board failure

M083 Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Board failure

M084 Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=2160 Board failure

M085 Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=2160 Board failure

M086 Ch A FFT AC Gain Corr 260_970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 Board failure

M087 Ch B FFT AC Gain Corr 260_970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 Board failure

M088 Slow Ch A RMS Gain Corr 270_970Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Board failure

M089 Slow Ch B RMS Gain Corr 270_970Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Board failure

M090 CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=0 Board failure

M091 CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=0 Board failure

M092 CHAN A FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=1.0 Freq=300 Board failure

M093 CHAN B FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=1.0 Freq=300 Board failure





M098 CHAN A FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Board failure

M099 CHAN B FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=600 Board failure






M104 CHAN A FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=706 –12db Board failure

M105 CHAN B FFT LPF=600Hz Gain=4.5 Freq=706 –12db Board failure

M106 CHAN A FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=1192 –12db Board failure

M107 CHAN B FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=1192 –12db Board failure

M108 CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=3854 –6db Board failure

M109 CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=4.5 Freq=3854 –6db Board failure





M114 CHAN A FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 –3db Board failure

M115 CHAN B FFT LPF=1kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=1000 –3db Board failure

M116 CHAN A FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=3600 –3db Board failure

M117 CHAN B FFT LPF=3.6kHz Gain=2.25 Freq=3600 –3db Board failure

M118 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400 Board failure

M119 CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400 Board failure

M120 CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400 Board failure

M121 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=400 Board failure





M126 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 –3db Board failure

M127 CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 –3db Board failure

M128 CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 –3db Board failure

M129 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=235 –3db Board failure






















M150 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <–36db Board failure

M151 CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <–36db Board failure

M152 CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <–36db Board failure

M153 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=130 <–36db Board failure


































M186 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <–36db Board failure

M187 CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <–36db

Board failure

M188 CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <–36db Board failure

M189 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=1940 <–36db

Board failure

M190 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50% Board failure

M191 CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50% Board failure

M192 CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50% Board failure

M193 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 50% Board failure





M198 CHAN A FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5% Board failure

M199 CHAN A RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5% Board failure

M200 CHAN B FFT 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5% Board failure

M201 CHAN B RMS 260-970Hz Gain=2.25 Freq=600 12.5% Board failure





M206 Chan A Dac Bias V dc Set to 0.0V dc Board failure

M207 Chan B Dac Bias V dc Set to 0.0V dc Board failure

M208 Chan A Dac Bias V dc Set to 1.0V dc Board failure

M209 Chan B Dac Bias V dc Set to 1.0V dc Board failure

M210 Chan A Dac Bias V dc Set to –1.0V dc Board failure

M211 Chan B Dac Bias V dc Set to –1.0V dc Board failure

M212 FFT Chan A A/D Bit Integrity - Peak bin cnts 80-100Hz Board failure

M213 FFT Chan B A/D Bit Integrity - Peak bin cnts 80-100Hz Board failure




VSCA Serial Communications Board










GEI-100565

2 • VSCA Serial Communications Board GEI-100565

Section PageFunctional Description.............................................................................................................2Operation....................................................................................................................................2VSCA Jumpers..........................................................................................................................3Features ......................................................................................................................................3Data Flow from VSCA to Controller....................................................................................3DSCB Terminal Board.............................................................................................................6DPWA Transducer Excitation Power Distribution Terminal Board................................8

Functional DescriptionThe Serial Communications Board (VSCA) provides I/O interfaces with externaldevices, using RS-232C, RS422, and RS485 serial communications. Currently theIS200VSCAH2A version is available. The associated DIN-rail mounted SerialCommunications Terminal Board (DSCB) is wired to the external devices, whichinclude intelligent pressure sensors such as the smart Honeywell PressureTransducers.

Connectivity between VSCA and the DSCB terminal board(s) is through the J6 andJ7 front panel connectors. These are parallel connected, each using a 37-pin D shellconnector, with group shielded twisted pair wiring. Connectivity between theterminal board and the external device is through the Euro-Block (Phoenix type),using screw terminations and twisted shielded pair AWG#18 wiring.

The DSCB terminal board includes two screws for SCOM (ground) that must beconnected to a good shield ground. DSCB can interface external devices up todistances of 1000 ft for RS422 and RS485, at baud rates up to 375 kbps. For RS-232C, the distance is only 50 ft or 2500 pF of cable capacitance (including the cablefrom VSCA to the DSCB). It supports short haul modems for longer distances.

OperationVSCA/DSCB is a dataterminal device (DTE).

The VSCA is a single slot board, providing six serial communication ports. Eachport is independently configurable to an RS-232C, RS485, or RS422 interface, usinga three-position group jumper (berg array). Both RS-232C and RS422 support fullduplex. The line drivers are located on the VSCA board, and include appropriatetermination resistors, with configurable jumpers to accommodate multidrop linenetworks. Outputs for RS422 and RS485 have tri-state capability. Inputs/outputs goto high impedance condition when powered down. They do not cause significantdisturbance when powered down/up (less than 10 ms) on a party line. The open wirecondition on a receiver is biased to a high state.

• RS-232C supports: RXD, TXD, DTR/RTS, GND, CTS (five wire)

• RS422 supports: TX+, TX−, RX+, RX−, GND

• RS485 supports: TX/RX+, TX/RX−, GND

GEI-100565 VSCA Serial Communications Board • 3

VSCA JumpersJumpers JP1 through JP6 are block jumpers, used to select the port electricalcharacteristic, RS232C, RS422, or RS485. Each jumper has three positions marked232, 422, and 485.

Jumpers JP7 through JP12 are block jumpers, used to select the correct terminationconfiguration for all the transmission lines (Tx). Each jumper has three positionsmarked TRM, THR, and PRK where:

• TRM means with terminating resistor.

• THR means no terminating resistor, pass through to J7.

• PRK means no terminating resistor, or park position

Jumpers JP13 through JP18 are block jumpers, and are used to select the correcttermination configuration for all the receive lines (Rx). Each jumper has threepositions marked TRM, THR, and PRK, where the meanings are the same as above.

A two-position jumper, JPU1, selects between Honeywell pressure transducer andModbus operation for ports 1 and 2. The default position for JPU1 is X2 and enablesthe serial clock for operation with Honeywell transducers. Position X1 selects theclock needed for Modbus operation. JPU1 is located at the bottom of the boardtowards the backplane connector (away from the other jumpers).VSCA Board Jumper Positions

Network PortNumber

232/422/485Communication

TxTRM/THR/PRK

RxTRM/THR/PRK

Port 1 JP1 JP7 JP13

Port 2 JP2 JP8 JP14

Port 3 JP3 JP9 JP15

Port 4 JP4 JP10 JP16



Features

Data Flow from VSCA to ControllerData flow from VSCA to the controller UCV_ is of two types, fixed I/O and ModbusI/O. Fixed I/O is associated with the smart pressure transducers and the Kollmorgenelectric drive data. This data is completely processsed every frame, the same asconventional I/O. The required frame rate is 100 Hz. These signals are mapped intosignal space, using the .tre file, and have individual health bits, use system limitchecking, and have offset/gain scaling.


Two consecutive time outs arerequired before a signal isdeclared unhealthy.Diagnostic messages are usedto annunciate allcommunication problems.

Modbus I/O is the I/O associated with the Modbus ports. Because of the quantity ofthese signals, they are not completely processed every frame; instead they arepacketized, and transferred to the UCV_ processor, over the IONet through a specialservice. This can accommodate up to 2400 bytes, at 4 Hz, or 9600 bytes at 1 Hz, orcombinations thereof. This I/O is known as second class I/O, where coherency is atthe signal level only, not at the device or board level. Health bits are assigned at thedevice level, the UCV_ expands (fully populate) for all signals, and system limitchecking is not performed.

Ports 1 and 2 only (as an option) support the Honeywell pressure configuration. Itreads inputs from the Honeywell Smart Pressure Transducers, type LG-1237; thisservice is available on ports 1 and 2 only, as an option (pressure transducers orModBus). The pressure transducer protocol utilizes interface boardDS200XDSAG#AC, and RS422. Each port can service up to six transducers. Theservice is 375 kbaud, asynchronous, nine data bits, (11 bits including start and stop).It includes failsafe features as follows:

• Communication miss counters, one per device, and associated diagnostics

• After four consecutive misses it forces the input pressure to 1.0 psia, and posts adiagnostic. After four consecutive hits (good values) it removes the forcing andthe diagnostic.

Three ports (any three, but no more than three) support the Kollmorgen electricdrive. It communicates with a Kollmorgen Electric Fast Drive FD170/8R2-004 at a19200 baud rate, point-to-point, using RS422.

Modbus service. The current Modbus design supports the Master mode, howeverthe design does not preclude the future enhancement of Modbus slave mode ofoperation. It is configurable at the port level as follows:

• Used , not used

• Baud Rate RS232C: 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600

• RS485/422: 19200, 38400, 57600, 115000

• Parity: none, odd, even

• Data Bits: seven, eight

• Stop Bits: one, two

• Station addresses

• Multidrop, up to eight devices per port; maximum of 18 devices per board

• RTU

• Time out (seconds) per device

• The Modbus service is configurable at the signal level as follows:

• Signal type

• Register number

• Read/write

• Transfer rate, 0.5, 1, 2, or 4 Hz

• Scaling, offset, and gain


The service supports function codes 1−7, 15, and 16; it also supports double 16-bitregisters for floating point numbers and 32-bit counters. It periodically (20 s)attempts to reestablish communications with a dead station.

Type casting and scaling of all I/O signals to/from engineering units are supportedon the VSCA and the toolbox, for both fixed I/O and Modbus I/O.

Electric Drive

FD170/8F2-004

Actuator/Valve

+125 V dc power

-

J1

PhA

PhB

PhC Gr

d

Motor GrdMotorframe

4

Shield(int)

J4

Chassis

Resolver

Ref

Sin

Cos

6Ther

excexcsec2sec2sec1sec1

123456

LVDT

Mark VI Control J2

J4

89465

Rx

Tx

Grd

Enable3678

3132

P24 Venable

Crit faultrelay

+-+-

VSCA

DSCB

VCCC

TRLY

TBCI

VSVO

TSVO

Twisted shielded pairAWG#18 min, up to1000 ft, ground shields atMark VI end only

4 5 1 2 3 6 30 27 17 19 21 2823 18 20 22

21 3 5 7 8 E A B D C GFContact inputL5FMVn_CFZFault = Open

Drive enable relayL4FMVn_ENAXEnable = Close

Monitoring signals

VSCA Interface to Electric Servo Drive


DSCB Terminal BoardThe DSCB board is held in a plastic frame and mounts on a DIN-rail. Six intelligenttransducers are wired to DSCB using shielded twisted pair. There are six jumpers onthe board for the six channels. The wiring connections to the Euro-Block typeterminal block are shown in the following figure. There are four terminals for theSCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short as possible.

Note Jumpers J1 – J6 direct SIGRET either directly to SCOM or through acapacitor to SCOM. The shield must be grounded at one end or the other, but notboth. If the shield is grounded at the device end, the jumpers should be set to includethe capacitor in the circuit. If the shield is not grounded at the device end, thejumpers should be set to go directly to SCOM.

DSCB Terminal Assignments

RS422 TX+ TX- RX+ RX- NC SIGRET JPx SCOMRS485 NC NC Tx/RX+ Tx/RX- NC SIGRET JPx SCOMRS232 CTS DTR/RTS RX NC TX SIGRET JPx SCOM

1 2 3 4 5 6 JP1 79 10 11 12 13 JP2 1416 17 18 19 20 JP3 2123 24 25 26 27 JP4 2830 31 32 33 34 JP5 3537 38 39 40 41 JP6 42

43,44,45,46

Six channels

Comments: The RS422/RS485 transmit and receive pairs must useatwisted pair in the VSCA to DSCB

To/from VSCA, J6

DSCB DIN-rail mountedterminal board

37 wire cable,with twisted pair,group shielding

JA1Twisted shielded pair,AWG#18, to externaldevices.Configurable toRS232,RS422, or RS485.Six channels,screwdefinitions below

SCOM

SIGRETSCOM

CapJ1

SCOM GRD

ss

ss

Chan 1Chan 2Chan 3Chan 4Chan 5Chan 6

815222936


DSCB Wiring, Cabling, and Jumper Positions

JA1DSCB

From VSCAboard front,J6

43444546

Mark VI control Fuel skid

XDSAG1ACCP1

Press XdrLG-1237

Outer valveGP1OA

P2Press XdrLG-1237

Outer valveGP2OA

P3Press XdrLG-1237

Outer valveGP1OB

P4Press XdrLG-1237

Outer valveGP2OB

12345678

910111213141516

PowerAdr= 0

Adr= 1

Adr= 2

Adr= 3

Power

XDSAG1ACCP1

Press XdrLG-1237

Pilot valveGP1PA

P2Press XdrLG-1237

Pilot valveGP2PA

P3Press XdrLG-1237

Pilot valveGP1PB

P4Press XdrLG-1237

Pilot valveGP2PB

12345678

910111213141516

PowerAdr= 4

Adr= 5

Adr= 6

Adr= 7

Power

XDSAG1ACCP1

Press XdrLG-1237

Inner valveGP1IA

P2Press XdrLG-1237

Inner valveGP2IA

P3Press XdrLG-1237

Inner valveGP1IB

P4Press XdrLG-1237

Inner valveGP2IB

12345678

910111213141516

PowerAdr= 8

Adr= 9

Adr=10

Adr=11

Power

Chan A

Chan B

Chan B

Chan A

Chan B

Chan A

Chan A, RS422+

+

+

GndSCOM

12

34

+

Chan B, RS422

89

1011

Tx

Rx

Tx

Rx

Port #1

Port #2

Stab-on

nearest gnd

Stab-on

nearest gnd

Stab-on

nearest gnd

XDSA Jumper Settings

Termination: Tx Only, JP1, JP2:Set to "IN" if end of line;Set to "OUT" if not end of line.

Address:Jumper Outer Pilot Inner

JP3 0 1 0 Chan AJP4 0 0 1 Chan A

JP5 0 1 0 Chan BJP6 0 0 1 Chan B

DSCB Connections to XDSA and Pressure Transducers


DPWA Transducer Excitation Power DistributionTerminal BoardDPWA provides excitationpower to the type LG-1237Honeywell pressuretransducers.

DPWA is DIN-rail mounted and has an input voltage of 28 V dc ± 5%, providedthrough two-pin locking connectors. Connectivity between the terminal board andthe external devices is through the Euro-Block (Phoenix type) terminal block, usingscrew terminations and twisted shielded pair, AWG#18, wiring. DPWA providesthree voltage output sources of 12 V dc ± 5%, with each output rated at 0 to 0.4 A,and is compatible with interface board DS200XDSAG#AC. Outputs are short circuitprotected, and self recovering. Two terminal boards per system are required whenservicing redundant ports.

Note The DPWA terminal board includes two screw terminals for SCOM (ground)that must be connected to a good shield ground.

DPWA

Returns

1 k 1 kBuscenteringbridge

20 k

SCOM

SCOM100 k

20 k

100 k

20 k

SCOM

P12V1P12R1

P12V2P12R2

P12R3P12V3

PSRetSCOM

PS28VA

PS28VBSCOM

SCOM

12

3

4

5

6

910

1112

1314

P1

P3

P4

PeripherialP28V dc fromcontrol rack P12Vdc,

1.2 Amp

P12

P12

P12

s

s

100k

SCOM15

SCOM16

12

P28V dc toP12 V dcIsolation

s

P2

DPWA Board Block Diagram


P1

P2

P3

P4

DPWA

Power supply,IS2020RKPS

28 VDC +/-5% 11

12

13

14

15

16

28 Vto

12 V

1

2

3

4

5

6

Return

100K20K

ReturnSCOM

100K20K

P28_J1

SCOM

100KP28_J2SCOM 20K

12 Vdc +/-5%1.2 Amp

P1

P2

P3

P4

DPWA9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

28 Vto

12 V

1

2

3

4

5

6

Return

100K20K

ReturnSCOM

100K20K

P28_J1SCOM

100KP28_J2SCOM 20K

12 V dc +/-5%1.2 Amp

Mark VI control Fuel skid

XDSAG1ACC P1Press XdrLG-1237

Outer valveGP1OA

P2Press XdrLG-1237

Outer valveGP2OA

P3Press XdrLG-1237

Outer valveGP1OB

P4Press XdrLG-1237

Outer valveGP2OB

12345678

910111213141516

PowerAdr= 0

Adr= 1

Adr= 2

Adr= 3

Power


Pilot valveGP1PA

P2Press XdrLG-1237

Pilot valveGP2PA

P3Press XdrLG-1237

Pilot valveGP1PB

P4Press XdrLG-1237

Pilot valveGP2PB

12345678

910111213141516

PowerAdr= 4

Adr= 5

Adr= 6

Adr= 7

Power


Inner valveGP1IA

P2Press XdrLG-1237

Inner valveGP2IA

P3Press XdrLG-1237

Inner valveGP1IB

P4Press XdrLG-1237

Inner valveGP2IB

12345678

910111213141516

PowerAdr= 8

Adr= 9

Adr= 10

Adr=11

Power

Chan A

Chan B

Chan B

Chan A

Chan B

Chan A

Power for channel A

Power for channel B

9

10

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

VAIC

VDCx

Retx

Retx

VDCx

Redundantpower supplywhen required

RetxVDCx

Power supplymonitoring

Stab-on

nearest gnd

Stab-on

nearest gnd

Stab-on

nearest gnd

12

+

1

32

28V

ComPS28C

12

PS28C"Normal"

Return

ReturnP12

P12

P12

Grd1Grd2

Isol

Isol

Return

Return

P12

P12

P12

Grd1Grd2

DPWA Power Distribution to XDSA and Smart Pressure Transducers





VPRO Turbine Protection Module










GEI-100566

2 • VPRO Turbine Protection Module GEI-100566

Section PageFunctional Description.............................................................................................................2Installation..................................................................................................................................2Operation....................................................................................................................................6Control of Trip Solenoids........................................................................................................6Solenoid Trip Tests ..................................................................................................................7Specifications ............................................................................................................................7Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................8Configuration.............................................................................................................................8TRPL/TREL Large Steam Turbine Primary and Emergency Trip...................................9Features ....................................................................................................................................11Configuration...........................................................................................................................11Installation................................................................................................................................14TRPS/TRES Small/Medium Steam Turbine Primary Trip..............................................16Features ....................................................................................................................................16Configuration...........................................................................................................................16Installation................................................................................................................................19TPRO Turbine Protection Terminal Board.........................................................................21Installation................................................................................................................................24Operation..................................................................................................................................25Features ....................................................................................................................................25Specifications ..........................................................................................................................26Diagnostics ..............................................................................................................................27Configuration...........................................................................................................................28I/O Board Alarms ....................................................................................................................33

Functional DescriptionVPRO also connects to theTPRO terminal board andhas an Ethernet connectionfor IONet communicationswith the control modules.

The VPRO board in the Protection Module provides the emergency tripfunction. Up to three trip solenoids can be connected between the TREG and TRPGterminal boards. TREG provides the positive side of the 125 V dc to the solenoidsand TRPG provides the negative side. VPRO provides emergency overspeedprotection and the emergency stop functions. It controls the 12 relays on TREG, nineof which form three groups of three to vote inputs controlling the three tripsolenoids. A second TREG board may be driven from VPRO through J4.

InstallationThe three trip solenoids, economizing resistors, and the emergency stop are wireddirectly to the first I/O terminal block. Up to seven trip interlocks can be wired to thesecond terminal block. The wiring connections are shown in the following figure.

GEI-100566 VPRO Turbine Protection Module • 3

TREG Terminal Board

Turbine Emergency TripTermination Board TREGH1A

Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300 volt insulation


SOL 1 or 4

Contact TRP2 (L)

Contact TRP4 (L)

Contact TRP6 (L)Contact TRP7 (L)

Contact TRP2 (H)

Contact TRP4 (H)

Contact TRP6 (H)

Contact TRP1 (H)

Contact TRP3 (H)

Contact TRP5 (H)

Contact TRP7 (H)

2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

13579

11131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

RES 1ASOL 2 or 5

SOL 3 or 6PWR_N3

PWR_N1RES 1BPWR_N2

Contact TRP1 (L)

Contact TRP3 (L)

Contact TRP5 (L)

J1J2JH1

RES 2ARES 2B

RES 3ARES 3B E-TRP (H)E-TRP (H)E-TRP (L)

PWR_P1 (for probe)PWR_P2 (for probe)

Power 125 V dc

To TRPG, 12 wiresTo TSVOboards onSMXsystems

JZ1

JY1

JX1

JUMPER

VPROZ

VPROY

VPROX


TREG Terminal Board


Cable to VPRO-S8

Cable to VPRO-T8

x

STAT

VPRO

VPRO Module – R8

Barrier type terminalblocks can beunpluggedfrom board formaintenance

Shieldbar

x

x

JY1

JX1

Cable to VPRO-R8

J3

2468

1012141618202224

x

xxxxxxxxxxxx

13579

11131517192123

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

262830323436384042444648

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

252729313335373941434547

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

JH1 J1

JZ1

x x

x x x

RUNFAIL

IONET

C

SER

J5

J6

J4

PARAL

P5COMP28AP28BETHR

POWER

To TSVOterminationboards (SMX)

P125 Vdc

R

XYZ

8421

T

J2

To TRPG EthernetIONet

To TPRO

To TPRO

To second TREG(optional)

NF

Trip Emergency Terminal Board, VPRO Board, and Cabling


J2To relayK25A on

TTUR

Servo clamp

Trip interlockseven circuits2

3RDK4CL JX1

JY1JZ1

Mon

J1K4CL

To TSVOboards on

SMX systems

J223RD

JX1JY1JZ1

MonJH1 P125XN125X

ToJX1JY1JZ1

P28VV

K4CL

BCOM

JX1JY1JZ1

J2

J2

Terminal Board TREGH1A

KX1

KX2

KX3

RD

RD

RD

VPRO

section XJ3

JX1

28 V dc

Tripsolenoid

1 or 402

Trip solenoid2 or 5

04

Tripsolenoid

3 or 606

K4X KX1,2,3

KX1 KY1

KY1

KZ1 KX1

KZ1

KE101

J2 J2

0403

KY1

KY2

KY3

RD

RD

RD

VPRO

section YJ3

JY1

28 V dcK4Y KY1,2,3

KX2 KY2

KY2

KZ2 KX2

KZ2

KE205

J2

0807

KZ1

KZ2

KZ3

RD

RD

RD

VPRO

section ZJ3

JZ1

28 V dcK4Z KZ1,2,3

KX3 KY3

KY3

KZ3 KX3

KZ3

KE309

J2

12

11

- +

- +

- +

TerminalBoard TRPG

Mon

Mon

Mon

Mon

Mon

Mon0610

02

P28X1

P28Y1

P28Z1

Sol pwr monitor

Optionaleconomizingresistor,100 ohm,70W

ID

ID

ID

J2 J2-+

MonJX1JY1JZ1

P125VN125V

3031

JX1JY1JZ1

P28VV

Three economizing relay circuits

23RD

KE1,2,3

MonJX1JY1JZ1 KE1,2,3

NS

NS

35

36

P125XExc

TRP

TRP1H

TRP1L

14

15

16

17

18

E-Stop

CLK4X

K4Y

K4Z

P28VVETRPH

ETRPL

N125X

Second E-STOPwhen applicable

JUMPR

JUMPR

PWR_P1PWR_P2

for test probe

PWR_N1for test

13

TREG Board, Trip Interlocks, and Trip Solenoids


OperationTREG is entirely controlled by VPRO, and the only connections to the controlmodules are the J2 power cable and the trip solenoids. In Simplex systems a thirdcable carries a trip signal from J1 to the TSVO terminal board, providing a servovalve clamp function upon turbine trip.

Control of Trip SolenoidsThe solenoid circuit has ametal oxide varistor (MOV)for current suppression and a10 ohm, 70 watt economizingresistor.

Both TRPG and TREG control the trip solenoids so that either one can removepower and actuate the hydraulics to close the steam or fuel valves. The nine triprelay coils on TREG are supplied with 28 V dc from VPRO boards in X, Y, and Z.The trip solenoids are supplied with 125 V dc via plug J2, and draw up to 1 ampwith a 0.1 second L/R time constant.

A separately fused 125 V dc feeder is provided from the turbine control for thesolenoids which energize in the run mode and de-energize in the trip mode.Diagnostics monitor each 125 V dc feeder from the power distribution module at itspoint of entry on the terminal board to verify the fuse integrity and the cableconnection.

. A normally closed contactfrom each relay is used tosense the relay status fordiagnostics

Two series contacts from each emergency trip relay (ETR1, 2, 3) are connected tothe positive 125 V dc feeder for each solenoid, and two series contacts from eachprimary trip relay (PTR1,2,3 in TRPG) are connected to the negative 125 V dcfeeder for each solenoid. An economizing relay (KE1, 2, 3) is supplied for eachsolenoid with a normally closed contact in parallel with the current limiting resistor.These relays are used to reduce the current load after the solenoids are energized.The ETR and KE relay coils are powered from a 28 V dc source from the VPROboards. Each VPRO board in each of the X, Y, and Z sections supplies anindependent 28 V dc source.

The 28 V dc bus is current limited and used for power to an external manualemergency trip contact, shown as E-STOP. Three master trip relays (K4X, K4Y,K4Z) disconnect the 28 V dc bus from the ETR, and KE relay coils if a manualemergency trip occurs. Any trip which originates in either the protection module(such as EOS) or the TREG (such as a manual trip) will cause each of the threeprotection module sections to transmit a trip command over the IONet to the controlmodule, and may be used to identify the source of the trip.

In addition, the K4CL servo clamp relay will energize and send a contact feedbackdirectly from the TREG terminal board to the TSVO servo terminal board. TSVOdisconnects the servo current source from the terminal block and applies a bias todrive the control valve closed. This is only used on Simplex applications to protectagainst the servo amplifier failing high. Note that the primary and emergencyoverspeed systems will trip the hydraulic trip solenoids independent of this circuit.


Solenoid Trip TestsApplication software in the control module is used to initiate tests of the tripsolenoids. Online tests allow each of the trip solenoids to be manually tripped one ata time either through the PTR relays from the control module(s) or through the ETRrelays from the protection module. A contact from each solenoid circuit is wiredback as a contact input to give a positive indication that the solenoid has tripped.Primary and emergency offline overspeed tests are provided too for verification ofactual trips due to software simulated trip overspeed conditions.

SpecificationsTREG Board Specifications

Item Specification

Number of trip solenoids (TREG) Three solenoids per TREG (total of 6 per VPRO)

Trip solenoid rating 125 V dc standard with 1 A draw24 V dc is alternate with 1 A draw

Trip solenoid circuits Circuits rated for NEMA class E creepage and clearanceCircuits can clear a 15 A fuse with all circuits fully loaded

Solenoid response time Solenoid L/R time constant is 0.1 second

Suppression MOV across the solenoid

Relay outputs Three economizer relay outputs, two second delay to energize

Driver to breaker relay K25A on TTUR

Servo clamp relay on TSVO

Solenoid control relay contacts Contacts are rated to interrupt inductive solenoid loads at 125 Vdc, 1 ABus voltage can vary from 70 to 145 V dc

Trip inputs Seven trip interlocks to VPRO protection module, 125/24 V dcOne emergency stop hardwired trip interlock, 24 V dc

Trip interlock excitation H1 - Nominal 125 V dc, floating, ranging from 100 to 145 V dcH2 – Nominal 24 V dc, floating, ranging from 18.5 to 32 V dc

Trip interlock current H1 for 125 V dc applications:Circuits draw 2.5 mA (50 kohms)

H2 for 24 V dc applications:Circuits draw 2.5 mA (10 kohms)

Trip interlock isolation Optical isolation to 1500 volts on all inputs

Trip interlock filter Hardware filter, 4 ms

Trip interlock Ac voltage rejection 60 V rms @ 50/60 Hz at 125 V dc excitation


DiagnosticsDescriptions of the TREG diagnostics are contained in the VPRO section. Thediagnostics cover the trip relay driver and contact feedbacks, solenoid voltage,economizer relay driver and contact feedbacks, K25A relay driver and coil, servoclamp relay driver and contact feedback, and the solenoid voltage source.

Connectors JX1, JY1, and JZ1 on the terminal board have their own ID device that isinterrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with theterminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location.

ConfigurationTREG is configured using the toolbox. This software usually runs on a data-highwayconnected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. The following table summarizes theconfiguration choices and defaults. For details refer to GEH-6403 Control SystemToolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.

Typical TREG Configuration


Configuration

J3:IS200TREGH1A First TREG Board Connected, not connected

KESTOP1_Fdbk1 Emergency stop - When TREG, ESTOP1, inverse sense,K4 relay, True = Run - board point


Contact1 Trip interlock 1 (first of 7) - board point Point edit (input BIT)

ContactInputTrip interlock 1 used Used, unused

TripEnableTrip interlock active Enable, disable

TrpTimeDelayTime delay before tripping turbine after contact opens(seconds)

0 to 10

SeqOfEventsRecord contact transitions in sequence of events Enable, disable

K1_Fdbk Trip Relay 1 feedback (first of 3) - board point Point edit (input BIT)

RelayOutputRelay feedback used Used, unused

KE1_Fdbk Economizer relay for trip solenoid feedback (first of 3)- board point


RelayOutputEconomizer relay feedback used Used, unused

K4CL_Fdbk Drive Control Valve Servos Closed, use ONLY for SteamTurbine Simplex - board point

Point Edit (Input BIT)

Relay output Servo valve clamp used Used, unused

K25A Synchronizing check relay on TTUR - board point Point edit (input BIT)

SynchCheckSynch check relay K25A used Used, unused


SystemFreqSystem frequency in Hz 50 or 60

ReferFreqSelect generator frequency reference for PLL, standardPR input or from signal space

PR standard or signal space

TurbRPMRated load turbine RPM 0 to 20,000

VoltageDiffMaximum voltage difference in kV rms for synchronizing 0 to1,000

FreqDiffMaximum frequency difference in Hz for synchronizing 0 to 0.5

PhaseDiffMaximum phase difference in degrees for synchronizing 0 to 30

GenVoltageMinimum generator voltage in kV rms for synchronizing 1 to 1,000

BusVoltageMinimum bus voltage in kV rms for synchronizing 1 to 1,000

J4A:IS200TREGH1A Second TREG board Connected, not connected

KESTOP2_Fdbk When TREG, ESTOP, inverse sense, K4 relay, True =Run - board point


K4_Fdbk Trip relay 4 feedback (first of three) - board point Point edit (input BIT)

KE4_Fdbk Economizing relay for trip solenoid 4 (first of three) -board point


Board Points (Signals) Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connnection) Direction Type

See point edit names above

TRPL/TREL Large Steam Turbine Primary andEmergency Trip

TRPL and TREL are used to provide primary and emergency overspeed protectionfor large steam turbines. These two terminal boards are used in a similar way asTRPG and TREG are used on gas turbine applications.

Up to three trip solenoids can be connected between the TREL and TRPL terminalboards. TREL provides the positive side of the 125 V dc to the solenoids and TRPLprovides the negative side. VTUR provides primary overspeed protection and theemergency stop functions. It controls the 12 relays on TRPL, nine of which formthree groups of three to vote inputs controlling the three trip solenoids.


J3

J4

VTUR

VPRO

Trip solenoids,three circuitsCable

JR5

JR1

Special speed cable

JR1

JP3

J2

JX5

JX1

JX1

JS5

JT5

JS1

JT1

JS1

JT1

JY1

JZ1

JY5

JZ5

JY1

JZ1

Special speed cable

125 V dc

2 transformers

2 transformers

10 Relays

12 relays

J2

J1Trip signal toTSVO TB's

J5

J5

J4

J3

J7

TPRO

TREL

TRPL

TTUR

(3 PTR's &3 E-Stop)

3 relaysGen synch

(9 ETR's, &1 servo clamp)

125/24 V dccontact excitation

JH1

J6

JP1JP2

125/24 V dc, BusA125/24 V dc, BusB125/24 V dc, BusC

To tripinterlocks (7)

To TTURH1B

E-Stop

Steam Turbine Control and Protection Boards


FeaturesTRPL is used for TMR applications only. Three separate power buses, PwrA, PwrB,PwrC for solenoid power, are brought in through connectors JP1, JP2, and JP3, andthen distributed to TREL through connector J2. In the TREL, three separate powerbuses, PwrA, PwrB, PwrC for solenoid power, are brought in through connector J2from TRPL.

The power buses have a nominal voltage of 125 V dc (70 to 145 V dc) or 24 V dc(18 to 32 V dc). The board includes power bus monitoring (three buses). Themaximum current per bus is 3 amps.

Each of the three trip solenoids is controlled by three relays using 2/3 contact voting.The relay output rating (for 100,000 operations) is as follows:

• At 24 V dc, 3 A, L/R = 100 milliseconds, with suppression

• At 125 V dc, 1.0 A, L/R = 100 milliseconds, with suppression

The TREL includes the synchcheck relay driver, K25A, andassociated monitoring, thesame as on TREG, and theservo clamp relay driver,K4CL, and its associatedmonitoring.

The trip circuits include solenoid suppression, and associated solenoid voltagemonitoring and trip relay contact monitoring. In the TRPL, the hardwired trip (E-STOP) and associated monitoring provides approximately 6.6 V dc to VTUR whenthe K4 relays are picked up.. In the TREL, seven dry contact inputs are used as tripinterlocks, and the excitation and signal are monitored and fanned to the threeVPROs.

ConfigurationTRPL configuration is similar to TRPG but there are no flame detectors. Only thesingle-wide VTUR is used with a single J4 connector.

TREL configuration is similar to TREG but there are no emergency stop inputs(KESTOP), and no economizer relay solenoid feedbacks (KE#_Fdbk). Only oneTREL can be connected to the VPRO.


J2

RD

RD

RD

JS1

RD

RD

RD

JT1

RD

RD

RD

KR1 KS1

KS1

KT1 KR1

<R>VTUR

J4

<S>VTUR

J4

<T>VTUR

J4

P28 VR

P28 VS

P28 VT

Tripsolenoid#1 or 4

KT1

SOL1 02

Tripsolenoid#2 or 5

SOL2 06

Tripsolenoid#3 or 6

10

02

J2 J2

05

J2

08

- +

- +

- +

KT1,2,3

KS1,2,3

KR1,2,3

Mon

Mon

Mon

"PTR 1"

ID

44

45

46

47

48

CL

K4R

K4S

K4T

P28VV

P28R1P28S1P28T1

43TRP1

TRP2Primary E-Stop

TRP4

TRP3

TRP5

KR2 KS2

KS2

KT2 KR2

KT2

"PTR 2"

"PTR 3"

Solenoid volts monitorto JR1,JS1,JT1


PwrA_N

PwrB_N

PwrC_N J2 J2

9

KR3 KS3

KS3

KT3 KR3

KT3

11

PwrC_P


K4R

K4S

K4T

KR1

KR2

KR3

KS1

KS2

KS3

KT1

KT2

KT3

P28R1 tomonitor

P28S1 tomonitor

P28T1 tomonitor

01

03

04PwrA_P

0507

08PwrB_P

18

19

PwrC_P

Sol Pwr

Monitor

To JR1,JS1, JT1 PwrA_P

PwrB_PPwrC_P

J2

To relayK25A onTTUR drivenfrom TREL

JR1JS1JT1

PwrA_N

PwrC_NPwrB_N

2223

24

"ETR1"

"ETR2"

"ETR3"

Terminal Board TRPL

JR1

125/24 Vdc bus A

JP1

TerminalBoard TREL

JP2 JP3

125/24 Vdc bus B 125/24 Vdc bus C

J2, powerbuses toTREL

PwrA_P

PwrA_N

PwrB_P

PwrB_N

PwrC_P

PwrC_N

Mon(3)

JR1JS1JT1

To

TRP6

Secondary E-Stop whenapplicable, remove jumperto enable function.

IDID

ID

42

41

40

39Miscellaneous tiepoints; no internalconnections

TRPL Terminal Board


J2

J2

Terminal Board TREL

RD

RD

RD

VPRO

section R8J3

JX1

P28X

Tripsolenoid#1 or 402

Tripsolenoid#2 or 506

Tripsolenoid#3 or 6

10

KX1,2,3

KX1 KY1

KY1

KZ1 KX1

KZ1

02

J2 J2

03

RD

RD

RD

VPRO

section S8J3

JY1

P28Y

KY1,2,3

KX2 KY2

KY2

KZ2 KX2

KZ2

05

J2

06

RD

RD

RD

VPRO

section T8J3

JZ1

P28Z

KZ1,2,3

KX3 KY3

KY3

KZ3 KX3

KZ3

08

J2

09

- +

- +

- +

TerminalBoard TRPL

Mon

Mon

Mon

J2To relayK25A onTTUR

J2 J2

Servo clamp

23RD

K4CL JX1JY1JZ1

Mon

J2 23RD

JX1JY1JZ1

MonJH1 Excit_PExcitation_N

P28VV

K4CL

BCOM

ID

ID

ID

01

04

07

KX1

KX2

KX3

KY1

KY2

KY3

KZ1

KZ2

KZ3

"ETR1"

"ETR2"

"ETR3"

PwrA_P

PwrB_P

PwrC_P

NS

To JX1,JY1,JZ1

36

Trip interlock

NS 35

Exc_PExcitation

volts

7

13

14

15

PwrA_P

PwrB_P

PwrC_PJ1

K4CL

To TSVOboards on

SMX systems

J25

JX1JY1JZ1

PwrA_PPwrA_NPwrB_PPwrB_N

PwrC_PPwrC_N

PwrA_N

PwrB_N

PwrC_N

Sol PwrMonitor

Powerbuses

ABC

.

.

.

7 circuits as above

TRP1B

TRP1A

FromPDM

TRPL Terminal Board (continued)


InstallationThe three trip solenoids are wired directly to the first I/O terminal block. Theprimary emergency stop and optional secondary emergency stop are wired to thesecond terminal block. Trip solenoid power is supplied through plugs JP1, JP2, andJP3. The wiring connections are shown in the following figures.

Primary Trip Terminal Board TRPL

Up to two #12 AWG wiresper point with 300 voltinsulation

Terminal blocks can beunplugged from board formaintenance

2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

1357911131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Trip solenoid 1 or 4



PwrB_P

PwrA_P PwrA_P

PwrB_P

PwrC_PPwrC_P

PwrB_NPwrA_NPwrC_N

TRP1

TRP3 TRP5TRP6

TRP4

(Large Steam Turbine)JT1

JS1

JR1

NC3NC1

NC4NC2

Primary E-StopPrimary E-Stop TRP2

To secondTREG

J2

Cable to TREL

Misc. tie points,no internalconnection

JP1

JP2

JP3

125/24 Vdc, bus A

125/24 Vdc, bus B

125/24 Vdc, bus C

To add secondary E-Stop,remove jumper acrossterminals 46 and 47

TRPL Terminal Board Wiring


Primary Trip TerminalBoard TREL



24681012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

1357911131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Sol1B

Sol2B

PwrC_N

PwrA_N

PwrB_N

PwrA_PPwrC_PPwrB_P

(Large Steam Turbine)

JZ1

JY1

JX1

TRP1(L)

JH1 J25J1

Excitation

J2

KZ1

KZ3

KY1

KY3

KZ2

KY2

KX3

KX1 KX2

Sol1A Sol2A

Sol3ASol3B

TRP2(H)TRP3(H)TRP4(H)TRP5(H)TRP6(H)TRP7(H)

TRP2(L)TRP3(L)TRP4(L)TRP5(L)TRP6(L)TRP7(L)

TRP1(H)

TTUR

Servo clamp

TREL Terminal Board Wiring


TRPS/TRES Small/Medium Steam Turbine Primary TripTRPS and TRES are used to provide primary and emergency overspeed protectionfor small/medium size steam turbines. These two terminal boards are used in asimilar way as TRPG and TREG are used on gas turbine applications.

Up to three trip solenoids can be connected between the TRES and TRPS terminalboards. TRES provides the positive side of the 125 V dc to the solenoids and TRPSprovides the negative side.

VTUR provides primary overspeed protection and the emergency stop functions. Itcontrols the six relays on TRPS, three of which control the three trip solenoids.

VPRO provides emergency overspeed protection and the trip functions. It controlsthe three relays on TRES, which control the three trip solenoids.

FeaturesTRPS and TRES are used for both simplex and TMR applications. Three separatepower buses, PwrA, PwrB, PwrC for solenoid power, are brought in the TRPSthrough connectors JP1, JP2, and JP3, and then distributed to TRES throughconnector J2.

The power buses have a nominal voltage of 125 V dc (70 to 145 V dc) or 24 V dc(18 to 32 V dc). The board includes power bus monitoring (three buses). Themaximum current per bus is 3 amps.

Each of the three trip solenoids is controlled by a relay driver providing 2/3 logicvoting with signals from JR1, JS1, and JT1. In the Simplex application, the relaydriver is controlled by a single signal from JA1. The relay output rating (for 100,000operations) is as follows:

• At 24 V dc, 3 A, L/R = 100 milliseconds, with suppression

• At 125 V dc, 1.0 A, L/R = 100 milliseconds, with suppression

The trip circuits include solenoid suppression, and associated solenoid voltagemonitoring and trip relay contact monitoring. In the TRPS, the hardwired trip (E-STOP) and associated monitoring provides approximately 6.6 V dc to VTUR whenthe K4 relays are picked up.

In the TRES, seven dry contact inputs are used as trip interlocks, and the excitationand signal are monitored and fanned to the three VPROs. The board includes thesynch check relay driver, K25A, and associated monitoring, the same as on TREG,and the servo clamp relay driver, K4CL, and its associated monitoring.

ConfigurationTRPS configuration has no flame detectors. Only the single-wide VTUR is used witha single J4 connector.

TRES configuration has no emergency stop, and no economizing relay feedback.Only one VPRO J3 connector is used; there can be no second TRES board.


44

45

46

47

48

CL

K4_1

K4_2

K4_3

P28VV

43TRP1

TRP2Primary E-Stop

TRP4

TRP3

TRP5

Terminal Board TRPS JP1

TerminalBoard TRES

JP2 JP3

J2, powerbuses toTRES

PwrA_P

PwrA_N

PwrB_P

PwrB_N

PwrC_P

PwrC_N

TRP6

Secondary E-Stop whenapplicable, remove jumperto enable function.

JR1

P28A

P28R

P28S

P28TP28

JA1

<R>VTUR

J4 PTR1

IDID

RD23

MonPTR1

To R,S,T, A

<S>VTUR

J4 PTR2

IDID

RD23

MonPTR2

To R,S,T, A

<T>VTUR

J4 PTR3

ID

RD23

MonPTR3

To R,S,T, A

JS1

JT1

K4_1

K4_2

K4_3

P28

P28

42414039NC1

NC2NC3NC4

ID

Misc. tie points,no internalconnections

J2To R,S,T,ATo relay K25A onTTUR driven fromTRES

SimplexsystemusesJA1

Tripsolenoid

J2 J2Solenoid voltsmonitor to JR1,JS1, JT1, JA1

0102

03

PwrA_P1

PwrA_P2

PwrA_P3PwrA_P

04

05

0706

08

3609

SUS1A

SUS1B

SOL1A

SUS1C

SUS1D

- +SOL1A

SOL1B

PTR1

PTR1

PwrA_N

Tripsolenoid


1112

13

PwrB_P1

PwrB_P2

PwrB_P3PwrB_P

14

15

1716

18

37

19

SUS2A

SUS2B

SOL2A

SUS2C

SUS2D

- +SOL2A

SOL2B

PTR2

PTR2

PwrB_N

Tripsolenoid


2122

23

PwrC_P1

PwrC_P2

PwrC_P3PwrC_P

24

25

2726

28

38

29

SUS3A

SUS3B

SOL3A

SUS3C

SUS3D

- +SOL3A

SOL3B

PTR3

PTR3

PwrC_N

Sol. Power

Monitor

To JR1,JS1,JT1,JA1

PwrA_PPwrB_PPwrC_P

Several jumperpositions fordifferentapplications

Monitor(3)

JR1JS1JT1

AND JA1

125/24 Vdc bus A 125/24 Vdc bus B 125/24 Vdc bus C

TRPS Terminal Board


Terminal Board TRES TerminalBoardTRPS

J2, powerbuses fromTRPS

JX1

P28A

P28X

P28Y

P28ZP28

JA1

VPRO

J3 ETR1

IDID

RD23

MonETR1

To X,Y,Z, A

VPRO

J3 ETR2RD23

MonETR2

To X,Y,Z, A

VPRO

J3 ETR3RD23

MonETR3

To X,Y,Z,A

JY1

JZ1

P28

P28

ID

Simplexsystemuses JA1

Tripsolenoid

J2 J2

02

01

03

04

SUS1B

- +SOL1AETR1

PwrA_P

09

PwrA_P Several jumperpositions for differentapplications

PwrC_P

SUS1A

SOL1BETR1

PwrA_N 08PwrA_N

PwrA_P

PwrA_N

PwrB_P

PwrB_N PwrC_N

Sol. Power

MonitorTo JX1,JY1,JZ1,JA1

Tripsolenoid

J2 J2

11

12

13

18

14

SUS2A

SUS2B

- +SOL2AETR2

PwrB_P

PwrB_P

PwrB_N

SOL2BETR2

PwrB_N19

Tripsolenoid

J2 J2

21

22

23

28

24

SUS3A

SUS3B

- +SOL3AETR3

PwrC_P

PwrC_P

PwrC_N

SOL3BETR3

29

To relay K25Aon TTUR

Servo Clamp

23RD

K4CL JX1JY1JZ1

Mon

J2 23RD

JX1JY1JZ1

MonJH1 Excit_PExcitation_N

P28VV

K4CL

BCOM

To JX1, JY1,JZ1, JA1

J1

K4CL

To TSVOboards onSMX systems

J25To TTURH1B

7 circuits as above

FromPDM

PwrC_N

JA1

JA1

NS36 Trip interlock

NS35

Exc_PExcitation

volts

7

.

.

.

TRP1B

TRP1A

ID

ID

TRPS Terminal Board (continued)


InstallationIn the TRPS board, three trip solenoids are wired directly to the first and second I/Oterminal blocks. The primary emergency stop and optional secondary emergencystop are wired to the second terminal block. Trip solenoid power is suppliedthrou0gh plugs JP1, JP2, and JP3. The wiring connections are shown in thefollowing figure.

Primary Trip Terminal Board TRPS



24681012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

1357911131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

PwrB_NPwrA_NPwrC_N

TRP1

TRP3 TRP5TRP6

TRP4

(Small/Medium Steam Turbine)JT1

JS1

JR1

NC3NC1

NC4NC2

Primary E-Stop TRP2

JP1

JP2

JP3

125/24 V dc, bus A

125/24 V dc, bus B

125/24 V dc, bus C

J2

JA1

Cable to TRES

PTR1

PTR3

PTR2

K4_3

K4_1

K4_2

PwrA_P1PwrA_P3SUS1BSUS1DSOL1BPwrB_P1PwrB_P3SUS2BSUS2DSOL2B

PwrA_P2SUS1ASUS1CSOL1A

PwrB_P2SUS2ASUS2CSOL2A

PwrC_P1PwrC_P3

PwrC_P2SUS3A

SUS3C SUS3BSUS3DSOL3A SOL3B

Primary E-Stop

Jumper

TRPS Terminal Board Wiring


In the TRES board, the three trip solenoids are wired directly to the first I/O terminalblock. The seven trip interlocks are wired to the second terminal block. Trip solenoidpower is supplied through plug J2 from TRPS, and contact excitation comes throughJH1 from the PDM. The wiring connections are shown in the following figure.

Emergency Trip TerminalBoard TRES



24681012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

1357911131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

(Small/Medium SteamTurbine)

JZ1

JY1

JX1JA1

PwrA_N

SUS1BSOL1B

PwrB_N

SUS2BSOL2B

PwrA_P

SUS1ASOL1A

PwrB_P

SUS2ASOL2A

PwrC_NPwrC_P

SUS3ASUS3BSOL3ASOL3B

ETR3

ETR2

ETR1

J2

Cable to TRPS

JH1J1J25

TRP1(H)TRP2(H)TRP3(H)TRP4(H)TRP5(H)TRP6(H)TRP7(H)

TRP1(L)TRP2(L)TRP3(L)TRP4(L)TRP5(L)

TRP7(L)TRP6(L)

Trip interlocks1 through 7

Cable for Simplexapplications

TRES Terminal Board Wiring


TPRO Turbine Protection Terminal BoardThe VPRO) and associated terminal board (TPRO) provide an independentemergency overspeed protection system. The protection system consists of tripleredundant VPRO boards in a module separate from the turbine control system,controlling the trip solenoids through TREG.

TPRO Terminal Board


Cables to VPRO-S8

Cables to VPRO-T8

x

STAT

VPRO

VPRO- R8


x

x

JY1

JX1

Cables to VPRO-R8

J3

JZ1

x x

x x x

RUNFAIL

IONET

C

SER

J5

J6

J4

PARAL

P5COMP28AP28BETHR

POWER

R

XYZ

8421

T

EthernetIONet

To second TREG(optional)

NF

Shieldbar

24681012141618202224

x

xxxxxxxxxxxx

1357911131517192123

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

262830323436384042444648

xxxxxxxxxxxxx

252729313335373941434547

xxxxxxxxxxxx

x

JZ5

JY5

JX5

To TREG

Turbine Protection Terminal Board, VPRO Board, and Cabling

The following figure shows how the VTUR and VPRO processor boards share in theturbine protection scheme. Either one can independently trip the turbine through therelays on TRPG or TREG.


J3

J4

VTUR

VPRO

Trip solenoids,three circuits

Cable

JR5

JR1

Special speed cable

JR1

J1

J2

JX5

JX1

JX1

JS5

JT5

JS1

JT1

JS1

JT1

JY1

JZ1

JY5

JZ5

JY1

JZ1

Special speed cable

125 V dc

2 transformers

Twoxfrs

12 relays

9 relays

335 V dc from <Q>

125 V dcJ2

J3 J4 J5

J1Trip signal toTSVO TB's

J5

J5

J4

J3

J7

TPRO

TREG

TRPG

TTUR

(3 x 3 PTR's)

3 relaysGen Synch

Optionaldaughter-board

To secondTRPG board

(optional)

(9 ETR's,3 econ relays)

P125 V dc from <PDM>NEMA class F

JH1

To secondTREG Board

(optional)

J6

J4

Turbine Control and Protection Boards


VPRO R8Protection

VPRO S8Protection

VPRO T8Protection

J5 J5 J5

J3 J3 J3

OverspeedEm Stop

SyncCheck

Overtemp

OverspeedEm Stop

SyncCheck

Overtemp

OverspeedEm Stop

SyncCheck

Overtemp

J6 J6 J6

To TREG andtrip solenoids

J4 J4 J4

NS

NS

NS

JX5 31

32

37

38

43

44

JY5

JZ5

3 circuits

3 circuits

3 circuits

Termination Board TPRO

Generator V120 V acfrom PT

1

2

3

4

Bus V120 Vacfrom PT

To TTUR

Three TC circuits to X

Three TC circuits to Y

Three TC circuits to Z

RetOpen

JPB1

250 ohms

JPA1VDC

20 mATo R8,S8, T8

One of the above circuits

JX1

JY1

JZ1

P28V,XCurrentLimiter

P28V,YP28V,Z

Currentlimiter

P28VV

Two of the above circuits

To R8, S8, T8250ohms

20mA1

TCX1H

TCX1L

TCY1H

P28VV

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

NS

FilterClamp

AcCoupling

FilterClamp

AcCoupling

FilterClamp

AcCoupling

Thermocouple inputs CJ

CJ

CJ

1

1

1

ID

ID

ID

ID

ID

P24V2

20 mA2

P24V1

V dc

mAret

TCY1L

TCZ1H

TCZ1L

5

7

6

8

9

10

13

14

19

20

25

26

MX1H

MY1L

MY1H

MX1H

MZ1L

MZ1H

ID

#1Emergencymagneticspeedpickup

#2emergencymagneticspeedpickup

#3emergencymagneticspeedpickup

Noise suppression

Noise suppression

NS

NS


InstallationThe generator and bus potential transformers and the analog inputs are wired to thefirst TPRO terminal block. The magnetic speed pickups are wired to the secondblock. Jumpers JP1A and JP1B are set to give either a 4−20 mA or voltage input onthe first of the three analog inputs. The wiring connections are shown in thefollowing figure.

Turbine ProtectionTermination Board TPRO


Terminal blocks can beunplugged from terminal boardfor maintenance

Gen (H)

mAret

Gen (L)Bus (L) Bus (H)

2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

13579

11131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

VDC

MX1 (H)MX2 (H)MX3 (H)

MY1 (H)MY2 (H)MY3 (H)MZ1 (H)MZ2 (H)MZ3 (H)

MX1 (L)MX2 (L)

MY2 (L)

MX3 (L)MY1 (L)

MY3 (L)MZ1 (L)

MZ3 (L)MZ2 (L)

P24V120mA1

P24V220mA2P24V320mA3TC1X (H)TC2X (H)TC3X (H)TC1Y (H)TC2Y (H)TC3Y (H)

TC1X (L)

TC1Z (H)TC2Z (H)TC3Z (H)

TC2X (L)TC3X (L)TC1Y (L)TC2Y (L)

TC1Z (L)TC2Z (L)TC3Z (L)

TC3Y (L)

JP1A

JP1B

ma VOLTS

OPEN RETURN

Magneticspeedpickups

Thermocoupleinputs

Analoginputs

Genvolts

JZ1

JY1

JX1

To VPRO-ZJ6

To VPRO-YJ6

To VPRO-XJ6

JZ5

JY5

JX5

To J5

To J5

To J5

Terminal Board TPRO


OperationThe main purpose of the protection module is emergency overspeed (EOS)protection for the turbine. In addition, the module has backup synchronization checkprotection, three analog current inputs, and nine thermocouple inputs, primarilyintended for exhaust overtemperature protection on gas turbines.

The VPRO board has a VMEinterface to allowprogramming and testing in aVME rack; however, thebackplane is neutralized whenplugged into the protectionmodule to eliminate anycontinuity between the threeindependent sections.

The protection module is always triple redundant with three completely separate andindependent sections named X, Y, and Z. Any one of these sections can be powereddown and replaced while the turbine is running without jeopardizing the protectionsystem. Each section contains its own I/O interface, processor, power supply, andEthernet communications (IONet) to the control modules. The communicationsallow initiation of test commands from the control module to the protection moduleand the monitoring of EOS system diagnostics in the control module and on theoperator interface. Communications are resident on the VPRO board which is theheart of the system.

Features

Speed Control and Overspeed ProtectionSpeed control and overspeed protection is implemented with six passive, magneticspeed pickups. The first three are monitored by the control module(s) which use themedian signal for speed control and the primary overspeed protection. The secondthree are separately connected to the X, Y, and Z sections of the protection module.Provision is made for nine passive magnetic speed pickups or active pulse ratetransducers (TTL type) on the TPRO terminal board with three being monitored byeach of the X, Y, and Z sections. Separate overspeed trip settings are programmedinto the application software for the primary and emergency overspeed trip limits,and a second emergency overspeed trip limit must be programmed into the I/Oconfigurator to confirm the EOS trip point.

The speed is calculated by counting passing teeth on the wheel and measuring thetime involved. Another protection feature is the calculation of the rate of change ofspeed which is compared with 100%/sec and transmitted to the control module to tripthe unit if it is detected after the turbine reaches a predetermined steady-state speed.This steady-state speed limit is a tuning constant located in the controller’sapplication software. Another speed threshold which is monitored by the EOSsystem is 10% speed. This is transmitted to the control module to verify that there isno gross disagreement between the first set of three speed pickups being monitoredby the controller (for speed control and the primary overspeed protection) and thesecond set of three speed pickups being monitored by the EOS system.

Interface To Trip SolenoidsThe trip system combines the primary trip interface from the control module(s) withthe EOS trip interface from the protection module. Three separate, triple redundanttrip solenoids (also called electrical trip devices - ETDs) are used to interface withthe hydraulics. The ETDs are connected between the TRPG and TREG terminalboards. A separately fused 125 V dc feeder is provided from the turbine control foreach solenoid which energize in the run mode and de-energize in the trip mode.


Backup Synch Check ProtectionBackup synch check protection is provided in the protection module. Thegenerator and bus voltages are supplied from two, single phase, potentialtransformers (PTs) secondary output supplying a nominal 115 V rms. The maximumcable length between the PTs and the turbine control is 100 meters of 18 AWGtwisted, shielded wire. Each PT is magnetically isolated with a 1,500 V rms ratedbarrier and a circuit load less than 3 VA. The synch algorithms are based on phaselock loop techniques. Phase error between the generator and bus voltages is less than+/-1 degree at nominal voltage and 50/60 Hz. A frequency range of 45 to 66 Hz issupported with the measured frequency within 0.05% of the input frequency. Thealgorithm is illustrated under TTUR, generator synchronizing.

Each PT input is internally connected in parallel to the X, Y, and Z sections of theProtection Module. The triple redundant phase slip windows result in a voted logicaloutput on the TREG terminal board which drives the K25A relay. This relay’scontacts are connected in series with the synch permissive relay (K25P) and the autosynch relay (K25) to insure that no false command is issued to close the generatorbreaker. Similarly, contacts from the K25A contact are connected in series with thecontacts from remote, manual synchronizing equipment to insure no falsecommands.

Thermocouple and Analog InputsThermocouple and analog inputs are available in the protection module, primarily forgas turbine applications. Nine thermocouple inputs are monitored with threeconnected to each section of the protection module. These are generally used forbackup exhaust overtemperature protection. Also, one ± 5, 10 V dc, 4−20 mA(selectable) input, and two 4−20 mA inputs can be connected to the TPRO terminalboard which feeds the inputs in parallel to the three sections of the protectionmodule.

Power SupplyEach VPRO board has its own on-board power supply. This generates 5 V dc and 28V dc using 125 V dc supplied from the cabinet PDM. The entire TMR VPROmodule therefore has three power supplies for high reliability.

SpecificationsVPRO Board Specifications

Item Specification

Number of inputs TPRO:9 Passive speed pickups1 Generator and 1 bus voltage9 Thermocouples1 4−20 mA current or voltage2 4−20 mA current

VPRO:3 Passive speed pickups1 Generator and 1 bus voltage3 Thermocouples1 4−20 mA current or voltage2 4−20 mA current7 Trip interlocks2 Emergency stop


Number of Outputs TREG:3 Trip solenoids per TREG3 Economizer relays1 Breaker relay command, K25A on TTUR1 Servo clamp relay contact, to TSVO boards

VPRO:6 Trip solenoids6 Economizer relays1 Breaker relay command, K25A on TTUR1 Servo clamp relay contact, to TSVO boards

Power Supply Voltage TPRO:28 V dc from X, Y, and Z boards, votedVPRO: Input supply 125 V dc (70−145 V dc) Output 5 V dc and 28 V dc

Frame Rate Up to 100 Hz

MPU Characteristics Output resistance 200 ohms with inductance of 85 mH.Output generates 150 V p-p into 60k ohms at the TPRO terminalblock, with insufficient energy for a spark.The maximum short circuit current is approximately 100 mA.The system applies up to 400 ohm normal mode load to the inputsignal to reduce the voltage at the terminals.

MPU Cable Sensors can be up to 300 m (984 ft) from the cabinet, assumingthat shielded pair cable is used, with typical 70 nF single ended or35 nF differential capacitance, and 15 ohms resistance.

MPU Pulse Rate Range 2 Hz to 20 kHz

MPU Pulse Rate Accuracy 0.05% of reading; resolution is 15 bits at 100 HzNoise of the acceleration measurement is less than ± 50 Hz/secfor a 10,000 Hz signal being read at 10 ms.

MPU Input Circuit Sensitivity Minimum signal is 27 mV pk at 2 HzMinimum signal is 450 mV pk at 14 kHz

Generator and Bus VoltageSensors

Two single-phase potential transformers, 115 V rms secondaryVoltage accuracy is 0.5% of rated V rmsFrequency accuracy 0.05%Phase difference measurement better than 1 degree.Allowable voltage range for synchronizing is 75 to 130 V rms.Each input has a load of less than 3 VA.

Thermocouple Inputs Same specifications as for VTCC board

Analog Inputs Same specifications as for VAIC board

DiagnosticsBoard diagnostics cover the thermocouple limits, reference voltage, cold junction,analog input health, and contact input test failure. Relay diagnostics cover the triprelay driver and contact feedbacks, solenoid voltage, economizer relay driver andcontact feedbacks, K25A relay driver and coil, and the servo clamp relay driver andcontact feedback. Voltage diagnostics cover the solenoid power bus, and the voltageto the solenoids.

Connectors JX1, JY1, JZ1, JX5, JY5, and JZ5 on the terminal board have their ownID device, which is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chipcoded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and theplug location.


Configuration

Typical VPRO-TPRO Configuration


Configuration

Turbine_Type Define the type of turbine from selection of ten types Two gas turbineTwo LMTwo large steamOne medium steamOne small steamTwo stage GT

LMTripZEnable On LM machine, when no PR on Z, enable vote for trip Enable, disable

OT_Trip_Enbl Enable overtemperature trip Enable, disable

OvrTemp_Trip Iso-thermal overtemperature trip setting for exhaustthermocouples in degree F

−60 to 2,000

CPD_Corner Overtemperature trip compressor dischargepressure in psi at which CDP bias starts

0 to 450

CPD_Slope Overtemperature trip compressor discharge pressurebias slope in degrees F/psi

−10 to 0

TA_Trip_Enab1 Steam, enable trip anticipation on ETR1 Enable, disable

RatedRPM_TA Steam, rated RPM, used for trip anticipation calculation 0 to 20,000

Auto Reset Automatic restoring of thermocouples removed fromscan

Enable, disable

DiagSolPwrA When using TREL/TRES, solenoid power, BusA,diagnostic enable

Enable, disable

Min_MA_Input Minimum mA for healthy 4−20 mA Input 0 to 21

Max_MA_Input Maximum mA for healthy 4−20 mA Input 0 to 21

AccelCalType Select acceleration calculation type Slow, medium, fast

J5:IS200TPROH1A J5 cable section of TPRO board

PulseRate1 First of three speed inputs - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

PRType Selects gearing (resolution) Unused, PR<6,000 Hz,PR>6,000 Hz

PRScale Pulses per revolution (output RPM) 0 to 1,000

OS_Setpoint Overspeed trip setpoint in RPM 0 to 20,000

OS_Tst_Delta Offline overspeed test setpoint delta in RPM -2,000 to 2,000

Zero_Speed Zero speed for this shaft in RPM 0 to 20,000

Min_Speed Minimum speed for this shaft in RPM 0 to 20,000

Accel_Trip Enable Acceleration trip Enable, disable

Acc-Setpoint Accelerate trip setpoint in RPM/second 0 to 20,000

TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit for voted pulse rate inputs inengineering units

0 to 20,000

J6:IS200TPROH1A J6 cable section of TPRO board


BusPT_KVolts kV rms, bus potential transformer - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

PT_Input PT input in kV rms for PT_Output 0 to 1,000

PT_Output PT output in V rms for PT_Input-typically 115 60 to 150

TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit for voted PT inputs in % 0 to 100

GenPT_KVolts kV rms, generator PT, configuration similar to bus PT -board point


TC11 Thermocouple 1, for X module (first of 3) - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

ThermCplTypeSelect thermocouple type or mV input Unused, mV, T, K, J, E

Low pass filter Enable 2 Hz low pass filter Enable, disable

TC21 Thermocouple 1, for Y module (first of three)configure as above - board point


TC31 Thermocouple 1, for Z module (first of three)configure as above - board point


Cold Junction CJ for thermocouples 1-3 Point edit (input FLOAT)

TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit for voted TMR CJ inputs in degrees F −60 to 2,000

AnalogIn1 First of three analog inputs - board point Point edit (input FLOAT)

Input Type Type of analog input Unused, 4−20 mA, ± 10 V

Low_Input Input mA at low value −10 to 20

Low_Value Input value in engineering units at low value −3.402e+38 to 3.402e+38

High_Input Input mA at high value −10 to 20

High_Value Input value in engineering units at high mA −3.402e+38 to 3.402e+38

InputFilter Filter bandwidth in Hz Unused, 12 Hz, 6 Hz, 3Hz, 1.5Hz, 0.75 Hz

Trip_Enable Enable trip for this mA Input Enable, disable

TripSetpoint Trip setpoint in engineering units −3.402e+38 to 3.402e+38

TripTimeDelayTime delay before tripping turbine after signal exceedssetpoint in seconds

0 to 10

TMR_DiffLimt Difference limit for voted TMR inputs in % of(High_Value-Low_Value)

0 to 100

J3:IS200TREGH1A First TREG board (see TREG section for configuration) Connected, not connected

J4:IS200TREGH1A Second TREG board (optional) Connected, not connected

Board Points (Signals) Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type

L3DIAG-VPRO1 Board diagnostic Input BIT



PR1_Zero L14HP_ZE Input BIT

PR2_Zero L14IP_ZE Input BIT

PR3_Zero L14LP_ZE Input BIT

Spare Spare Input BIT

OS1_Trip L12HP_TP Input BIT


OS2_Trip L12IP_TP Input BIT

OS3_Trip L12LP_TP Input BIT

Dec1_Trip L12HP_DEC Input BIT

Dec2_Trip L12IP_DEC Input BIT

Dec3_Trip L12LP_DEC Input BIT

Acc1_Trip L12HP_ACC Input BIT

Acc2_Trip L12IP_ACC Input BIT

Acc3_Trip L12LP_ACC Input BIT

TA_Trip Trip anticipate trip L12TA_TP Input BIT

TA_StpLoss L30TA Input BIT

OT_Trip L26TRP Input BIT

MA1_Trip L3MA_TRP1 Input BIT



SOL1_Vfdbk When TREG, trip solenoid 1 voltage Input BIT

: : Input BIT

SOL6_Vfdbk When TREG, trip solenoid 6 voltage Input BIT

L25A_Cmd L25A breaker close pulse Input BIT

Cont1_TrEnab Configure - Contact 1 trip enabled Input BIT

: : Input BIT

Cont7_TrEnab Configure - Contact 7 trip enabled Input BIT

Acc1_TrEnab Configure - Accelerate 1 trip enabled Input BIT

: : Input BIT

Acc3_TrEnab Configure - Accelerate 3 trip enabled Input BIT

OT-TrEnab Configure - Overtemperature trip enabled Input BIT

GT_1Shaft Configure - Gas turbine, 1 shaft enabled Input BIT

GT_2Shaft Configure - Gas turbine, 2 shaft enabled Input BIT

LM_2Shaft Configure - LM turbine, 2 shaft enabled Input BIT

LM_3Shaft Configure - LM turbine, 3 shaft enabled Input BIT

LargeSteam Configure - Large steam 1, enabled Input BIT

MediumSteam Configure - Medium steam, enabled Input BIT

SmallSteam Configure - Small steam, enabled Input BIT

STag_GT_1S Configure - Stage 1 shaft, enabled Input BIT

STag_GT_2S Configure - Stage 2 shaft, enabled Input BIT

ETR1_Enab Configure - ETR1 relay enabled Input BIT

: : Input BIT

ETR6_Enab Configure - ETR6 relay enabled Input BIT

K4CL_Enab Configure - Servo clamp relay enabled Input BIT

K25A_Enab Configure - Sync check relay enabled Input BIT


L5CFG1_Trip HP configure trip Input BIT

L5CFG2_Trip IP configure trip Input BIT

L5CFG3_Trip LP configure trip Input BIT

OS1_SP_CfgEr HP overspeed setpoint configure mismatch error Input BIT

OS2_SP_CfgEr IP overspeed setpoint configure mismatch error Input BIT

OS3_SP_CfgEr LP overspeed setpoint configure mismatch error Input BIT

ComposTrip1 Composite trip 1 Input BIT



L5ESTOP1 ESTOP 1 trip, TREG, J3 Input BIT

L5ESTOP2 ESTOP 2 trip, TREG, J4 Input BIT

L5Cont1_Trip Contact 1 trip Input BIT

: : Input BIT

L5Cont7_Trip Contact 7 trip Input BIT

LPShaftLock LP shaft locked Input BIT

Bus Freq SFL 2 Hz Input FLOAT

GenFreq SF 2 Hz Input FLOAT

Gen VoltsDiff DV_ERR kV rms - generator low is negative Input FLOAT

GenFreqDiff SFDIFF2 slip Hz - generator slow is negative Input FLOAT

GenPhaseDiff SSDIFF2 phase degrees - generator lag is negative Input FLOAT

PR1_Accel HP accelerate in RPM/second Input FLOAT

PR2_Accel IP accelerate in RPM/second Input FLOAT

PR3_Accel LP accelerate in RPM/second Input FLOAT

PR1_Max HP maximum speed since last zero speed in RPM Input FLOAT

PR2_Max IP maximum speed since last zero speed in RPM Input FLOAT

PR3_Max LP maximum speed since last zero speed in RPM Input FLOAT

SynCk_Perm L25A_PERM - sync check permissive Output BIT

SynCk_ByPass L25A_BYPASS - sync check bypass Output BIT

Cross_Trip L4Z_XTRP - control cross trip Output BIT

OnLineOS1Tst L97HP_TST1 - online HP vverspeed test Output BIT

OnLineOS1X L43EOST_ONL - online HP overspeed test, with autoreset

Output BIT

OnLineOS2Tst L97IP_TST1 - online IP overspeed test Output BIT

OnLineOS3Tst L97LP_TST1 - online LP overspeed test Output BIT

OffLineOS1Tst L97HP_TST2 - online HP overspeed test Output BIT

OffLineOS2Tst L97IP_TST2 - offline IP overspeed test Output BIT

OffLineOS3Tst L97LP_TST2 - offline LP overspeed test Output BIT

TrpAntcptTst L97A_TST - trip anticipate test Output BIT

LokdRotorByp L97LR_BYP - locked rotor bypass Output BIT


HPZeroSpdByp L97ZSC_BYP - HP zero speed check bypass Output BIT

TestETR1 L97ETR1 - ETR1 test, true deenergizes relay Output BIT

: : Output BIT

TestETR4 L97ETR4 - ETR4 test, true deenergizes relay Output BIT

PTR1 L20PTR1 - primary trip relay CMD for diagnostic only Output BIT

: : Output BIT

PTR6 L20PTR6 - primary trip relay CMD for diagnostic only Output BIT

PR_Max_Rst Maximum speed reset Output BIT

CJBackup Estimated TC CJ temperature in degrees F Output FLOAT

OS1_Setpoint HP overspeed setpoint in RPM Output FLOAT

OS2_Setpoint IP overspeed setpoint in RPM Output FLOAT

OS3_Setpoint LP overspeed detpoint in RPM Output FLOAT

OS1_TATrpSp PR1 overspeed trip setpoint in RPM for trip anticipateFn

Output FLOAT

CPD Compressor discharge pressure for overtemperaturetrip CPD bias

Output FLOAT

DriveFreq Drive (generator) frequency (Hz), used for non standarddrive configuration

Output FLOAT





VPRO 2 Flash Memory CRC Failure Board firmware programming error(board will not go online)

3 CRC failure override is active Board firmware programming error(board is allowed to go online)














32-38 Contact Input # Not Responding to Test Mode. Tripinterlock number # is not reliable

Contact input circuit failure on VPROor TREG board.

39-40 Contact Excitation Voltage Test Failure. Contactexcitation voltage has failed, trip interlock monitoringvoltage is lost

Loss of P125 voltage caused bydisconnection of JH1 to TREG, ordisconnect of JX1, JY1, JZ1 on TREGto J3 on VPRO.


41-43 Thermocouple ## Raw Counts High. The ##thermocouple input to the analog to digital converterexceeded the converter limits and will be removed fromscan

A condition such as stray voltage ornoise caused the input to exceed +63millivolts.

44-46 Thermocouple ## Raw Counts Low. The ## thermocoupleinput to the analog to digital converter exceeded theconverter limits and will be removed from scan

The board detected a thermocoupleopen and applied a bias to the circuitdriving it to a large negative number,or the TC is not connected, or acondition such as stray voltage ornoise caused the input to exceed −63millivolts.

47 Cold Junction Raw Counts High. Cold junction deviceinput to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of theconverter. Normally two cold junction inputs areaveraged; if one is detected as bad then the other isused. If both cold junctions fail, a predetermined value isused


48 Cold Junction Raw Counts Low. Cold junction deviceinput to the A/D converter has exceeded the limits of theconverter


49 Calibration Reference # Raw Counts High.Calibration reference # input to the A/D converterexceeded the converter limits. If Cal. Ref. 1, all evennumbered TC inputs will be wrong; if Cal. Ref. 2, all oddnumbered TC inputs will be wrong


50 Calibration Reference Raw Counts Low.Calibration reference input to the A/D converter exceededthe converter limits


51 Null Reference Raw Counts High. The null (zero)reference input to the A/D converter has exceeded theconverter limits


52 Null Reference Raw Counts Low. The null (zero)reference input to the A/D converter has exceeded theconverter limits


53-55 Thermocouple ## Linearization Table High. The thermo-couple input has exceeded the range of the linearization(lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set tothe table's maximum value


56-58 Thermocouple ## Linearization Table Low. The thermo -couple input has exceeded the range of the linearization(lookup) table for this type. The temperature will be set tothe table's minimum value


59-61 Analog Input # Unhealthy. The number # analog input tothe A/D converter has exceeded the converter limits

The input has exceeded 4−20 mArange, or for input #1 if jumpered for±10 V, it has exceeded ±10 V range,or the 250 ohm burden resistor onTPRO has failed.

63 P15=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P15 powersupply is out of the specified +12.75 to +17.25 Voperating limits

Analog ±15 V power supply on VPROboard has failed.


64 N15=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The N15 powersupply is out of the specified –17.25 to –12.75 Voperating limits

Analog ±15 V power supply on VPROboard has failed.

67 P28A=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28Apower supply is out of the specified 23.8 to 31.0 Voperating limits

The P28A power supply on VPWRboard has failed, test P28A at VPROfront panel, otherwise there may be abad connection at J9, the VPWR toVPRO interconnect.

68 P28B=####.## Volts is Outside of Limits. The P28Bpower supply is out of the specified 23.8 to 31.0 Voperating limits

The P28B power supply on VPWRboard has failed, test P28B at VPROfront panel, otherwise there may be abad connection at J9, the VPWR toVPRO interconnect.

69-71

77-79

Trip Relay (ETR) Driver # Mismatch Requested State.The state of the command to the Emergency Trip Relay(ETR) does not match the state of the relay driverfeedback signal; the ETR cannot be reliably driven untilcorrected

The ETR # relay driver or relay driverfeedback monitor on the TREGterminal board has failed, or thecabling between VPRO and TREG isincorrect.

75 Servo Clamp Relay Driver Mismatch Requested State.The state of the command to the servo clamp relay doesnot match the state of the servo clamp relay driverfeedback signal; cannot reliably drive the servo clamprelay until corrected

The servo clamp relay driver or relaydriver feedback monitor on the TREGboard has failed, or the cablingbetween VPRO and TREG isincorrect.

76 K25A Relay (Synch Check) Driver Mismatch RequestedState. The state of the command to the K25A relay doesnot match the state of the K25A relay driver feedbacksignal; cannot reliably drive the K25A relay until corrected

K25A relay driver or relay driverfeedback on the TREG board hasfailed, or the cabling between VPROand TREG is incorrect.

83-85

91-93

Trip Relay (ETR) Contact # Mismatch Requested State.The state of the command to the ETR does not match thestate of the ETR contact feedback signal; the ETR cannotbe reliably driven until corrected

The relay driver on TREG may havefailed, or the ETR on the TREG boardhas failed, or the cabling between theVPRO and TREG is incorrect.

99-104 TREG Solenoid Voltage # Mismatch Requested State.The state of the trip solenoid # does not match thecommand logic of the voted ETR # on TREG, and thevoted primary trip relay (PTR) # on TRPG, the ETRcannot be reliably driven until corrected

The trip solenoid # voltage monitor onTREG has failed or ETR # driverfailed, or PTR # driver failed. Theremay be a loss of 125 V dc via the J2connector from TRPG, which has adiagnostic.

72-74

80-82

Econ Relay Driver # Mismatch Requested State. Thestate of the command to the economizing relay does notmatch the state of the economizing relay driver feedbacksignal; cannot reliably drive the economizing relay untilcorrected

Economizing relay driver # or relaydriver feedback monitor on TREGboard has failed, or the cablingbetween VPRO and TREG isincorrect.

86-88

94-96

Econ Relay Contact # Mismatch Requested State. Thestate of the command to the economizing relay does notmatch the state of the economizing relay contactfeedback signal; cannot reliably drive the economizingrelay until corrected

Economizing relay driver # on TREGboard has failed, or the economizingrelay on TREG has failed, or thecabling between VPRO and TREG isincorrect.

90 K25A Relay (Synch Check) Coil Trouble, Cabling to P28Von TTUR. The state of the command to the K25A relaydoes not match the state of the K25A relay contactfeedback signal; cannot reliably drive the K25A relay untilthe problem is corrected. The signal path is from VPRO toTREG to TRPG to VTUR to TTUR

The K25A relay driver or relay driverfeedback on the TREG board hasfailed, or the K25A relay on TTUR hasfailed, or the cabling between VPROand TTUR is incorrect.


89 Servo Clamp Relay Contact Mismatch Requested State.The state of the command to the servo clamp relay doesnot match the state of the servo clamp relay contactfeedback signal; cannot reliably drive the servo clamprelay until corrected

The servo clamp relay driver or theservo clamp relay on the TREG boardhas failed, or the cabling betweenVPRO and TREG is incorrect.

97 TREG J3 Solenoid Power Source is Missing. The P125 Vdc source for driving the trip solenoids is not detected;cannot reliably drive the trip solenoids

The power detection monitor on theTREG1 board has failed, or there is aloss of P125 V dc via the J2 connectorfrom TRPG board, or the cablingbetween VPRO and TREG1 orbetween TREG1 and TRPG isincorrect.

98 TREG J4 Solenoid Power Source is Missing. The P125 Vdc source for driving the trip solenoids is not detected;cannot reliably drive the trip solenoids K4-K6

The power detection monitor on theTREG2 board has failed, or there is aloss of P125 V dc via the J2 connectorfrom TRPG board, or the cablingbetween VPRO and TREG2 orbetween TREG2 and TRPG isincorrect. Also trip relays K4-K6 maybe configured when there is noTREG2 board.

105 TREL/S, J3, Solenoid Power, Bus A, Absent. The voltagesource for driving the solenoids is not detected on Bus A;cannot reliably drive these solenoids

Loss of power bus A through J2connector from TRPL/S

106 TREL/S, J3, Solenoid Power, Bus B, Absent. The voltagesource for driving the solenoids is not detected on Bus B;cannot reliably drive these solenoids

Loss of power bus B through J2connector from TRPL/S

107 TREL/S, J3, Solenoid Power, Bus C, Absent. The voltagesource for driving the solenoids is not detected on Bus C;cannot reliably drive these solenoids

Loss of Power Bus C through J2connector from TRPL/S








VME Power Supply








- 2002 by General Electric Company, USA.All rights reserved.


GEI-100567

2 • VME Power Supply GEI-100567


Indicates a procedure or condition that, if not strictlyobserved, could result in damage to or destruction ofequi pment or data.

Indicates a procedure, practice, condition, or statement that,if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury ordeath.

Section PageVME Rack Power Supply .......................................................................................................2Operation....................................................................................................................................5Diagnostics ................................................................................................................................8Specifications..........................................................................................................................10Removal and Installation.......................................................................................................11VME Rack Redundant Power Supply Module (RPSM)..................................................15Operation..................................................................................................................................17Diagnostics and Troubleshooting........................................................................................19Removal and Installation.......................................................................................................19

VME Rack Power SupplyThe VME rack power supply mounts on the side of the VME control and interfacemodules. It supplies + 5, ± 12, ± 15, and ± 28 V dc to the VME backplane and anoptional 335 V dc output is provided for powering flame detectors connected toTRPG. Two supply input voltage selections are available. There is a 125 V dc inputsupply that is powered from a Power Distribution Module (PDM) and a low voltageversion for 24 V dc operation.

Note A different power supply is used on the stand-alone control rack which onlypowers the Mark VI controller, VDSK, and VCMI.

GEI-100567 VME Power Supply • 3

SUPPLYPOWER

AVAILABLE

0 (OFF)GREEN LED NORMAL

1 (ON)

PULL TO TOGGLE

SWITCH

RED LEDYELLOW LED

FAULT

GE CAT. NO.

REV. NO.

S/N

PS125 or PS24PS335PS28C

PS125 or PS24PS335PS28PSSTAT

PS28A PS28B

IS2020LVPSG1and

IS2020RKPSG1

PSA PSB

IS2020LVPSG2 -4and

IS2020RKPSG2-3

VME Rack Power Supply, Front, Side, and Bottom Views


IS20

20R

KP

SG

2- 3

& I

S20

20R

KP

SG

2- 3

125/

24VD

C In

put

300

/400

W O

utpu

tPo

wer

Sup

plie

s

PS

125

P12

5N

125

12 3 4N

C

Supp

ress

ion

On/

Off

switc

h

P28V

(A)

100

W+

Ret

24

22

PS

A

P28V

(B)

100

W+

Ret

P28

V (C

)10

0 W

+

R

et

P28V

(D)

100

W+

Ret

P335V1.68 W

+ Ret16

1412

10

8

6

20

18

13 2

PS

28

To s

afet

y G

roun

d

N28

V50

W-

R

et

N15

V10

0 W

-

R

et

P15V

100

W+

Ret

N12

V10

W-

R

et

P12

V25

W+

Ret

8

6

12

10

16

14

P5.

0V15

0 W

+

s

s

Ret

24,2

8,32

20

1

8 2

2,26

,30

PS

B28

26

323

0

P24

N24

UV

Det

ect

125

or 2

4VPo

wer

Enable ControlLogic

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Yello

w A

vail

Gre

en

Nor

mal

Red

F

ault

Con

trol

Pow

er

PS

STA

T

ID12

34 STAT2

STAT1IDGNDIDSIG

31

2

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect+

P33

5VD

C

PS

24

23 1

From 125VSupply

From 24VSupply

Ret

RKP

SG2

& LV

PSG

433

5V O

ptio

n

RKP

SG2

& LV

PSG

2 4

00W

Opt

ion

IS20

20R

KPSG

2 &

G3

125V

Inpu

t

IS20

20LV

PSG

2,G

3 &

G4

24V

Inpu

t

PS

125

P12

5N

125

12 3 4N

C

Supp

ress

ion

On/

Off

switc

h

IS20

20R

KP

SG

1 &

IS

2020

LVP

SG

112

5/24

VDC

Inpu

t 4

00 W

Out

put

Pow

er S

uppl

ies

24

22

PS

A

P28V

(C

)50

W+

Ret

P28

V (D

)50

W+

Ret

P28V

(E)

50 W

+

R

et

P335V1.68 W

+ Ret

16

14

12

1

08

620

18

13 2

PS

28B

To s

afet

y G

roun

d

N28

V25

W-

R

et

N15

V50

W-

Ret

P15V

50 W

+

R

et

N12

V25

W-

R

et

P12

V50

W+

Ret

8

6

12

10

16

14

P5.

0V75

W x

2+

s

s R

et

24,2

8,32

,20

18,

22,2

6,30

PS

B28

26

323

0

P24

N24

UV

Det

ect

125

or 2

4VPo

wer

Enable ControlLogic

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

Yello

w A

vail

Gre

en

Nor

mal

Red

F

ault

Con

trol

Pow

er

31

2

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect+

P33

5VD

C

PS

24

23 1

From 125VSupply

From 24VSupply

Ret

RKP

SG1

335V

IS20

20R

KPSG

112

5V In

put

IS2020LVPSG124V Input

P28V

(B)

50 W

+

R

et

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

P28V

(A)

50 W

+

R

et

Supp

ress

ion

OV

Prot

ect

13 2

PS

28C 13 2

PS

28A

+ + +

OV

Faul

tsEn

able

Enab

le/S

tatu

s

Block Diagram of RKPS and LVPS VME of the Power Supplies


There are currently seven major variations of the VME rack power supply. Thesevariations provide different power supply input and output requirements. Thefollowing table defines these variations.

VME Rack Power Supply Option Definitions

IS2020PartNumber

InputVoltage

OutputRating

+28VPSAOutputs

+28VRemoteOutputs

PS335Output

StatusIDOutput

SupportRedundantOperation

LVPSG1 24VDC 400W Qty. 5 Qty. 3 No No No

RKPSG1 125VDC 400W Qty. 5 Qty. 3 Yes No No

RKPSG2* 125VDC 400W Qty. 5 Qty. 1 Yes Yes Yes

RKPSG3* 125VDC 400W Qty. 5 Qty. 1 No Yes Yes

LVPSG2* 24VDC 400W Qty. 5 Qty. 1 No Yes Yes

LVPSG3* 24VDC 300W Qty. 3 None No Yes Yes

LVPSG4* 24VDC 300W Qty. 3 None Yes Yes Yes

*Newer design power supplies

With the exception of the number of remote 28 V outputs, the RKPSG2 andLVPSG2 are designed to be direct replacements for the RKPSG1 and LVPSG1respectively. These two supplies have been replaced with the newer designs (markedwith asterisk in the table above).

OperationNewer supply designs alsohave a status output thatmimics the status of the greenLED and an ID output thatuniquely identifies the supplyback to the system.

The VME Rack power supply has only one user control, the power switch, and threestatus LED indicators. The power switch provides front control of the power supplyoutput voltages and when toggled serves as a fault reset. The yellow, red and greenLEDs indicate the status of the input power, fault presence and normal operation.

Power Switch:

The front panel power switch is a locking type that must be pulled out to changeposition. This switch is a low voltage control to enable or disable the outputvoltages. If the red LED is ON indicating a fault condition the power switch can betoggled OFF and then back ON again to clear the fault. The fault will only be clearedif the condition the caused it no longer exists.

Yellow LED:

When the power switch is OFF the yellow LED will indicate the status of the inputpower. If this LED is ON there is power present on the supply input connector. Forthe newer design, the yellow LED will only turn ON if the input voltage is above theinput under voltage fault threshold.

Red LED

This LED will only be ON if there is input power, the power switch is ON and a faulthas been detected.

Green LED/Status Output:

If there is input power, the power switch is ON, and there are no detectable faults,the Green LED will be ON. The newer designs also have a status output that mimicsthe status of this LED. The status output is a NO solid state relay contact that will beCLOSED when the green LED is ON.


Fault ConditionsThere are three classes of faults:

• Those that transiently shutdown an output

• Those that require some reset action to clear

• Permanent failures that require the replacement of the supply.

This section describes the first two fault classes and assumes the cause of the fault isexternal. For a detailed fault diagnostics, refer to the section, Diagnostics andTroubleshooting .

When the external conditioncausing the current limitcondition is corrected, theoutput voltage will return tonormal.

If an overcurrent condition exists on an output, the voltage on that output will foldback as required to maintain the constant current limit output. For every outputother than the 5 V supply, this condition is not detectable at the supply and the greenLED will remain ON. Detection of a low output voltage due to excessive outputcurrent has to be detected at the system level through the power supply voltagemonitoring. The newer design also has an over temperature monitor of the outputmodules and a current limit detector on the optional 335V supply. These additionalfault detectors may cause the red LED to come on when an output is in current limitbut the red LED will also go out when the output voltage returns to normal.

The 5 V current limit is a special case due to the 5 V undervoltage detector. If thecurrent limit causes the 5 V output voltage to fold back below the UV threshold, allof the other outputs will be disabled until the 5 V output voltage returns to a voltageabove the UV threshold.

All of the other faults will shut down one or all of the outputs until the external causeof the fault condition is removed and the supply is reset. A reset can be initiatedthrough the front panel power switch or by removing and reapplying input power tothe supply. Output overvoltage faults on the newer design require the removal ofinput power for a minimum of one minute to reset the fault once the source of thefault has been removed. Below is a power supply fault summary.

• Input undervoltage (Latched)

• Input overvoltage (Newer Design Only)

• P5 output undervoltage

• Output overvoltage (Latched)

• Over temperature (Newer Design Only)

The following figure shows the power supply connections to the VME rack and thedistribution of the power supply outputs.


IS2020RKPSG1 - 3 or IS2020LVPSG1 - 4

I/O 21 slot rack only

*PS28C"Normal"

*PS28C"Isolation"

FanPower

1

2

1234

1234

Note: The power supply PS28 or PS28C may beisolated from the I/O rack for external use. One plug,two positions Normal (PL2), Isolation (PS3), forselection; Plug is located on left side of rack (from thefront). P28A and P28B are for internal cabinet use only,notto go outside of the cabinet.

* PS28 or PS28C Configuration:

Slots 1 thru 5 Slots 6 thru 9 Slots 10 thru 13 Slots 14 thru 17 Slots 18 thru 21

P28E

PCOMPCOM

P28A P28B P28C P28D

s

s

s

s

s

s

s

s

s

s

scomsThe symbol, represents a "pi" suppression filter:

To s

afet

y gr

ound

SCOM

PL1

PL2

PL3

J5Ether IO

P28BBP28CCP28DDP28EEPCOM

N28DCOMSCOM

P15 N15

ACOM P28AA

Test Pts

24 22

PSA16 14 12 10 8 620 188 612 1016 1424,28,32,20 18,22,26,30

PSB28 2632 30

N28

PL2

PL3

s

s

N28

P28E

P28D

P28C

P28B

P28A

N28

N15

Ret

Ret

Ret

Ret

Ret

Ret

Ret

s

s

N15 N15

ACOMACOM

P15

N12

P12

P5 Ret

Ret

Ret

Ret

Ret

Ret

Ret

s

s

DCOMP5 P5

DCOM

P15

N12P12

P15

N12P12

P5 P5 P5

P28A

PCOM

SCOM SCOM

21 S

lot O

nly

Inpu

t pow

er

*PS28 or*PS28C

PS28BPS28APS335PS125 or

PS24 Remote28V

VME Rack

Power Supply

Note: SCOM must be connected to ground via therackmounting hardware, metal to metal conductivity, to themounting base and hence to ground.

VME I/O Rack Power Supply and Cables


DiagnosticsIncoming and outgoing voltages and currents are monitored for control andprotection purposes. If the red LED is ON, this is not a direct indication that thepower supply has failed and has to be replaced. The LED ON could indicate thatsomething is wrong in the system and the fault LED is latched on. The following isa description of the power supply parameters that are monitored and the conditionsthat can cause faults.

Input Undervoltage (below the minimum operating voltage)

If the supply power switch isturned on in this conditionthere will be no outputvoltages.

The input voltage has to be above the undervoltage threshold or operation of thesupply will be inhibited. For the newer design this is indicated by no LEDs ON. Thered LED will come ON and remain on until the input voltage is above theundervoltage threshold and the power switch is toggled. If an undervoltage faultoccurs during normal operation, the outputs will be disabled and the red LED willcome ON and remain ON until the input voltage is above the undervoltage thresholdand the power switch is toggled.

Input Overvoltage (newer design above maximum operating voltage)

The input voltage has to bebelow the overvoltagethreshold or operation of thesupply will be inhibited andthe yellow LED will be ON.

If the supply power switch is turned on in this condition there, will be no outputvoltages and the red LED will come ON and remain on until the input voltage isbelow the overvoltage threshold and the power switch is toggled. If an overvoltagefault occurs during normal operation, the outputs will be disabled and the red LEDwill come ON and remain ON until the input voltage is below the over voltagethreshold and the power switch is toggled.

5 V Output Undervoltage (typically below 4.7 V)

The P5 output voltage has to be above the undervoltage threshold or operation of thesupply will be inhibited, all supply outputs will be turned off, and the red LED willbe ON. If an undervoltage fault occurs during normal operation, the outputs will bedisabled and the red LED will come ON and remain ON until the output voltage isabove the undervoltage threshold.

5 V Output Overvoltage (typically above 6 V)

The P5 output voltage has to be below the overvoltage threshold or operation of thesupply will be inhibited. All supply outputs will be latched OFF and the red LEDwill be ON until the power switch is toggled. For the newer design, this fault must bereset by removing input power to the supply (wait for one minute and re-apply inputpower).

Output Overvoltage other than P5 (typically above 120%)

The output voltage has to be below the overvoltage threshold or operation of thesupply output that is above the threshold will be inhibited (latched OFF) until thepower switch is toggled. The red LED will be ON during this fault. For the newerdesign, this fault must be reset by removing input power to the supply (wait for oneminute and re-apply input power).

Output Overtemperature (newer design typically above 100 degrees C)

The modules that supply the output voltage have to be operated below theovertemperature threshold. A specific supply output module operated above thethreshold will be inhibited until the temperature is lowered below the threshold. Thered LED will be ON during this fault. An overtemperature of the 5 V module willcause a 5 V undervoltage fault.


TroubleshootingThe supply has no field serviceable components. If a supply is found to be defectiveit must be replaced. The power supply cover should not be removed in the field.

There are only two indications of a problem on the power supply itself. A problem isindicated when there are no LEDs ON or the red LED is ON. Both conditions will beannunciated on the newer designs through the status output.

No LEDs ON is a good indication of an input voltage problem or a defective supply.If the red LED is ON, the cause could be any of the fault conditions listed above or adefective supply. Below is a list of troubleshooting hints.

Note Overvoltage faults on the newer design must be reset by removing inputpower to the supply, waiting for one minute, and re-applying input power.

No LEDs ON

Verify that the input connector and voltage to the supply are correct. If they are, thenreplace the supply. Use caution when powering on the replacement supply becausethe failure could have been caused by a problem in the system.

Red LED ON and system up

This condition indicates that the 5 V power is OK. Use the system diagnostics and ortestpoints on the left bottom of the control rack or at the supply connectors to findthe faulted outputs. Try and clear the fault with the input power or switch reset. If thegreen LED comes ON, the fault was a transient one and may come back. If the redLED is still ON, remove the connector supplying the faulted output and reset thesupply. If the red LED is still ON, then a defective supply is the most probable cause.If the green LED comes ON, then the problem is most likely in the system.

Red LED ON and system down

This condition indicates that the 5 V power is not OK. In this case, all of the supplyoutputs should be off. Try and reset the fault with the input power. If the green LEDcomes on the fault was a transient one and may come back. If the red LED is stillON, remove the PSA/PSB output connector at the top of the supply and reset thesupply. If the red LED is still ON, then a defective supply is the most probable cause.If the green LED comes ON, then the problem is most likely in the system.

Green LED ON and system up but one or more of the voltages out ofspecification

This condition indicates that the 5 V power is OK. Each supply output has a currentlimit and short circuit protection. This condition could be caused by a short or failedcomponent in the system. Remove the connector supplying the failed output voltage.If the voltage returns to normal this is an indication of a system problem. If thevoltage does not return to normal then the most probable cause is a defective supply.

Thermal overtemperature faults (new design only)

Even in the worst case ambient conditions, a thermal fault should not occur if theoutputs are not overloaded. A sustained current limit on a supply output will be themost likely cause of a thermal fault.


SpecificationsPower Supply Specifications

Item Description

Input voltage125 V

input24 V input

70 V to 145 V dc floating supply Up to 10 V pp ripple18.5 V to 32 V dc floating supply Up to 2 V pp ripple

Inputundervoltage

Undervoltage protection provided to prevent supply operation when the input voltage isbelow the minimum operating level.

Input overvoltage* Overvoltage protection provided to prevent supply operation when the input voltage isabove the maximum operating level.

Isolation True isolation from input to output, 1500 V

Output voltages Output Voltage Voltage Regulation Capacity Typical OverVoltage

For the RKPSG1and LVPSG1supplies

P5 +5 V dc Less than ± 3% 150 Watts 120% ± 5%P15 +15 V dc Less than ± 3% 50 Watts 120% ± 5%N15 −15 V dc Less than ± 3% 50 Watts 120% ± 5%P12 +12 V dc Less than ± 3% 50 Watts 120% ± 5%N12 −12 V dc Less than ± 3% 25 Watts 120% ± 5%P28 +28 V dc Less than ± 5% 50 Watts 120% ± 5%N28 −28 V dc Less than ± 5% 25 Watts 120% ± 5%P335 +335 V dc Less than ± 5% 1.68 Watts 110% to 120%

For the RKPSG2 -3 and LVPSG2 - 4supplies*

Note: P5 on thesesupplies hasremote voltagesensing.

P5 +5 V dc Less than ± 3% 150 Watts 130% ± 5%P15 +15.35 V dc Less than ± 3% 100 Watts 120% ± 5%N15 −15.35 V dc Less than ± 3% 100 Watts 120% ± 5%P12 +12.3 V dc Less than ± 3% 25 Watts 120% ± 5%N12 −12.3 V dc Less than ± 3% 10 Watts 120% ± 5%P28 +28 V dc Less than ± 5% 100 Watts 120% ± 5%N28 −28 V dc Less than ± 5% 50 Watts 120% ± 5%P335 +335 V dc Less than ± 5% 1.68 Watts 110% to 120%

Powersequencing

The 5 V dc supply comes up first, then all the others

Total Output Maximum of 400 Watts

Total outputLVPSG3 & 4 only*

Maximum of 300 Watts

Short circuit Short circuit protection on all power supplies, with self-recovery. Note: A 5 V shortcircuit on the new design will cause a latched fault.

Temperature Ambient air convection cooling 0 to 60 degree C

Indicating lights Green: Normal Status is OKRed: Fault Power is applied, but one or more outputs off due to a fault.Yellow: Available Power is applied, but switch is OFF

Status output* NO SSR contact .5A @ 55V dc - Closed when the green indicating light is on

ID tag output* Dallas DS2502 output. 2502 data = Week & year tested, unit number, part number andrevision

*Only pertain to the newer design power supplies


Removal and InstallationThe power supply is mounted to the right-hand side of the VME rack on a sheetmetal bracket. The dc input, 28 V dc output, and 335 V dc output connections are atthe bottom. The newer design also has a status connector on the bottom. Twoconnectors, PSA and PSB, at the top of the assembly mate with a cable harnesscarrying power to the VME rack.

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

xx

x

x

VME chassis,21 slots for I/Oand control, orfor just I/O

PowerSupply

J301

Cable fromPDM monitor

Fan

5 slots - A 4 slots - B 4 slots - C 4 slots - D 4 slots - E

+/- 12 Vto fan, usedwith controller

Plug positionP28 normal

Plug positionP28 isolated

Power cables toVME chassis

P28C power to externalperipheral device (moveplug from normal toisolated position)

335 V dc

125V dcinputfromPDM

PSAPSB

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Power supplyTestpoints

Rack EthernetID plug

GND

Power Supply, VME Chassis, and Cabling to External Devices

Each of the five 28 V dc power modules supplies a section of the VME rack. Thesesections are labeled A, B, C, D, E, and F. The P28C output or PS28 at the bottom ofthe power supply can be used to power an external peripheral device. To do this thejumper plug shown on the bracket to the left of the rack must be moved from theNormal position to the Isolated position below.

The fan is only used when the controller is mounted in the rack. It is powered fromthe top connector on the same bracket, located on the left side of the rack.


To prevent electric shock, turn off power to the RPSM to bereplaced, then test to verify that no power exists on themodule before touching it or any connected circuits.

To prevent equipment damage, do not remove, insert, oradjust any connections while power is applied to theequipment.

Ø To remove the power supply (see figures below)

1. Loosen the PSA/PSB bracket captive fastener at the top front of the supply.

2. Separate the PSA/PSB bracket assembly from the supply.

3. Disconnect the bottom connectors.

4. Loosen the two sheet metal bracket captive fasteners.

5. Pull the sheet metal bracket/power supply assembly forward and off of thecontrol rack.

6. Remove the four mounting bolts that hold the power supply to the bracket andremove the supply.

Note Reinstall the bolts and bracket on the control rack if a replacement supply isnot going to be installed.

Ø To install the power supply (see figures below)

1. Locate the supply mounting sheet metal bracket and four mounting bolts.

2. Position the supply on the bracket heatsink up with the front of the supply at thecaptive fasteners and install the four mounting bolts from the heatsink side.

3. Slide the power supply bracket assembly on to the control rack and tighten thetwo captive fasteners.

4. Slide the PSA/PSB assembly rear tab into the slot on the bracket located athe toprear of the power supply.

5. Push the connector assemble into the mating connectors on the top of the supply.

6. Tighten the PSA/PSB bracket captive fastener at the top front of the supply.

7. Connect the power supply bottom connectors.


PIN6 RETPIN4 N/CPIN2 N/C

PIN14 RETPIN12 28VD

PIN16 28VC

PIN8 28VEPIN10 RET

PIN28 -28VPIN26 RETPIN24 28VAPIN22 RETPIN20 28VBPIN18 RET

PIN30 RETPIN32 -15V

PIN2 N/C

PIN12 -12VPIN10 RET

PIN4 N/CPIN6 RETPIN8 +15V

PSA

8

46

1614

18

1012

3028

20

2426

22

32

4

12

86

10

14

PIN18 RET or ( -SEN)PIN20 5V or (+SEN)

PIN24 5V

PIN16 +12VPIN14 RET

PIN22 RET

PIN32 5V

PIN28 5VPIN26 RET

PIN30 RET

26

16

20

2422

18

PSB

3028

32

Power Supply, Top Connectors


AN

D T

WO

(2)

WIT

H S

TAR

WAS

HER

1/4

X 20

STU

D

JAM

NU

TS

NO

.1C

IRC

UIT

PS

STA

T

NO

.1ID

SIG

STAT

1N

O.3

IDG

ND

NO

.2

STAT

2N

O.4

RETURNGND

+28VDC

PS28 &PS28A-C

PS335

NO

.1C

IRC

UIT

RETURNGND

+335VDC

PS24

RETURN

RETURN+125VDC

GNDN/C

NO

.1C

IRC

UIT

PS125

+24VDC

NO

.1C

IRC

UIT

GND

PS

125 or P

S24

PS

335P

S28C

PS

125 or P

S24

PS

335P

S28

PS

STA

T

PS

28AP

S28B

IS2020LVPSG1and

IS2020RKPSG1

IS2020LVPSG2 - 4and

IS2020RKPSG2 - 3

Power Supply, Bottom Connectors


VME Rack Redundant Power Supply Module (RPSM)To improve system reliability, the redundant power supply module (RPSM) module canparallel ten output voltages from two independent power supplies. ORing diodes areused to OR the outputs of one supply with the outputs from a second redundantsupply. Nine of the paralleling circuits have an additional current limit function. Allof the output circuits have an LED status indicator.

Refer to the table for suitablepower supplies for use withRPSM.

The folllowing figure shows the power and signal flow for two paralleled powersupplies providing power for a Mark VI control rack. To provide redundancy, theoutputs of each supply are passed into the RPSM, ORed and the redundant voltagesare passed out the RPSM outputs. The RPSM module mounts on the side of thecontrol rack in place of the power supply. The two power supplies that feed theRPSM are remotely mounted.

Supply1

Supply2

RPSM

1PSA

1PSB

2PSA

2PSB

PSA

PSB

PSA

PSB

PSA

PSB

PSSTAT

2PSSTAT

1PSSTAT

PSSTAT

PSSTAT

MarkVI rackconnections

Power

Power

PS28

Power Supply and RPSM Signal Flow


P28V (A)100 W

24 22

PSA

P28V (C)100 W

P28V (D)100 W

P28V (E)100 W

16 14 12 10 8 620 18

1

32 PS28

N28V50 W

PSA

N15V100 W

P15V100 W

N12V10 W

P12V25 W

8 6 10 12 16 14

P5V150 W

20,24,28,32 18,22,26,30

PSB

26 28 30 32

1PSA

2PSA

1PSA

2PSA

–

+ Ret + + +Ret Ret Ret

RetRetRetRetRetRet – – +++

1PSB

2PSB

+ s - s

1

32

4

1

32

4

1

24

5

1PSSTAT

2PSSTAT

PSSTAT

ECB ECB ECB ECB

ECB ECB ECB ECB ECB

RPSAID

1 4 8 9 12 15 11 14 10 13

1 4 8 9 12 15 11 14 10 13

5 2 6 3 10 13 14 11 12 15 1, 2, 3 8 9 4, 5, 6

5 2 6 3 10 13 14 11 12 15 1, 2, 3 8 9 4, 5, 6

P28V (B)

36

RPSM Block Diagram


Operation

Output Voltage ORing

These circuits will hold theshort circuit current to anacceptable level.

The ten outputs of two supplies are ORed together using low forward drop Schottkydiodes. If an output of one of the supplies fails, the corresponding output on theother supply will pick up the full load through the diode. It is not intended that thetwo supplies equally share the load current, but if a short occurs on a RPSM output,it is possible to supply twice the normal short circuit current to the load. To preventthis, all of the outputs of the ORing diodes, with the exception of the 5 V, have anadditional current limit circuit.

Refer to the table for expected RPSM output voltages accounting for the voltagelosses introduced by passing the supply outputs through the ORing circuits. Due tothe wiring impedance between the supply outputs and the RPSM, the supplies willtend to share the load. The sharing will reduce the diode and conductor losses so theexpected losses for normal operations will be less than with one supply faulted.

RPSM Voltage Outputs

OutputVoltage

Conditions Min. Typical Max. Units

+5 V 20 – 30 A 4.90 5.05 5.20 V dc

±12 V 0.1 – 1.6 A 11.64 12.0 12.72 V dc

±15 V 0.1 – 5.3 A 14.55 15.0 15.97 V dc

±28 V 0.2 – 3.2 A 26.6 28.0 29.4 V dc

Current Limit ECB

No current limiting isprovided on the RPSMmodule for the 5 V output.

Nine of the outputs have electronic circuit breakers (ECBs) to limit the short circuitcurrent. These circuit breakers are of the auto-reset type. Once the supplied outputcurrent exceeds the overcurrent threshold the output will be turned OFF and the resettimer started. Once the reset timer has expired the output will be turned back ON. Ifthe overcurrent condition still exists, the output will be turned OFF and the resettimer started again. This cycle will continue until the short is removed. The outputwill then return to normal operation.

RPSM Electronic Circuit Breaker Limits

Parameter Min. Typical Max. Units

Reset Time 500 msec

±12 OC Threshold 2.78 3.3 3.89 Amps

±15 OC Threshold 8.30 10 11.70 Amps

±28 OC Threshold 4.15 5 5.85 Amps


Indicator LEDs

A flashing LED indicates thatthe output ECB is tripped.

All of the RPSM supply outputs have green status LEDs to indicate that power isbeing supplied to the load. The LEDs are located on the front panel of the module.For normal operations these LEDs will be ON solid. If the RPSM is not supplyingthe correct power to the load, one or more of these LEDs are OFF or flashing.

LED Definitions

LED Description

P5 P5 output voltage indicator


N12 N12 output voltage indicator




P28AB P28A/B output voltage indicator

P28C P28C output voltage indicator

P28D P28D output voltage indicator

P28E P28E output voltage indicator

Parallel Status/IDEach status connector from the power supplies has a status and ID signal. The IDsignals from the two supplies are wired together along with the ID signal from theRPSM and passed out through the PSSTAT connector. The ID signal output is asingle wire LAN line with three DALLAS 2502 ID ICs connected on it. The NOSSR contact status signals from the both supplies are passed through the RPSM andout the PSSTAT connector.

Power Supply 1 and 2 Status SSR NO Contacts

Parameter Conditions Min. Typical Max. Units

V dc rating 55 V dc

V ac rating 55 V peak

Current rating 500 mA

ON resistance 1.0 Ohm

Isolation Input to output 1500 V dc


Diagnostics and TroubleshootingThere are no field serviceable components in the RPSM module. If one or more ofthe green front panel LEDs are OFF, this is not a direct indication that the RPSMmodule has failed and has to be replaced. An LED OFF could indicate thatsomething is wrong in the system and the fault is not due to the RPSM module.Below is a list of fault indications and the possible causes.

All RPSM green LEDs OFF - This is an indication of a problem back at the powersupplies and not an RPSM failure.

One or more RPSM green LEDs OFF (but not all) - An RPSM LED OFFcondition is an indication that there is no output voltage due to a short in the controlrack or an RPSM failure.

5 V output problems - The 5 V output is unique from all of the other outputs. ThisRPSM output does not have current limit protection and has remote voltage sensingfrom the power supplies to the RPSM module. With a 5 V transient short or problemin the system, the most likely failure mode will be a 5 V output overvoltage faultback at the power supplies. Under high currents the losses will become high enoughto cause the voltage at the power supplies to exceed the overvoltage threshold. Referto the 5 V paragraph in the Power Supply section for details. Any time the RPSM P5green LED is on, the RPSM 5 V output voltage is above 4.55 V.

Redundant power supply replacement - As long as one of the power supplies isfully operational, the RPSM green LEDs will be ON and the correct power will besupplied to the system. When one of the power supplies fails, replacement can bepostponed until it is convenient to do so. Before replacing the supply, refer to thetroubleshooting guidelines outlined in the Power Supply section to rule out atransient fault that can be reset such as an input power undervoltage. If the supply isfound to be defective, follow removal and installation procedure outlined in thePower Supply section.

Removal and InstallationThe RPSM module is mounted to the right hand side of the VME rack on a sheetmetal bracket. The status and 28 V dc output connections are at the bottom. Twoconnectors, PSA and PSB, at the top of the assembly mate with a cable harnesscarrying power to the VME rack. The four 15-pin Mate-N-Lock connectors at theback side of the module are the primary power feeds from the remotely mountedpower supplies.


1PSSTAT

2PSSTAT

PSSTAT

PS28

2PSA

1 31 5

1PSA

1 31 5

13

13

1 5 1 3

2PSB

1 31 5

3 1

1PSB

13

PSA PSB

Status LEDs

IS2020RPSM

Mountingscrew

Mountingscrew

Mountingscrew

Mountingscrew

Captivefastener

Captivefastener

Top View

Side View

Slidemounting

plate

Controlrack

RPSM Module and VME Chassis


To prevent electric shock, turn off power to the RPSM to bereplaced, then test to verify that no power exists on themodule before touching it or any connected circuits.

To prevent equipment damage, do not remove, insert, oradjust any connections while power is applied to theequipment.

Ø To remove the RPSM (see figures below)

1. Loosen the PSA/PSB bracket captive fastener at the top front of the module.

2. Separate the PSA/PSB bracket assembly from the RPSM .

3. Disconnect the bottom connectors.

4. Loosen the two front sheet metal bracket captive fasteners.

5. Pull the sheet metal bracket/power module assembly forward, disconnect thefour rear side connectors and then slide the assembly off of the control rack.

6. Remove the four mounting screws that hold the RPSM to the bracket andremove it.

Note Reinstall the screws and bracket on the control rack if a replacement moduleis not going to be installed.

Ø To reinstall the RPSM (see figures below)

1. Locate the supply mounting sheet metal bracket and four mounting screws.

2. Position the module on the bracket with the front of the module at the captivefasteners, then install the four mounting screws and tighten.

3. Slide the module bracket assembly on to the control rack, connect the four rearside connectors and then push the assembly in to tighten the two front captivefasteners.

4. Slide the PSA/PSB assembly rear tab into the slot on the bracket located at thetop rear of the RPSM.

5. Push the connector assemble into the mating connectors on the top of the RPSM.

6. Tighten the PSA/PSB bracket captive fastener.

7. Connect the bottom connectors to the RPSM.


PIN6 RETPIN4 N/CPIN2 N/C

PIN14 RETPIN12 28VD

PIN16 28VC

PIN8 28VEPIN10 RET

PIN28 -28VPIN26 RETPIN24 28VAPIN22 RETPIN20 28VBPIN18 RET

PIN30 RETPIN32 -15V

PIN2 N/C

PIN12 -12VPIN10 RET

PIN4 N/CPIN6 RETPIN8 +15V

PS

A

8

46

1614

18

1012

3028

20

2426

22

32

4

12

86

10

14

PIN18 5V RETPIN20 5V

PIN24 5V

PIN16 +12VPIN14 RET

PIN22 5V RET

PIN32 5V

PIN28 5VPIN26 5V RET

PIN30 5V RET

26

16

20

2422

18

PSB

3028

32

RPSM Top Connectors


1PSA

13

1315

1 3

13 15

1 3

13 15

13

1315

2PSA

2PSB

1PSB

Pin

1 P5V1/22 P5V1/23 P5V1/24 P5RTN5 P5RTN6 P5RTN7 NC8 P5SENP9 P5SENN

10 P15V1/211 N1212 P12V1/213 P15RTN14 N12RTN1/215 P12RTN

1 & 2PSB

1 & 2PSAPin

1 P28AB1/22 N283 N154 AB28RTN5 N28RTN1/26 N15RTN1/27 NC8 P28AB1/29 AB28RTN

10 P28E1/211 P28D1/212 P28C1/213 E28RTN14 D28RTN15 C28RTN

RPSM Back Side Connectors


PS

281P

SS

TA

T2P

SS

TA

TP

SS

TA

T1 3

2 46

1 32 4

13

41

3

Pin1 IDSIG2 IDGND3 2STAT14 2STAT2

Pin

1 IDSIG4 IDGND2 1STAT15 1STAT23 2STAT16 2STAT2

Pin1 P28E2 CHASS3 E28RTN

Pin1 IDSIG2 IDGND3 1STAT14 1STAT2

PSSTAT

PS28

2PSSTAT

1PSSTAT

RPSM Bottom Connectors




Power Conditioning Boards










GEI-100568

2 • Power Conditioning Boards GEI-100568

Section PageFunctional Description ...........................................................................................................2TTPWH1B..................................................................................................................................4Installation ................................................................................................................................5TTPWH1A..................................................................................................................................6TTPWH1A Application DiagramInstallation......................................................................7

Functional DescriptionLarge steam turbines use 24 V dc electrical trip solenoid valves (ETSV) board.Power for these valves is provided to the TRPL and TREL trip boards by a powertransition board TTPW. Wiring from the rack power supplies, through TTPW, to thetrip board is shown in the following figure.

GEI-100568 Power Conditioning Boards • 3

VME rackPowersupply

<R>

TBAI

TTPW

TRPL

TREL

ETSV

PS28C

VME rackPowersupply

<S>

PS28C

Single ETSV Applications:

Double ETSV Applications:

VME rackPowersupply

<R>

TBAI

TTPW

TREL

ETSV1

PS28C

VME rackPowersupply

<S>

PS28C

Powersupply

Monitoring

TBAI

TTPW

Monitoring

Monitoring

ETSV2

PwrA

PwrB

PwrA

Discretewiring

P1

P2

P3

JA1

P1 JA1

P2 JA1

JP1

JP1

JP2

PL2

PL3PS28C"Isolation"

PL2

PL3PS28C

"Isolation"

PL2

PL3PS28C"Isolation"

PL2

PL3PS28C"Isolation"

VME rackPowersupply

<T>

PS28C

PL2

PL3PS28C"Isolation"

VME rack

<T>

PS28C

PL2

PL3PS28C"Isolation"

TRPL

TTPW Wiring to the ETSV


TTPWH1BThe turbine ETSV is a 24 V dc device with a 24 watt, 20−22 ohm coil. Power issupplied from the three I/O rack supplies to TTPWG1B, where the three 28 Vsupplies are diode ORed to produce a single 28 V dc output. The primary output is 0− 2 A (total), 22 − 30 V dc, and there are four secondary outputs of 0.25 A each.

34

78

1112

22 - 30 V dc, 2.0 A total

TTPWG1B P1 P2 P3 2 1 2 1 2 1

100k

10k

SCOM

1516

1920

Power Supply Monitoring

(screw compatible to TBAI)

PCOM

P28R

P28S

P28T

P28V

2526

2728

3132

3334

3536

3738

1 k 1k

SCOM

SCOM

Peripheral Power Outputs

Bus voltagecentering bridge

P28V

PCOM

PCOM

P28RP28S

P28T

0.25 Aoutputs(each)

JA1

12

PCOM

100k

10k

100k

10k

100k

10k

100k

10k

SCOM

PCOM

SCOM

SCOM

SCOM

P28V

2.0 A(total)

P28V1

P28V2

P28V3

P28V4

P28V5

P28V6

SigGnd

GndSig

GndSig

GndSig

GndSig

To TRPL

(+)(-)

(+)(-)

(+)(-)

(+)(-)

(+)(-)

(+)(-)

TTPWG1B Board Showing Outputs and Monitoring


InstallationThree 28 V dc supplies are wired from I/O racks R, S, and T to plugs P1, P2, and P3.The primary 28 V dc output comes from plug JA1 and is wired to the trip boardTRPL. The power monitoring signals are wired to the top terminal block (TB1) andgo to an analog input board. The secondary voltage outputs are wired to the lowerterminal block (TB2) as shown in the following figure.

2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

13579

11131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

PCOM (Gnd) PCOM (Sig)

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Power Conditioning Board TTPWG1B

JA1(P28V)

P28V1 (Pos)

P28R (Sig)

P28S (Sig)

P28T (Sig)

P28V (Sig)

P28R (Gnd)

P28S (Gnd)

P28T (Gnd)

P28V (Gnd)

P28V2 (Pos)

P28V3 (Pos)P28V4 (Pos)P28V5 (Pos)P28V6 (Pos)

P28V1 (Neg)P28V2 (Neg)


P28V3 (Neg)

P28V6 (Neg)

P1(R)

P3(T)

P2(S)

12

12

12

12

28 V power toTRPL trip board

28 V power fromracks R, S, T

Monitoringsignals toTBAI board

Poweroutputs

P28R

P28S

P28T

PCOM

PCOM

PCOM

P28VPCOM

TTPWG1B Board with Wiring and Cabling


TTPWH1AThe TTPWH1A power conditioning board provides branch circuit protection anddistribution between one or more Mark VI rack mounted +28 V dc power suppliesand discrete wiring to peripheral devices. The H1A has three 2-pin inputs for +28 Vdc from the Mark VI power supply. It provides diode OR selection between the threeinputs to power the +28 V dc outputs. Outputs are rated 22 – 30 V dc, 0 – 0.25 Aindividually and capable of parallel operation. There is high frequency isolationbetween the inputs and the outputs and the voltage drop is less than +4 V dc whendelivering rated current.

The TTPWH1A internalsignal paths are shown in thefollowing figure. Nine currentlimited 0.25 A outputs areprovided and may beparalleled for higher currentapplications.

Typical applications power the H1A from the P28C output of the VME rack powersupply. When this is done, the isolation jumper on the rack is placed in the isolatedposition removing all connections between the P28C output and the rack. TheTTPWH1A then provides a resistive bridge to ground to center the power circuitwith respect to ground. Voltage feedback monitoring signals are provided using0.1% resistors allowing monitoring of three input voltages, output voltage, andvoltage between PCOM and SCOM.

The +28 V dc power source should have an isolated common (return), especially ifthe load is external to the cabinet and is grounded. Wiring from the rack powersupplies through TTPWH1A to the trip board is shown in the following figure.

VME rackPowersupply

<R>

TBAI

TTPW

PS28C

VME rackPowersupply

<S>

PS28C

Monitoring

Discretewiring

P1

P2

P3

PL2

PL3PS28C"Isolation"

PL2

PL3PS28C

"Isolation"

VME rackPowersupply

<T>

PS28C

PL2

PL3PS28C"Isolation"

TB2Nine 0.25 Aoutputs

TB1

TTPWH1A Application Diagram


InstallationThree 28 V dc supplies are wired from I/O racks R, S, and T to plugs P1, P2, and P3.The power monitoring signals are wired to the top terminal block (TB1) and go to ananalog input board. The secondary voltage outputs are wired to the lower terminalblock (TB2) as shown in the following figure.

100k

10k

100k

10k

100k

10k

34

78

1112

22 - 30 V dc0.25 A each

TTPWH1A

P1 P2 P3 2 1 2 1 2 1

100k

10k

SCOM

PCOM

100k

10k

SCOM

SCOM

SCOM

SCOM

1516

1920

Power SupplyMonitoring

PCOM

P28R

P28S

P28T

P28V

2526

2728

2930

3132

3334

3536

3738

3940

4142

1 k 1k

SCOM

SCOMPeripherial

power

Bus voltagecentering

bridge

P28V

PCOM

PCOM

P28RP28S

P28T

1

2

3

4

Terminal Bk


TTPWH1A Board Block Diagram

2468

1012141618202224

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

13579

11131517192123

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

PCOM (Gnd) PCOM (Sig)

262830323436384042444648

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

252729313335373941434547

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

Power Conditioning Board TTPWH1A

P28V1 (Pos)

P28R (Sig)

P28S (Sig)

P28T (Sig)

P28V (Sig)

P28R (Gnd)

P28S (Gnd)

P28T (Gnd)

P28V (Gnd)

P28V2 (Pos)

P28V4 (Pos)P28V5 (Pos)P28V6 (Pos)P28V7 (Pos)



P28V4 (Neg)

P28V7 (Neg)

P1(R)

P3(T)

P2(S)

12

12

12

28 V power fromracks R, S, T

Monitoringsignals toTBAI board

Poweroutputs

P28R

P28S

P28T

PCOM

PCOM

PCOM

P28V3 (Pos)

P28V8 (Pos)P28V9 (Pos)

P28V3 (Neg)


TTPWH1A Wiring and Cabling Diagram




Power Distribution Module (PDM)










GEI-100569

2 • Power Distribution Module (PDM) GEI-100569

Section PageFunctional Description ...........................................................................................................2Operation...................................................................................................................................3Diagnostic Monitoring............................................................................................................5Control Cabinet PDM..............................................................................................................5Interface Cabinet PDM Installation .....................................................................................7Fuses in Interface and Control Cabinet PDM.....................................................................8Ground Reference Jumper ......................................................................................................8

Functional DescriptionThe Power Distribution Module (PDM) provides 125 V dc and 115 V ac (or 230 Vac) to the Mark VI system for all racks and terminal boards. There is a secondversion of the PDM for the control cabinet in those systems using remote I/Ocabinets.

Output powerconnectors

TB2 TB1

TB3

Power cables tointerface modules125 V dc, 115/230 V ac

Customer's powercables, 125 V dcand 115/230 V ac

Power Distribution Module(for interface modules)

Inputterminals

AC/DCConverter

Cable toPDM JZ2or JZ3

Cable totransformerinside ac/dcconverter

JTX1115 V

JTX2230 V JZ

Diagnostics toVCMI through J301in <R> rack

DIN-railterminationboard

Filtered dcand ac powerto PDM

Powerfilters

TB1

TB2

One or two converters

Power Distribution Module, Ac to Dc Converter, and Diagnostic Cabling

GEI-100569 Power Distribution Module (PDM) • 3

OperationThe customer's 125 V dc and 115/230 V ac power is brought into the PDM throughpower filters. The ac power is cabled out to one or two ac/dc converters whichproduce 125 V dc. This dc voltage is then cabled back into the PDM and diodecoupled to the main dc power, forming a redundant power source. This power isdistributed to the VME racks and terminal boards.

Either 115 V ac or 230 V ac can be handled by the ac/dc converters. The transformercable must be plugged into either JTX1 for 115 V ac, or JTX2 for 230 V acoperation.

Diagnostic information is collected in the PDM and wired out to a DIN rail mountedterminal board. A cable then runs to the VCMI in rack <R> through J301.

Ac feeders, J17-20, are fused and cabled out to the relay terminal boards. 125 V dcfeeders are fused and cabled to the interface (I/O) cabinets, protection modules,TRPG, TREG, and TRLY. To ensure a noise free supply to the boards, the PDM issupplied through a control power filter (CPF) which suppresses EMI noise. The CPFrack holds either two or three Corcom 30 A filter modules as shown in the followingfigure.

Power to the contact inputs first passes through resistors R3 and R4, through TB2,before being fused and cabled to the TBCI boards. Contact inputs operate with 125 Vdc excitation.


1 2 7 83 4 5 6 9 10 11 12

DS200TCPD

DCHIDCLO

AC1HAC1N

AC2H AC2N

P125V

TB1

JZ5

ACSHIJZ2 DACA#1

JZ3 DACA#2

J1RJ2RJ1SJ2S J1T

J2TJ1CJ1D

JZ111096 J7X

J7YJ7ZJ7AJ7W

R122

ohm70W

R222

ohm70W

Door

12 11 10TB3

125 V dcto TREG,

JH1,Contactinputs

J8AJ8BJ8CJ8D

J17

J18J19

J20

R322

ohm70 W

R422

ohm70 W

Door

432

TB2

P125 VR 47

1

N125 VR1112

J12AJ12BJ12C

TB312345678

9

Chassis

12

P125 VN125 V

+-

P125 VR

N125 VR

10k

10k

332k

332kN125 S(-1.82V)

P125S(+1.82V)

Diagnostic info JPD

J16

32

J15

FU283.2

A

+ P125 V

For busmonitoring

R5, 50 ohm,* 70 W

JZ4

DS2020PDMAG6

3

3

FU273.2 A

21

12

R6, 50 ohm,* 70 W

*Note: Field configurable

Ac feeders

Dc feeders

125 V dc+ P125 - N125

Ac 1115/230 V ac

Ac 2115/230 V ac

Power filter boardACF2ACF1DCF1TB1 5 6 3 4 1 2

Chassis Chassis

TB2 5 6 43 1 2

BJS

FU29

FU31

FU30

FU32

FU1/FU2 SW1

SW5FU9/FU10

[[

[

FU13/FU14

FU19/FU20

FU34/FU35 SW6

FU38/FU39 SW8

FU21/FU22

FU25/FU26

Distribution Module for I/O Cabinet


Diagnostic MonitoringAs shown in the following figure, the 125 V dc is reduced by a resistance dividernetwork to signal level for monitoring. Other items monitored include the fuses inthe feeders to the relay output boards. In the interface cabinet this diagnostic data ismonitored by the VCMI; in the control cabinet it is cabled to the VDSK board andthen to the VCMI.

DS2020PDMAGx

TB3

123456789

Chassis

P125 VR

N125 VR

10k

10k

332k

332k N125 S (-1.82V)

P125S (+1.82V)

Din Rail TransitionTermination Board

2829

27267856

Analog In 1P125_Grd

Analog In 4Spare02

Analog In 3Spare01

Analog In 2N125_Grd 37-wire cable

Connect to VCMIvia J301, in <Rx>I/O rack

One to onecompatabilitybetweenscrew (TB)and 37-pinconnectornumbers

37-pinconnector

+

++

+

JPD

AC1BAT

AC2

J19 Fuse31J20 Fuse32J17 Fuse29

Spare

10

9

35

34

DCOM

P5V

DIN1, Logic_In_1

33

32

31

30

16

DCOMP5V DIN2, Logic_In_2

DIN3, Logic_In_3

DIN4, Logic_In_4

DIN5, Logic_In_5

DIN6, Logic_In_6

DIN7, Logic_In_7

7 81234569

PDM Diagnostic Monitoring

Control Cabinet PDMPower requirements for the control cabinet are less than for the interface cabinet. ThePDM has the same layout but different fuse ratings, since only the control racks andrelay output boards require power. For additional noise filtering for the controllers,Corcom power filters are included with the PDM.


DS200TCPD

DCHI DCLOAC1H AC1N

AC2H AC2N

P125VJZ5

ACSHI

JZ2

J17

J18

J19

J20

JZ4

Ac feeders toTRLY boards

Dc feeders tocontroller racks<R0>,<S0>,<T0>

DACA#2

DACA#1

TB21

23

45

678

9

Chassis

P125 V

N125 V

10k

10k

332k

332k

N125 S(-1.82V)

P125S (+1.82V)

JPD7 81234569

AC1BAT

AC2

J19 Fuse31J20 Fuse32J17 Fuse29

Spare

10

9

35

34DIN1, Logic_In_1

33

32

3130

16

DCOMP5V DIN2, Logic_In_2

DIN3, Logic_In_3DIN4, Logic_In_4DIN5, Logic_In_5DIN6, Logic_In_6DIN7, Logic_In_7

2829

27

26

7

8

5

6One to one compatabilitybetween screw(TB) and 37-pinconnectornumbers.

Cable to VCMIvia VDSK onfront of <R0>control rack.

DIN-rail transition terminal board

120/250 V, 30 Amp

Out+ Out-

In+ In-Gnd In+ In- In+

120/250 V, 30 Amp

Out+ Out-

In-Gnd

120/250 V, 30 Amp

Out+ Out-

Gnd

Power filters

MOV suppression

37- pinconnector

ACF2ACF1DCF1

Diagnostic information

1 2 3 4 5 6

125 V dc

- N125

Ac1115/230

V ac

Ac2115/230

V ac

ChassisTB1

IS2020CCPD

To safetyground

+P125 AC1H AC1N AC2NAC2H

Analog In 1P125_Grd

Analog In 2N125_GrdAnalog In 3Spare 01

Analog In 4Spare 02

P5VDCOM

BJS

+

+

+

+

FU29

FU30

FU31

FU32

JZ3

FU1/FU2 SW1 J1R

J1TJ1SFU3/FU4

FU5/FU6SW2

SW3

PDM for Controller Cabinet


Interface Cabinet PDM InstallationThe cabling, wiring connections, and fuse locations for the PDM in the interfacecabinet are shown in the following figure.

125 V dc supply

120 V ac supply

Auxiliary 120V ac supply

PDM Cable Destination

JPD Diagnostic term. brd.JZ2 Ac/dc convert #1JZ3 Ac/dc convert #2JZ1 Cable to door resis.

J1R <R> power supplyJ2R <R> power supplyJ1S <S> power supplyJ2S <S> power supplyJ1T <T> power supplyJ2T <T> power supply

J1C SpareJ1D Spare

J7X <X> power supplyJ7Y <Y> power supplyJ7Z <Z> power supply

J7A TRPG#1J7W TREG

J8A TRLYJ8B TRLYJ8C TRLYJ8D TRLY

J12A TBCIJ12B TBCIJ12C TBCI

J15 MiscellaneousJ16 Miscellaneous

J17 TRLYJ18 TRLYJ19 TRLYJ20 TRLY

Ground referencejumper BJS

JZ1

Note : When connecting ac powerto the power distribution (TB1),verifythat JTX connector on both acsource selectors (see Ac/dcconverter) are plugged into JTX1 for115 V ac, or JTX2 for 230 V ac.

Interface Cabinet PDM Circuit Board


Fuses in Interface and Control Cabinet PDMValues of the fuses for the PDM interface cabinet are shown in the following table.

Interface Cabinet PDM Fuse Ratings

PDM Fuse* No. J ConnectorCurrentRating

VoltageRating Vendor Catalog No.

FU1−FU6 J1R, S, T 15 Amps 125 V Bussman GMA-15A

FU7−FU10 J1C, D 5 Amps 125 V Bussman GMA-5A

FU13−FU20 J8A, B, C, D 15 Amps 125 V Bussman GMA-15A

FU21−FU26** J12A, B, C 1.5 Amps 250 V Bussman GMC-1.5A

FU27−FU28*** J15, 16 3.2 Amps 250 V Bussman MDL-3.2A

FU29 J17 15 Amps 250 V Bussman ABC-15A

FU30 J18 5 Amps 250 V Bussman ABC-5A

FU31−FU32 J19, 20 15 Amps 250 V Bussman ABC-15A

FU34−FU39 J7X, Y, Z 5 Amps 125 V Bussman GMA-5A

*All fuses are ferrule type 5 mm x 20 mm, except for FU27-FU32 which are 0.25" x 1.25 ".**The short circuit rating for FU21-FU26 is 100 Amps***The short circuit rating for FU27-FU28 is 70 Amps

The PDM in the control cabinet (IS2020CCPD) does not supply power to anyterminal boards except the TRLY boards. Values for the fuses in the control cabinetPDM are similar to those in the I/O cabinet PDM, except the rating for fusesFU1−FU6 is 5 Amps instead of 15 Amps.

Ground Reference JumperJumper BJS is supplied for isolation of ground reference on systems with an externalground reference. The ground reference bridge across the 125 V dc power has tworesistances, one on each side, and BJS connects the center to ground.

Note When more than one PDM is supplied from a common 125 V dc source,remove all the BJS connections except one.




GEH-6421F, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Glossary of Terms • G-1

Glossary of Terms

application codeSoftware that controls the machines or processes, specific to the application.

ARCNETAttached Resource Computer Network. A LAN communications protocol developedby Datapoint Corporation. The physical (coax and chip) and datalink (token ring andboard interface) layer of a 2.5 MHz communication network which serves as thebasis for DLAN+. See DLAN+.

attributesInformation, such as location, visibility, and type of data that sets something apartfrom others. In signals, an attribute can be a field within a record.

Balance of Plant (BOP)Plant equipment other than the turbine that needs to be controlled.

baudA unit of data transmission. Baud rate is the number of bits per second transmitted.

Bently NevadaA manufacturer of shaft vibration monitoring equipment.

BIOSBasic input/output system. Performs the controller boot-up, which includes hardwareself-tests and the file system loader. The BIOS is stored in EEPROM and is notloaded from the toolbox.

bitBinary Digit. The smallest unit of memory used to store only one piece ofinformation with two states, such as One/Zero or On/Off. Data requiring more thantwo states, such as numerical values 000 to 999, requires multiple bits (see Word).

G-2 • Glossary of Terms Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421F, Vol. II

blockInstruction blocks contain basic control functions, which are connected togetherduring configuration to form the required machine or process control. Blocks canperform math computations, sequencing, or continuous control. The toolbox receivesa description of the blocks from the block libraries.

boardPrinted wiring board.

BooleanDigital statement that expresses a condition that is either True or False. In thetoolbox, it is a data type for logical signals.

busAn electrical path for transmitting and receiving data.

byteA group of binary digits (bits); a measure of data flow when bytes per second.

CIMPLICITYOperator interface software configurable for a wide variety of control applications.

COIComputer Operator Interface that consists of a set of product and application specificoperator displays running on a small panel pc hosting Embedded Windows NT.

COM portSerial controller communication ports (two). COM1 is reserved for diagnosticinformation and the Serial Loader. COM2 is used for I/O communication

configureTo select specific options, either by setting the location of hardware jumpers orloading software parameters into memory.

CRCCyclic Redundancy Check, used to detect errors in Ethernet and other transmissions.

CTCurrent Transformer, used to measure current in an ac power cable.

data serverA PC which gathers control data from input networks and makes the data availableto PCs on output networks.

DCS (Distributed Control System)Control system, usually applied to control of boilers and other process equipment.


DDPTIS200DDPT Dynamic Pressure Transducer Terminal Board that is used inconjunction with the IS200VAMA VME Acoustic Monitoring Board that is used tomonitor acoustic or pressure waves in the turbine combustion chamber.

dead bandA range of values in which the incoming signal can be altered without changing theoutput response.

deviceA configurable component of a process control system.

DIN-railEuropean standard mounting rail for electronic modules.

DLAN+GE Industrial System's LAN protocol, using an ARCNET controller chip withmodified ARCNET drivers. A communications link between exciters, drives, andcontrollers, featuring a maximum of 255 drops with transmissions at 2.5 MBPS.

DRAMDynamic Random Access Memory, used in microprocessor-based equipment.

EGDEthernet Global Data is a control network and protocol for the controller. Devicesshare data through EGD exchanges (pages).

EMIElectro-magnetic interference; this can affect an electronic control system

EthernetLAN with a 10/100 M baud collision avoidance/collision detection system used tolink one or more computers together. Basis for TCP/IP and I/O services layers thatconform to the IEEE 802.3 standard, developed by Xerox, Digital, and Intel.

EVAEarly valve actuation, to protect against loss of synchronization.

eventA property of Status_S signals that causes a task to execute when the value of thesignal changes.

EX2000 (Exciter)GE generator exciter control; regulates the generator field current to control thegenerator output voltage.


EX2100 (Exciter)Latest version of GE generator exciter control; regulates the generator field currentto control the generator output voltage.

fanned inputAn input to the termination board which is connected to all three TMR I/O boards.

fault codeA message from the controller to the HMI indicating a controller warning or failure.

firmwareThe set of executable software that is stored in memory chips that hold their contentwithout electrical power, such as EEPROM.

flashA non-volatile programmable memory device.

forcingSetting a live signal to a particular value, regardless of the value blockware or I/O iswriting to that signal.

frame rateBasic scheduling period of the controller encompassing one completeinput-compute-output cycle for the controller. It is the system dependent scan rate.

functionThe highest level of the blockware hierarchy, and the entity that corresponds to asingle .tre file.

gatewayA device that connects two dissimilar LAN or connects a LAN to a wide-areanetwork (WAN), pc, or a mainframe. A gateway can perform protocol andbandwidth conversion.

Graphic WindowA subsystem of the toolbox for viewing and setting the value of live signals.

healthA term that defines whether a signal is functioning as expected.

heartbeatA signal emitted at regular intervals by software to demonstrate that it is still active.

hexadecimal (hex)Base 16 numbering system using the digits 0-9 and letters A-F to represent thedecimal numbers 0-15. Two hex digits represent 1 byte.


HMIHuman Machine Interface, usually a PC running CIMPLICITY software.

HRSGHeat Recovery Steam Generator using exhaust from a gas turbine.

ICSIntegrated Control System. ICS combines various power plant controls into a singlesystem.

IEEEInstitute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers. A United States-based society thatdevelops standards.

initializeTo set values (addresses, counters, registers, and such) to a beginning value prior tothe rest of processing.

Innovation Series ControllerA process and logic controller used for several types of GE industrial controlsystems.

I/OInput/output interfaces that allow the flow of data into and out of a device

I/O driversInterface the controller with input/output devices, such as sensors, solenoid valves,and drives, using a choice of communication networks.

I/O mappingMethod for moving I/O points from one network type to another without needing aninterposing application task.

IONetThe Mark VI I/O Ethernet communication network (controlled by the VCMIs)

insertAdding an item either below or next to another item in a configuration, as it isviewed in the hierarchy of the Outline View of the toolbox.

instanceUpdate an item with a new definition.

itemA line of the hierarchy of the Outline view of the toolbox, which can be inserted,configured, and edited (such as Function or System Data)


IP AddressThe address assigned to a device on an Ethernet communication network.

LCI Static StarterThis runs the generator as a motor to bring a gas turbine up to starting speed.

logicalA statement of a true sense, such as a Boolean

macroA group of instruction blocks (and other macros) used to perform part of anapplication program. Macros can be saved and reused.

Mark VI Turbine controllerA version of the Innovation Series controller hosted in one or more VME racks thatperform turbine-specific speed control, logic, and sequencing.

medianThe middle value of three values; the median selector picks the value most likely tobe closest to correct.

ModbusA serial communication protocol developed by Modicon for use between PLCs andother computers.

moduleA collection of tasks that have a defined scheduling period in the controller.

MTBFOMean Time Between Forced Outage, a measure of overall system reliability.

NEMANational Electrical Manufacturers Association; a U.S. standards organization.

non-volatileThe memory specially designed to store information even when the power is off.

onlineOnline mode provides full CPU communications, allowing data to be both read andwritten. It is the state of the toolbox when it is communicating with the system forwhich it holds the configuration. Also, a download mode where the device is notstopped and then restarted.

pcodeA binary set of records created by the toolbox, which contain the controllerapplication configuration code for a device. Pcode is stored in RAM and flashmemory.


periodThe time between execution scans for a module or task - also a property of a mo dulethat is the base period of all of the tasks in the module

pinBlock, macro, or module parameter that creates a signal used to makeinterconnections.

Plant Data Highway (PDH)Ethernet communication network between the HMI Servers and the HMI Viewersand workstations

PLCProgrammable Logic Controller. Designed for discrete (logic) control of machinery.It also computes math (analog) function and performs regulatory control.

PLUPower load unbalance, detects a load rejection condition which can cause overspeed.

Power Distribution Module (PDM )The PDM distributes 125 V dc and 115 V ac to the VME racks and I/O terminationboards.

PROFIBUSAn open fieldbus communication standard defined in international standard EN 50170 and is supported in Simplex Mark VI systems.

ProximitorBently Nevada's proximity probes used for sensing shaft vibration.

PTPotential Transformer, used for measuring voltage in a power cable.

QNXA real time operating system used in the controller.

realtimeImmediate response, referring to process control and embedded control systems thatmust respond instantly to changing conditions.

rebootTo restart the controller or toolbox.

RFIRadio Frequency Interference is high frequency electromagnetic energy which canaffect the system.


register pageA form of shared memory that is updated over a network - register pages can becreated and instanced in the controller and posted to the SDB

resourcesAlso known as groups. Resources are systems (devices, machines, or work stationswhere work is performed) or areas where several tasks are carried out. Resourceconfiguration plays an important role in the CIMPLICITY system by routing alarmsto specific users and filtering the data users receive.

RPSMIS2020RPSM Redundant Power Supply Module for VME racks that mounts on theside of the control rack instead of the power supply. The two power supplies thatfeed the RPSM are mounted remotely.

RTDResistance Temperature Device used for measuring temperature.

runtimeSee product code.

runtime errorsController problems indicated on the front panel by coded flashing LEDS, and alsoin the Log View of the toolbox.

sampling rateThe rate at which process signal samples are obtained, measured in samples/second.

Serial LoaderConnects the controller to the toolbox PC using the RS-232C COM ports. The SerialLoader initializes the controller flash file system and sets its TCP/IP address to allowit to communicate with the toolbox over Ethernet.

ServerA pc which gathers data over Ethernet from plant devices, and makes the dataavailable to PC-based operator interfaces known as viewers.

SIFTSoftware Implemented Fault Tolerance, a technique for voting the three incomingI/O data sets to find and inhibit errors. Note that Mark VI also uses output hardwarevoting.

signalThe basic unit for variable information in the controller.

SimplexOperation that requires only one set of control and I/O, and generally uses only onechannel. The entire Mark VI control system can operate in Simplex mode, orindividual VME boards in an otherwise TMR system can operate in Simplex mode.


stall detectionDetection of stall condition in a gas turbine compressor.

SOESequence of Events, a high-speed record of contact closures taken during a plantupset to allow detailed analysis of the event.

Static StarterSee LCI.

symbolsCreated by the toolbox and stored in the controller, the symbol table contains signalnames and descriptions for diagnostic messages.

taskA group of blocks and macros scheduled for execution by the user.

TBAIAnalog input termination board, interfaces with VAIC.

TBAOAnalog output termination board, interfaces with VAOC.

TBCCThermocouple input termination board, interfaces with VTCC.

TBCIContact input termination board, interfaces with VCCC or VCRC.

TCP/IPCommunications protocols developed to inter-network dissimilar systems. It is ade facto UNIX standard, but is supported on almost all systems. TCP controls datatransfer and IP provides the routing for functions, such as file transfer and e-mail.

TGENGenerator termination board, interfaces with VGEN.

TMRTriple Modular Redundancy. An operation that uses three identical sets of controland I/O (channels R, S, and T) and votes the results.

toolboxA Windows-based software package used to configure the Mark VI controllers, alsoexciters and drives.

TPROTurbine protection termination board, interfaces with VPRO.


TPYRPyrometer termination board for blade temperature measurement, interfaces withVPYR.

TREGTurbine emergency trip termination board, interfaces with VPRO.

trendA time-based plot to show the history of values, similar to a recorder, available in theHistorian and the toolbox.

TRLYRelay output termination board, interfaces with VCCC or VCRC.

TRPGPrimary trip termination board, interfaces with VTUR.

TRTDRTD input termination board, interfaces with VRTD.

TSVOServo termination board, interfaces with VSVO.

TTURTurbine termination board, interfaces with VTUR.

TVIBVibration termination board, interfaces with VVIB.

UCVBA version of the Mark VI controller.

Unit Data Highway (UDH)Connects the Mark VI controllers, LCI, EX2000, PLCs, and other GE providedequipment to the HMI Servers.

validateMakes certain that toolbox items or devices do not contain errors, and verifies thatthe configuration is ready to be built into pcode.

VAMAIS200VAMA VME Acoustic Monitoring Board that is used in conjunction with theIS200DDPT Dynamic Pressure Transducer Terminal Board to monitor acoustic orpressure waves in the turbine combustion chamber.

VCMIThe Mark VI VME communication board which links the I/O with the controllers.


VME boardAll the Mark VI boards are hosted in Versa Module Eurocard (VME) racks.

VPROMark VI Turbine Protection Module, arranged in a self contained TMR subsystem.

Windows NTAdvanced 32-bit operating system from Microsoft for 386-based PCs and above.

wordA unit of information composed of characters, bits, or bytes, that is treated as anentity and can be stored in one location. Also, a measurement of memory length,usually 4, 8, or 16-bits long.


Notes

*(,QGXVWULDO6\VWHPV

*HQHUDO(OHFWULF&RPSDQ\ 5RDQRNH%OYGZZZ*(LQGXVWULDOFRP 6DOHP9$86$

Documents

Geh-6421 Vol i Mkvi Vol2